I

103D CONGRESS

1ST SESSION H. R. 3419

To simplify certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and

for other purposes.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

NOVEMBER 1, 1993

Mr. ROSTENKOWSKI introduced the following bill; which was referred to the

Committee on Ways and Means

A BILL

To simplify certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code

of 1986, and for other purposes.

1 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representa2 tives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

3 SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE, ETC.

4 (a) SHORT TITLE.—This Act may be cited as the

5 ‘‘Tax Simplification and Technical Corrections Act of

6 1993’’.

7 (b) AMENDMENT OF 1986 CODE.—Except as other8 wise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an amend9 ment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment

10 to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference
2

•HR 3419 IH

1 shall be considered to be made to a section or other provi2 sion of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

3 (c) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—

Sec. 1. Short title, etc.

TITLE I—PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUALS

Subtitle A—Provisions Relating to Rollover of Gain on Sale of Principal

Residence

Sec. 101. Multiple sales within rollover period.

Sec. 102. Special rules in case of divorce.

Subtitle B—Other Provisions

Sec. 111. De minimis exception to passive loss rules.

Sec. 112. Payment of tax by credit card.

Sec. 113. Modifications to election to include child’s income on parent’s return.

Sec. 114. Simplified foreign tax credit limitation for individuals.

Sec. 115. Treatment of personal transactions by individuals under foreign currency rules.

Sec. 116. Expanded access to simplified income tax returns.

Sec. 117. Treatment of certain reimbursed expenses of rural mail carriers.

Sec. 118. Exclusion of combat pay from withholding limited to amount excludable from gross income.

TITLE II—PENSION SIMPLIFICATION

Subtitle A—Simplified Distribution Rules

Sec. 201. Repeal of 5-year income averaging for lump-sum distributions.

Sec. 202. Repeal of $5,000 exclusion of employees’ death benefits.

Sec. 203. Simplified method for taxing annuity distributions under certain employer plans.

Sec. 204. Required distributions.

Subtitle B—Increased Access to Pension Plans

Sec. 211. Modifications of simplified employee pensions.

Sec. 212. Tax exempt organizations eligible under section 401(k).

Sec. 213. Duties of sponsors of certain prototype plans.

Subtitle C—Nondiscrimination Provisions

Sec. 221. Definition of highly compensated employees.

Sec. 222. Modification of additional participation requirements.

Sec. 223. Nondiscrimination rules for qualified cash or deferred arrangements

and matching contributions.

Subtitle D—Miscellaneous Simplification

Sec. 231. Treatment of leased employees.

Sec. 232. Modifications of cost-of-living adjustments.

Sec. 233. Plans covering self-employed individuals.

Sec. 234. Elimination of special vesting rule for multiemployer plans.
3

•HR 3419 IH

Sec. 235. Full-funding limitation of multiemployer plans.

Sec. 236. Alternative full-funding limitation.

Sec. 237. Distributions under rural cooperative plans.

Sec. 238. Treatment of governmental plans under section 415.

Sec. 239. Uniform retirement age.

Sec. 240. Uniform penalty provisions to apply to certain pension reporting requirements.

Sec. 241. Contributions on behalf of disabled employees.

Sec. 242. Special rules for plans covering pilots.

Sec. 243. Treatment of deferred compensation plans of State and local governments and tax-exempt organizations.

Sec. 244. Treatment of employer reversions required by contract to be paid to

the United States.

Sec. 245. Continuation health coverage for employees of failed financial institutions.

Sec. 246. Date for adoption of plan amendments.

TITLE III—TREATMENT OF LARGE PARTNERSHIPS

Subtitle A—General Provisions

Sec. 301. Simplified flow-through for large partnerships.

Sec. 302. Simplified audit procedures for large partnerships.

Sec. 303. Due date for furnishing information to partners of large partnerships.

Sec. 304. Returns may be required on magnetic media.

Sec. 305. Treatment of partnership items of individual retirement accounts.

Sec. 306. Effective date.

Subtitle B—Provisions Related to TEFRA Partnership Proceedings

Sec. 311. Treatment of partnership items in deficiency proceedings.

Sec. 312. Partnership return to be determinative of audit procedures to be followed.

Sec. 313. Provisions relating to statute of limitations.

Sec. 314. Expansion of small partnership exception.

Sec. 315. Exclusion of partial settlements from 1 year limitation on assessment.

Sec. 316. Extension of time for filing a request for administrative adjustment.

Sec. 317. Availability of innocent spouse relief in context of partnership proceedings.

Sec. 318. Determination of penalties at partnership level.

Sec. 319. Provisions relating to court jurisdiction, etc.

Sec. 320. Treatment of premature petitions filed by notice partners or 5-percent groups.

Sec. 321. Bonds in case of appeals from TEFRA proceeding.

Sec. 322. Suspension of interest where delay in computational adjustment resulting from TEFRA settlements.

Sec. 323. Special rules for administrative adjustment requests with respect to

bad debts or worthless securities.

TITLE IV—FOREIGN PROVISIONS

Subtitle A—Simplification of Treatment of Passive Foreign Corporations

Sec. 401. Repeal of foreign personal holding company rules and foreign investment company rules.

Sec. 402. Replacement for passive foreign investment company rules.

Sec. 403. Technical and conforming amendments.
4

•HR 3419 IH

Sec. 404. Effective date.

Subtitle B—Treatment of Controlled Foreign Corporations

Sec. 411. Gain on certain stock sales by controlled foreign corporations treated

as dividends.

Sec. 412. Miscellaneous modifications to subpart F.

Sec. 413. Indirect foreign tax credit allowed for certain lower tier companies.

Subtitle C—Other Provisions

Sec. 421. Exchange rate used in translating foreign taxes.

Sec. 422. Election to use simplified section 904 limitation for alternative minimum tax.

Sec. 423. Modification of section 1491.

Sec. 424. Modification of section 367(b).

TITLE V—OTHER INCOME TAX PROVISIONS

Subtitle A—Provisions Relating to Subchapter S Corporations

Sec. 501. Authority to validate certain invalid elections.

Sec. 502. Treatment of distributions during loss years.

Sec. 503. Electing small business trusts.

Sec. 504. Other modifications.

Subtitle B—Accounting Provision

Sec. 511. Modifications to look-back method for long-term contracts.

Subtitle C—Provisions Relating to Regulated Investment Companies

Sec. 521. Repeal of 30-percent gross income limitation.

Sec. 522. Basis rules for shares in open-end regulated investment companies.

Sec. 523. Nonrecognition treatment for certain transfers by common trust

funds to regulated investment companies.

Subtitle D—Tax-Exempt Bond Provisions

Sec. 531. Repeal of $100,000 limitation on unspent proceeds under 1-year exception from rebate.

Sec. 532. Exception from rebate for earnings on bona fide debt service fund

under construction bond rules.

Sec. 533. Repeal of debt service-based limitation on investment in certain

nonpurpose investments.

Sec. 534. Repeal of expired provisions.

Sec. 535. Clarification of investment-type property.

Sec. 536. Effective dates.

Subtitle E—Insurance Provisions

Sec. 541. Treatment of certain insurance contracts on retired lives.

Sec. 542. Treatment of modified guaranteed contracts.

Subtitle F—Other Provisions

Sec. 551. Closing of partnership taxable year with respect to deceased partner,

etc.
5

•HR 3419 IH

Sec. 552. Modification of credit for producing fuel from a nonconventional

source.

TITLE VI—ESTATE AND GIFT TAX PROVISIONS

Sec. 601. Clarification of waiver of certain rights of recovery.

Sec. 602. Adjustments for gifts within 3 years of decedent’s death.

Sec. 603. Clarification of qualified terminable interest rules.

Sec. 604. Transitional rule under section 2056A.

Sec. 605. Opportunity to correct certain failures under section 2032A.

TITLE VII—EXCISE TAX SIMPLIFICATION

Subtitle A—Provisions Related to Distilled Spirits, Wines, and Beer

Sec. 701. Credit or refund for imported bottled distilled spirits returned to distilled spirits plant.

Sec. 702. Authority to cancel or credit export bonds without submission of

records.

Sec. 703. Repeal of required maintenance of records on premises of distilled

spirits plant.

Sec. 704. Fermented material from any brewery may be received at a distilled

spirits plant.

Sec. 705. Repeal of requirement for wholesale dealers in liquors to post sign.

Sec. 706. Refund of tax to wine returned to bond not limited to

unmerchantable wine.

Sec. 707. Use of additional ameliorating material in certain wines.

Sec. 708. Domestically produced beer may be withdrawn free of tax for use of

foreign embassies, legations, etc.

Sec. 709. Beer may be withdrawn free of tax for destruction.

Sec. 710. Authority to allow drawback on exported beer without submission of

records.

Sec. 711. Transfer to brewery of beer imported in bulk without payment of tax.

Subtitle B—Other Excise Tax Provisions

Sec. 721. Authority to grant exemptions from registration requirements.

Sec. 722. Repeal of expired provisions.

TITLE VIII—ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

Subtitle A—General Provisions

Sec. 801. Use of reproductions of returns stored in digital image format.

Sec. 802. Repeal of authority to disclose whether prospective juror has been audited.

Sec. 803. Repeal of special audit provisions for subchapter S items.

Sec. 804. Clarification of statute of limitations.

Sec. 805. Certain notices disregarded under provision increasing interest rate

on large corporate underpayments.

Subtitle B—Tax Court Procedures

Sec. 811. Overpayment determinations of Tax Court.

Sec. 812. Awarding of administrative costs.

Sec. 813. Redetermination of interest pursuant to motion.

Sec. 814. Application of net worth requirement for awards of litigation costs.
6

•HR 3419 IH

Subtitle C—Authority for Certain Cooperative Agreements

Sec. 821. Cooperative agreements with State tax authorities.

–Subtitle D—Administrative Practice and Procedural Simplification

Sec. 831. Notification of reasons for termination or denial of installment agreements.

Sec. 832. Joint return may be made after separate returns without full payment of tax.

Sec. 833. Offers-in-compromise.

Sec. 834. Preliminary notice requirement.

Sec. 835. Penalties under section 6672.

Sec. 836. Required content of certain notices.

Sec. 837. Required notice of certain payments.

Sec. 838. Improved procedures for notifying Service of change of address or

name.

Sec. 839. Rights and responsibilities of divorced individuals.

TITLE IX—FINANCING PROVISIONS

Sec. 901. Certain amounts derived from foreign corporations treated as unrelated business taxable income.

Sec. 902. Special rules for rental use of dwelling for less than 15 days per year.

Sec. 903. Loss carryovers and carrybacks not excluded in applying taxable income limitation on certain reserve deductions.

Sec. 904. Extension of withholding to certain gambling winnings.

TITLE X—TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS

Subtitle A—Revenue Provisions

Sec. 1001. Amendments related to Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990.

Sec. 1002. Amendments related to Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993.

Sec. 1003. Miscellaneous provisions.

Subtitle B—Income Security and Human Resource Amendments

PART I—AMENDMENTS RELATING TO OLD-AGE, SURVIVORS, AND DISABILITY

INSURANCE PROGRAM

Sec. 1011. Technical corrections related to OASDI in the Omnibus Budget

Reconciliation Act of 1990.

Sec. 1012. Elimination of rounding distortion in the calculation of the old-age,

survivors, and disability insurance contribution and benefit

base and the earnings test exempt amounts.

PART II—HUMAN RESOURCES PROVISIONS

Sec. 1016. Corrections related to the income security and human resources provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990.

Sec. 1017. Technical corrections related to the human resource and income security provisions of Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of

1989.

Sec. 1018. Elimination of obsolete provisions relating to treatment of the

earned income tax credit.

Sec. 1019. Redesignation of certain provisions.
7

•HR 3419 IH

Subtitle C—Tariff and Customs

Sec. 1021. Technical amendments to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the

United States.

Sec. 1022. Clarification regarding the application of customs user fees.

Sec. 1023. Technical amendments to the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness

Act of 1988.

Sec. 1024. Technical amendment to the Customs and Trade Act of 1990.

Sec. 1025. Technical amendments regarding certain beneficiary countries.

Sec. 1026. Clarification of fees for certain customs services.

Sec. 1027. Conforming amendment to section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930.

1 TITLE I—PROVISIONS RELATING

2 TO INDIVIDUALS

3 Subtitle A—Provisions Relating to

4 Rollover of Gain on Sale of

5 Principal Residence

6 SEC. 101. MULTIPLE SALES WITHIN ROLLOVER PERIOD.

7 (a) GENERAL RULE.—

8 (1) Section 1034 (relating to rollover of gain on

9 sale of principal residence) is amended by striking

10 subsection (d).

11 (2) Paragraph (4) of section 1034(c) is amend12 ed to read as follows:

13 ‘‘(4) If the taxpayer, during the period de14 scribed in subsection (a), purchases more than 1 res15 idence which is used by him as his principal resi16 dence at some time within 2 years after the date of

17 the sale of the old residence, only the first of such

18 residences so used by him after the date of such sale

19 shall constitute the new residence.’’
8

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3) Subsections (h)(1) and (k) of section 1034

2 are each amended by striking ‘‘(other than the 2

3 years referred to in subsection (c)(4))’’.

4 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

5 this section shall apply to sales of old residences (within

6 the meaning of section 1034 of the Internal Revenue Code

7 of 1986) after the date of the enactment of this Act.

8 SEC. 102. SPECIAL RULES IN CASE OF DIVORCE.

9 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (c) of section 1034 is

10 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

11 paragraph:

12 ‘‘(5) If—

13 ‘‘(A) a residence is sold by an individual

14 pursuant to a divorce or marital separation,

15 and

16 ‘‘(B) the taxpayer used such residence as

17 his principal residence at any time during the

18 2-year period ending on the date of such sale,

19 for purposes of this section, such residence shall be

20 treated as the taxpayer’s principal residence at the

21 time of such sale.’’

22 (b) EFFECTIVE DATES.—The amendment made by

23 subsection (a) shall apply to sales of old residences (within

24 the meaning of section 1034 of the Internal Revenue Code

25 of 1986) after the date of the enactment of this Act.
9

•HR 3419 IH

1 Subtitle B—Other Provisions

2 SEC. 111. DE MINIMIS EXCEPTION TO PASSIVE LOSS RULES.

3 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 469 (relating to pas4 sive activity losses and credits limited) is amended—

5 (1) by striking subsection (m),

6 (2) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection

7 (m), and

8 (3) by inserting after subsection (k) the follow9 ing new subsection:

10 ‘‘(l) DE MINIMIS EXCEPTION.—

11 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a natural

12 person, subsection (a) shall not apply to the passive

13 activity loss for any taxable year if the amount of

14 such loss does not exceed $200.

15 ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION FOR ITEMS ATTRIBUTABLE TO

16 PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIPS.—This subsection

17 shall not apply to items treated separately under

18 subsection (k) (and such items shall not be taken

19 into account in determining whether paragraph (1)

20 applies to the taxpayer for the taxable year with re21 spect to other items).

22 ‘‘(3) ESTATES ELIGIBLE.—For purposes of this

23 subsection, an estate shall be treated as a natural

24 person with respect to any taxable year ending less

25 than 2 years after the death of the decedent.
10

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS FILING SEPA2 RATELY.—

3 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—This subsection shall

4 not apply to a taxpayer who—

5 ‘‘(i) is a married individual filing a

6 separate return for the taxable year, and

7 ‘‘(ii) does not live apart from his

8 spouse at all times during such taxable

9 year.

10 ‘‘(B) LIMITATION.—Paragraph (1) shall be

11 applied by substituting ‘$100’ for ‘$200’ in the

12 case of a married individual who files a sepa13 rate return for the taxable year and to whom

14 this subsection applies after the application of

15 subparagraph (A).’’

16 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

17 (1) Subparagraph (C) of section 56(b)(1) is

18 amended by striking clause (ii) and redesignating

19 the following clauses accordingly.

20 (2) Subsection (b) of section 58 is amended by

21 inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (1), by

22 striking paragraph (2), and by redesignating para23 graph (3) as paragraph (2).

24 (3) Paragraph (4) of section 163(d) is amended

25 by striking subparagraph (E).
11

•HR 3419 IH

1 (4) Subsection (d) of section 163 is amended by

2 striking paragraph (6).

3 (5) Subsection (h) of section 163 is amended by

4 striking paragraph (5).

5 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

6 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

7 December 31, 1993.

8 SEC. 112. PAYMENT OF TAX BY CREDIT CARD.

9 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 6311 is amended to

10 read as follows:

11 ‘‘SEC. 6311. PAYMENT BY CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR

12 OTHER MEANS.

13 ‘‘(a) AUTHORITY TO RECEIVE.—It shall be lawful for

14 the Secretary to receive for internal revenue taxes (or in

15 payment for internal revenue stamps) checks, money or16 ders, or any other commercially acceptable means that the

17 Secretary deems appropriate, including payment by use of

18 credit cards or debit cards, to the extent and under the

19 conditions provided in regulations prescribed by the Sec20 retary.

21 ‘‘(b) ULTIMATE LIABILITY.—If a check, money

22 order, or other method of payment, including payment by

23 credit card or debit card, so received is not duly paid, or

24 is paid and subsequently charged back to the Secretary,

25 the person by whom such check, or money order, or other
12

•HR 3419 IH

1 method of payment has been tendered shall remain liable

2 for the payment of the tax or for the stamps, and for all

3 legal penalties and additions, to the same extent as if such

4 check, money order, or other method of payment had not

5 been tendered.

6 ‘‘(c) LIABILITY OF BANKS AND OTHERS.—If any cer7 tified, treasurer’s, or cashier’s check (or other guaranteed

8 draft), or any money order, or any other means of pay9 ment that has been guaranteed by a financial institution

10 (such as a credit card or debit card transaction which has

11 been guaranteed expressly by a financial institution) so

12 received is not duly paid, the United States shall, in addi13 tion to its right to exact payment from the party originally

14 indebted therefor, have a lien for—

15 ‘‘(1) the amount of such check (or draft) upon

16 all assets of the financial institution on which

17 drawn,

18 ‘‘(2) the amount of such money order upon all

19 the assets of the issuer thereof, or

20 ‘‘(3) the guaranteed amount of any other trans21 action upon all the assets of the institution making

22 such guarantee,

23 and such amount shall be paid out of such assets in pref24 erence to any other claims whatsoever against such finan25 cial institution, issuer, or guaranteeing institution, except
13

•HR 3419 IH

1 the necessary costs and expenses of administration and

2 the reimbursement of the United States for the amount

3 expended in the redemption of the circulating notes of

4 such financial institution.

5 ‘‘(d) PAYMENT BY OTHER MEANS.—

6 ‘‘(1) AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE REGULA7 TIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula8 tions as the Secretary deems necessary to receive

9 payment by commercially acceptable means, includ10 ing regulations that—

11 ‘‘(A) specify which methods of payment by

12 commercially acceptable means will be accept13 able,

14 ‘‘(B) specify when payment by such means

15 will be considered received,

16 ‘‘(C) identify types of nontax matters re17 lated to payment by such means that are to be

18 resolved by persons ultimately liable for pay19 ment and financial intermediaries, without the

20 involvement of the Secretary, and

21 ‘‘(D) ensure that tax matters will be re22 solved by the Secretary, without the involve23 ment of financial intermediaries.

24 ‘‘(2) AUTHORITY TO ENTER INTO CON25 TRACTS.—Notwithstanding section 3718(f) of title
14

•HR 3419 IH

1 31, United States Code, the Secretary is authorized

2 to enter into contracts to obtain services related to

3 receiving payment by other means where cost bene4 ficial to the Government and is further authorized to

5 pay any fees required by such contracts.

6 ‘‘(3) SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR USE OF CREDIT

7 CARDS.—If use of credit cards is accepted as a

8 method of payment of taxes pursuant to subsection

9 (a)—

10 ‘‘(A) a payment of internal revenue taxes

11 (or a payment for internal revenue stamps) by

12 a person by use of a credit card shall not be

13 subject to section 161 of the Truth-in-Lending

14 Act (15 U.S.C. 1666), or to any similar provi15 sions of State law, if the error alleged by the

16 person is an error relating to the underlying tax

17 liability, rather than an error relating to the

18 credit card account such as a computational

19 error or numerical transposition in the credit

20 card transaction or an issue as to whether the

21 person authorized payment by use of the credit

22 card,

23 ‘‘(B) a payment of internal revenue taxes

24 (or a payment for internal revenue stamps)

25 shall not be subject to section 170 of the Truth-
15

•HR 3419 IH

1 in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1666i), or to any

2 similar provisions of State law,

3 ‘‘(C) a payment of internal revenue taxes

4 (or a payment for internal revenue stamps) by

5 a person by use of a debit card shall not be

6 subject to section 908 of the Electronic Fund

7 Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. 1693f), or to any simi8 lar provisions of State law, if the error alleged

9 by the person is an error relating to the under10 lying tax liability, rather than an error relating

11 to the debit card account such as a computa12 tional error or numerical transposition in the

13 debit card transaction or an issue as to whether

14 the person authorized payment by use of the

15 debit card,

16 ‘‘(D) the term ‘creditor’ under section

17 103(f) of the Truth-in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C.

18 1602(f)) shall not include the Secretary with re19 spect to credit card transactions in payment of

20 internal revenue taxes (or payment for internal

21 revenue stamps), and

22 ‘‘(E) notwithstanding any other provision

23 of law to the contrary, in the case of payment

24 made by credit card or debit card transaction of

25 an amount owed to a person as the result of the
16

•HR 3419 IH

1 correction of an error under section 161 of the

2 Truth-in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1666) or sec3 tion 908 of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act

4 (15 U.S.C. 1693f), the Secretary is authorized

5 to provide such amount to such person as a

6 credit to that person’s credit card or debit card

7 account through the applicable credit card or

8 debit card system.

9 ‘‘(e) CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION.—

10 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise au11 thorized by this subsection, no person may use or

12 disclose any information relating to credit or debit

13 card transactions obtained pursuant to section

14 6103(k)(8) other than for purposes directly related

15 to the processing of such transactions, or the billing

16 or collection of amounts charged or debited pursuant

17 thereto.

18 ‘‘(2) EXCEPTIONS.—

19 ‘‘(A) Debit or credit card issuers or others

20 acting on behalf of such issuers may also use

21 and disclose such information for purposes di22 rectly related to servicing an issuer’s accounts.

23 ‘‘(B) Debit or credit card issuers or others

24 directly involved in the processing of credit or

25 debit card transactions or the billing or collec-
17

•HR 3419 IH

1 tion of amounts charged or debited thereto may

2 also use and disclose such information for pur3 poses directly related to—

4 ‘‘(i) statistical risk and profitability

5 assessment;

6 ‘‘(ii) transferring receivables, ac7 counts, or interest therein;

8 ‘‘(iii) auditing the account informa9 tion;

10 ‘‘(iv) complying with Federal, State,

11 or local law; and

12 ‘‘(v) properly authorized civil, crimi13 nal, or regulatory investigation by Federal,

14 State, or local authorities.

15 ‘‘(3) PROCEDURES.—Use and disclosure of in16 formation under this paragraph shall be made only

17 to the extent authorized by written procedures pro18 mulgated by the Secretary.

19 ‘‘(4) CROSS REFERENCE.—

‘‘For provision providing for civil damages for violation of paragraph (1), see section 7431.’’

20 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections

21 for subchapter B of chapter 64 is amended by striking

22 the item relating to section 6311 and inserting the follow23 ing:

‘‘Sec. 6311. Payment by check, money order, or other means.’’
18

•HR 3419 IH

1 (c) AMENDMENTS TO SECTIONS 6103 AND 7431

2 WITH RESPECT TO DISCLOSURE AUTHORIZATION.—

3 (1) Subsection (k) of section 6103 (relating to

4 confidentiality and disclosure of returns and return

5 information) is amended by adding at the end there6 of the following new paragraph:

7 ‘‘(8) DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO ADMIN8 ISTER SECTION 6311.—The Secretary may disclose

9 returns or return information to financial institu10 tions and others to the extent the Secretary deems

11 necessary for the administration of section 6311.

12 Disclosures of information for purposes other than

13 to accept payments by checks or money orders shall

14 be made only to the extent authorized by written

15 procedures promulgated by the Secretary.’’

16 (2) Section 7431 (relating to civil damages for

17 unauthorized disclosure of returns and return infor18 mation) is amended by adding at the end thereof the

19 following new subsection:

20 ‘‘(g) SPECIAL RULE FOR INFORMATION OBTAINED

21 UNDER SECTION 6103(k)(8).—For purposes of this sec22 tion, any reference to section 6103 shall be treated as in23 cluding a reference to section 6311(e).’’
19

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3) Section 6103(p)(3)(A) is amended by strik2 ing ‘‘or (6)’’ and inserting in lieu thereof ‘‘(6), or

3 (8),’’.

4 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

5 this section shall take effect on the day 9 months after

6 the date of the enactment of this Act.

7 SEC. 113. MODIFICATIONS TO ELECTION TO INCLUDE

8 CHILD’S INCOME ON PARENT’S RETURN.

9 (a) ELIGIBILITY FOR ELECTION.—Clause (ii) of sec10 tion 1(g)(7)(A) (relating to election to include certain un11 earned income of child on parent’s return) is amended to

12 read as follows:

13 ‘‘(i) such gross income is more than

14 the amount described in paragraph

15 (4)(A)(ii)(I) and less than 10 times the

16 amount so described,’’.

17 (b) COMPUTATION OF TAX.—Subparagraph (B) of

18 section 1(g)(7) (relating to income included on parent’s

19 return) is amended—

20 (1) by striking ‘‘$1,000’’ in clause (i) and in21 serting ‘‘twice the amount described in paragraph

22 (4)(A)(ii)(I)’’, and

23 (2) by amending subclause (II) of clause (ii) to

24 read as follows:
20

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(II) for each such child, 15 per2 cent of the lesser of the amount de3 scribed in paragraph (4)(A)(ii)(I) or

4 the excess of the gross income of such

5 child over the amount so described,

6 and’’.

7 (c) MINIMUM TAX.—Subparagraph (B) of section

8 59(j)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘$1,000’’ and inserting

9 ‘‘twice the amount in effect for the taxable year under sec10 tion 63(c)(5)(A)’’.

11 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

13 December 31, 1993.

14 SEC. 114. SIMPLIFIED FOREIGN TAX CREDIT LIMITATION

15 FOR INDIVIDUALS.

16 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 904 (relating to limi17 tations on foreign tax credit) is amended by redesignating

18 subsection (j) as subsection (k) and by inserting after sub19 section (i) the following new subsection:

20 ‘‘(j) SIMPLIFIED LIMITATION FOR CERTAIN INDIVID21 UALS.—

22 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an individual

23 to whom this subsection applies for any taxable year,

24 the limitation of subsection (a) shall be the lesser

25 of—
21

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) 25 percent of such individual’s gross

2 income for the taxable year from sources with3 out the United States, or

4 ‘‘(B) the amount of the creditable foreign

5 taxes paid or accrued by the individual during

6 the taxable year (determined without regard to

7 subsection (c)).

8 No taxes paid or accrued by the individual during

9 such taxable year may be deemed paid or accrued in

10 any other taxable year under subsection (c).

11 ‘‘(2) INDIVIDUALS TO WHOM SUBSECTION AP12 PLIES.—This subsection shall apply to an individual

13 for any taxable year if—

14 ‘‘(A) the entire amount of such individual’s

15 gross income for the taxable year from sources

16 without the United States consists of qualified

17 passive income,

18 ‘‘(B) the amount of the creditable foreign

19 taxes paid or accrued by the individual during

20 the taxable year does not exceed $200 ($400 in

21 the case of a joint return), and

22 ‘‘(C) such individual elects to have this

23 subsection apply for the taxable year.

24 ‘‘(3) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this sub25 section—
22

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) QUALIFIED PASSIVE INCOME.—The

2 term ‘qualified passive income’ means any item

3 of gross income if—

4 ‘‘(i) such item of income is passive in5 come (as defined in subsection (d)(2)(A)

6 without regard to clause (iii) thereof), and

7 ‘‘(ii) such item of income is shown on

8 a payee statement furnished to the individ9 ual.

10 ‘‘(B) CREDITABLE FOREIGN TAXES.—The

11 term ‘creditable foreign taxes’ means any taxes

12 for which a credit is allowable under section

13 901; except that such term shall not include

14 any tax unless such tax is shown on a payee

15 statement furnished to such individual.

16 ‘‘(C) PAYEE STATEMENT.—The term

17 ‘payee statement’ has the meaning given to

18 such term by section 6724(d)(2).

19 ‘‘(D) ESTATES AND TRUSTS NOT ELIGI20 BLE.—This subsection shall not apply to any

21 estate or trust.’’

22 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

23 subsection (a) shall apply to taxable years beginning after

24 December 31, 1993.
23

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 115. TREATMENT OF PERSONAL TRANSACTIONS BY

2 INDIVIDUALS UNDER FOREIGN CURRENCY

3 RULES.

4 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (e) of section 988

5 (relating to application to individuals) is amended to read

6 as follows:

7 ‘‘(e) APPLICATION TO INDIVIDUALS.—

8 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The preceding provisions of

9 this section shall not apply to any section 988 trans10 action entered into by an individual which is a per11 sonal transaction.

12 ‘‘(2) EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN PERSONAL

13 TRANSACTIONS.—If—

14 ‘‘(A) nonfunctional currency is disposed of

15 by an individual in any transaction, and

16 ‘‘(B) such transaction is a personal trans17 action,

18 no gain shall be recognized for purposes of this sub19 title by reason of changes in exchange rates after

20 such currency was acquired by such individual and

21 before such disposition. The preceding sentence shall

22 not apply if the gain which would otherwise be rec23 ognized exceeds $200.

24 ‘‘(3) PERSONAL TRANSACTIONS.—For purposes

25 of this subsection, the term ‘personal transaction’

26 means any transaction entered into by an individual,
24

•HR 3419 IH

1 except that such term shall not include any trans2 action to the extent that expenses properly allocable

3 to such transaction meet the requirements of section

4 162 or 212 (other than that part of section 212

5 dealing with expenses incurred in connection with

6 taxes).’’

7 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

8 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

9 December 31, 1992.

10 SEC. 116. EXPANDED ACCESS TO SIMPLIFIED INCOME TAX

11 RETURNS.

12 (a) GENERAL RULE.—The Secretary of the Treasury

13 or his delegate shall take such actions as may be appro14 priate to expand access to simplified individual income tax

15 returns and to otherwise simplify the individual income tax

16 returns, including—

17 (1) (if appropriate) allowing taxpayers who

18 itemize deductions to file their return on Form

19 1040A, and

20 (2) removing or raising the taxable income limi21 tations on taxpayers who may file Form 1040A.

22 (b) REPORT.—Not later than the date 1 year after

23 the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of

24 the Treasury or his delegate shall submit a report to the

25 Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Rep-
25

•HR 3419 IH

1 resentatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate,

2 a report on his actions under subsection (a), together with

3 such recommendations as he may deem advisable.

4 SEC. 117. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN REIMBURSED EX5 PENSES OF RURAL MAIL CARRIERS.

6 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 162 (relating to trade or

7 business expenses) is amended by redesignating subsection

8 (o) as subsection (p) and by inserting after subsection (n)

9 the following new subsection:

10 ‘‘(o) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN REIMBURSED EX11 PENSES OF RURAL MAIL CARRIERS.—

12 ‘‘(1) GENERAL RULE.—In the case of any em13 ployee of the United States Postal Service who per14 forms services involving the collection and delivery of

15 mail on a rural route and who receives qualified re16 imbursements for the expenses incurred by such em17 ployee for the use of a vehicle in performing such

18 services—

19 ‘‘(A) the amount allowable as a deduction

20 under this chapter for the use of a vehicle in

21 performing such services shall be equal to the

22 amount of such qualified reimbursements; and

23 ‘‘(B) such qualified reimbursements shall

24 be treated as paid under a reimbursement or

25 other expense allowance arrangement for pur-
26

•HR 3419 IH

1 poses of section 62(a)(2)(A) (and section 62(c)

2 shall not apply to such qualified reimburse3 ments).

4 ‘‘(2) DEFINITION OF QUALIFIED REIMBURSE5 MENTS.—For purposes of this subsection, the term

6 ‘qualified reimbursements’ means the amounts paid

7 by the United States Postal Service to employees as

8 an equipment maintenance allowance under the

9 1991 collective bargaining agreement between the

10 United States Postal Service and the National Rural

11 Letter Carriers’ Association. Amounts paid as an

12 equipment maintenance allowance by such Postal

13 Service under later collective bargaining agreements

14 that supersede the 1991 agreement shall be consid15 ered qualified reimbursements if such amounts do

16 not exceed the amounts that would have been paid

17 under the 1991 agreement, adjusted for changes in

18 the Consumer Price Index (as defined in section

19 1(f)(5)) since 1991.’’

20 (b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 6008 of the

21 Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 is here22 by repealed.

23 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

24 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

25 December 31, 1992.
27

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 118. EXCLUSION OF COMBAT PAY FROM WITHHOLD2 ING LIMITED TO AMOUNT EXCLUDABLE

3 FROM GROSS INCOME.

4 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 3401(a)

5 (defining wages) is amended by inserting before the semi6 colon the following: ‘‘to the extent remuneration for such

7 service is excludable from gross income under such

8 section’’.

9 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

10 subsection (a) shall apply to remuneration paid after

11 December 31, 1994.

12 TITLE II—PENSION

13 SIMPLIFICATION

14 Subtitle A—Simplified Distribution

15 Rules

16 SEC. 201. REPEAL OF 5-YEAR INCOME AVERAGING FOR

17 LUMP-SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.

18 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (d) of section 402 (re19 lating to taxability of beneficiary of employees’ trust) is

20 amended to read as follows:

21 ‘‘(d) TAXABILITY OF BENEFICIARY OF CERTAIN

22 FOREIGN SITUS TRUSTS.—For purposes of subsections

23 (a), (b), and (c), a stock bonus, pension, or profit-sharing

24 trust which would qualify for exemption from tax under

25 section 501(a) except for the fact that it is a trust created

26 or organized outside the United States shall be treated
28

•HR 3419 IH

1 as if it were a trust exempt from tax under section

2 501(a).’’

3 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

4 (1) Subparagraph (D) of section 402(e)(4) (re5 lating to other rules applicable to exempt trusts) is

6 amended to read as follows:

7 ‘‘(D) LUMP-SUM DISTRIBUTION.—For pur8 poses of this paragraph—

9 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘lump

10 sum distribution’ means the distribution or

11 payment within one taxable year of the re12 cipient of the balance to the credit of an

13 employee which becomes payable to the re14 cipient—

15 ‘‘(I) on account of the employee’s

16 death,

17 ‘‘(II) after the employee attains

age 591 18 ⁄2,

19 ‘‘(III) on account of the employ20 ee’s separation from service, or

21 ‘‘(IV) after the employee has be22 come disabled (within the meaning of

23 section 72(m)(7)),

24 from a trust which forms a part of a plan

25 described in section 401(a) and which is
29

•HR 3419 IH

1 exempt from tax under section 501 or from

2 a plan described in section 403(a).

3 Subclause (III) of this clause shall be ap4 plied only with respect to an individual

5 who is an employee without regard to sec6 tion 401(c)(1), and subclause (IV) shall be

7 applied only with respect to an employee

8 within the meaning of section 401(c)(1).

9 For purposes of this clause, a distribution

10 to two or more trusts shall be treated as

11 a distribution to one recipient. For pur12 poses of this paragraph, the balance to the

13 credit of the employee does not include the

14 accumulated deductible employee contribu15 tions under the plan (within the meaning

16 of section 72(o)(5)).

17 ‘‘(ii) AGGREGATION OF CERTAIN

18 TRUSTS AND PLANS.—For purposes of de19 termining the balance to the credit of an

20 employee under clause (i)—

21 ‘‘(I) all trusts which are part of

22 a plan shall be treated as a single

23 trust, all pension plans maintained by

24 the employer shall be treated as a sin25 gle plan, all profit-sharing plans main-
30

•HR 3419 IH

1 tained by the employer shall be treat2 ed as a single plan, and all stock

3 bonus plans maintained by the em4 ployer shall be treated as a single

5 plan, and

6 ‘‘(II) trusts which are not quali7 fied trusts under section 401(a) and

8 annuity contracts which do not satisfy

9 the requirements of section 404(a)(2)

10 shall not be taken into account.

11 ‘‘(iii) COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS.—

12 The provisions of this paragraph shall be

13 applied without regard to community prop14 erty laws.

15 ‘‘(iv) AMOUNTS SUBJECT TO PEN16 ALTY.—This paragraph shall not apply to

17 amounts described in subparagraph (A) of

18 section 72(m)(5) to the extent that section

19 72(m)(5) applies to such amounts.

20 ‘‘(v) BALANCE TO CREDIT OF EM21 PLOYEE NOT TO INCLUDE AMOUNTS PAY22 ABLE UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELA23 TIONS ORDER.—For purposes of this para24 graph, the balance to the credit of an em25 ployee shall not include any amount pay-
31

•HR 3419 IH

1 able to an alternate payee under a quali2 fied domestic relations order (within the

3 meaning of section 414(p)).

4 ‘‘(vi) TRANSFERS TO COST-OF-LIVING

5 ARRANGEMENT NOT TREATED AS DIS6 TRIBUTION.—For purposes of this para7 graph, the balance to the credit of an em8 ployee under a defined contribution plan

9 shall not include any amount transferred

10 from such defined contribution plan to a

11 qualified cost-of-living arrangement (within

12 the meaning of section 415(k)(2)) under a

13 defined benefit plan.

14 ‘‘(vii) LUMP-SUM DISTRIBUTIONS OF

15 ALTERNATE PAYEES.—If any distribution

16 or payment of the balance to the credit of

17 an employee would be treated as a lump18 sum distribution, then, for purposes of this

19 paragraph, the payment under a qualified

20 domestic relations order (within the mean21 ing of section 414(p)) of the balance to the

22 credit of an alternate payee who is the

23 spouse or former spouse of the employee

24 shall be treated as a lump-sum distribu25 tion. For purposes of this clause, the bal-
32

•HR 3419 IH

1 ance to the credit of the alternate payee

2 shall not include any amount payable to

3 the employee.’’

4 (2) Section 402(c) (relating to rules applicable

5 to rollovers from exempt trusts) is amended by strik6 ing paragraph (10).

7 (3) Paragraph (1) of section 55(c) (defining

8 regular tax) is amended by striking ‘‘shall not in9 clude any tax imposed by section 402(d) and’’.

10 (4) Paragraph (8) of section 62(a) (relating to

11 certain portion of lump-sum distributions from pen12 sion plans taxed under section 402(d)) is hereby

13 repealed.

14 (5) Section 401(a)(28)(B) (relating to coordina15 tion with distribution rules) is amended by striking

16 clause (v).

17 (6) Subparagraph (B)(ii) of section 401(k)(10)

18 (relating to distributions that must be lump-sum dis19 tributions) is amended to read as follows:

20 ‘‘(ii) LUMP-SUM DISTRIBUTION.—For pur21 poses of this subparagraph, the term ‘lump-sum

22 distribution’ means any distribution of the bal23 ance to the credit of an employee immediately

24 before the distribution.’’
33

•HR 3419 IH

1 (7) Section 406(c) (relating to termination of

2 status as deemed employee not to be treated as sep3 aration from service for purposes of limitation of

4 tax) is hereby repealed.

5 (8) Section 407(c) (relating to termination of

6 status as deemed employee not to be treated as sep7 aration from service for purposes of limitation of

8 tax) is hereby repealed.

9 (9) Section 691(c) (relating to deduction for es10 tate tax) is amended by striking paragraph (5).

11 (10) Paragraph (1) of section 871(b) (relating

12 to imposition of tax) is amended by striking ‘‘section

13 1, 55, or 402(d)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 1 or

14 55’’.

15 (11) Subsection (b) of section 877 (relating to

16 alternative tax) is amended by striking ‘‘section 1,

17 55, or 402(d)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 1 or 55’’.

18 (12) Section 4980A(c)(4) is amended—

19 (A) by striking ‘‘to which an election under

20 section 402(d)(4)(B) applies’’ and inserting

21 ‘‘(as defined in section 402(e)(4)(D)) with re22 spect to which the individual elects to have this

23 paragraph apply’’,

24 (B) by adding at the end the following new

25 flush sentence:
34

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘An individual may elect to have this paragraph

2 apply to only one lump-sum distribution.’’, and

3 (C) by striking the heading and inserting:

4 ‘‘(4) SPECIAL ONE-TIME ELECTION.—’’.

5 (13) Section 402(e) is amended by striking

6 paragraph (5).

7 (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—

8 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by

9 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning

10 after December 31, 1993.

11 (2) RETENTION OF CERTAIN TRANSITION

12 RULES.—Notwithstanding any other provision of

13 this section, the amendments made by this section

14 shall not apply to any distribution for which the tax15 payer elects the benefits of section 1122 (h)(3) or

16 (h)(5) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986. For purposes

17 of the preceding sentence, the rules of sections

18 402(c)(10) and 402(d) of the Internal Revenue Code

19 of 1986 (as in effect before the amendments made

20 by this Act) shall apply.

21 SEC. 202. REPEAL OF $5,000 EXCLUSION OF EMPLOYEES’

22 DEATH BENEFITS.

23 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section 101 is

24 hereby repealed.
35

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Subsection (c) of

2 section 101 is amended by striking ‘‘subsection (a) or (b)’’

3 and inserting ‘‘subsection (a)’’.

4 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

5 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

6 December 31, 1993.

7 SEC. 203. SIMPLIFIED METHOD FOR TAXING ANNUITY DIS8 TRIBUTIONS UNDER CERTAIN EMPLOYER

9 PLANS.

10 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (d) of section 72

11 (relating to annuities; certain proceeds of endowment and

12 life insurance contracts) is amended to read as follows:

13 ‘‘(d) SPECIAL RULES FOR QUALIFIED EMPLOYER

14 RETIREMENT PLANS.—

15 ‘‘(1) SIMPLIFIED METHOD OF TAXING ANNUITY

16 PAYMENTS.—

17 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any

18 amount received as an annuity under a quali19 fied employer retirement plan—

20 ‘‘(i) subsection (b) shall not apply,

21 and

22 ‘‘(ii) the investment in the contract

23 shall be recovered as provided in this para24 graph.
36

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) METHOD OF RECOVERING INVEST2 MENT IN CONTRACT.—

3 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Gross income

4 shall not include so much of any monthly

5 annuity payment under a qualified em6 ployer retirement plan as does not exceed

7 the amount obtained by dividing—

8 ‘‘(I) the investment in the con9 tract (as of the annuity starting date),

10 by

11 ‘‘(II) the number of anticipated

12 payments determined under the table

13 contained in clause (iii) (or, in the

14 case of a contract to which subsection

15 (c)(3)(B) applies, the number of

16 monthly annuity payments under such

17 contract).

18 ‘‘(ii) CERTAIN RULES MADE APPLICA19 BLE.—Rules similar to the rules of para20 graphs (2) and (3) of subsection (b) shall

21 apply for purposes of this paragraph.

22 ‘‘(iii) NUMBER OF ANTICIPATED PAY23 MENTS.—

‘‘If the age of the

primary annuitant on The number

the annuity starting of anticipated

date is: payments is:

Not more than 55 ................................ 300
37

•HR 3419 IH

More than 55 but not more than 60 ... 260

More than 60 but not more than 65 ... 240

More than 65 but not more than 70 ... 170

More than 70 ....................................... 120

1 ‘‘(C) ADJUSTMENT FOR REFUND FEATURE

2 NOT APPLICABLE.—For purposes of this para3 graph, investment in the contract shall be de4 termined under subsection (c)(1) without re5 gard to subsection (c)(2).

6 ‘‘(D) SPECIAL RULE WHERE LUMP SUM

7 PAID IN CONNECTION WITH COMMENCEMENT

8 OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS.—If, in connection with

9 the commencement of annuity payments under

10 any qualified employer retirement plan, the tax11 payer receives a lump sum payment—

12 ‘‘(i) such payment shall be taxable

13 under subsection (e) as if received before

14 the annuity starting date, and

15 ‘‘(ii) the investment in the contract

16 for purposes of this paragraph shall be de17 termined as if such payment had been so

18 received.

19 ‘‘(E) EXCEPTION.—This paragraph shall

20 not apply in any case where the primary annu21 itant has attained age 75 on the annuity start22 ing date unless there are fewer than 5 years of

23 guaranteed payments under the annuity.
38

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(F) ADJUSTMENT WHERE ANNUITY PAY2 MENTS NOT ON MONTHLY BASIS.—In any case

3 where the annuity payments are not made on a

4 monthly basis, appropriate adjustments in the

5 application of this paragraph shall be made to

6 take into account the period on the basis of

7 which such payments are made.

8 ‘‘(G) QUALIFIED EMPLOYER RETIREMENT

9 PLAN.—For purposes of this paragraph, the

10 term ‘qualified employer retirement plan’ means

11 any plan or contract described in paragraph

12 (1), (2), or (3) of section 4974(c).

13 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE CONTRIBU14 TIONS UNDER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS.—

15 For purposes of this section, employee contributions

16 (and any income allocable thereto) under a defined

17 contribution plan may be treated as a separate con18 tract.’’

19 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

20 subsection (a) shall apply in cases where the annuity start21 ing date is after December 31, 1993.

22 SEC. 204. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.

23 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(a)(9)(C) (defining re24 quired beginning date) is amended to read as follows:
39

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE.—For

2 purposes of this paragraph—

3 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘re4 quired beginning date’ means April 1 of

5 the calendar year following the later of—

6 ‘‘(I) the calendar year in which

the employee attains age 701 7 ⁄2, or

8 ‘‘(II) the calendar year in which

9 the employee retires.

10 ‘‘(ii) EXCEPTION.—Subclause (II) of

11 clause (i) shall not apply—

12 ‘‘(I) except as provided in section

13 409(d), in the case of an employee

14 who is a 5-percent owner (as defined

15 in section 416) with respect to the

16 plan year ending in the calendar year

17 in which the employee attains age

701 18 ⁄2, or

19 ‘‘(II) for purposes of section 408

20 (a)(6) or (b)(3).

21 ‘‘(iii) ACTUARIAL ADJUSTMENT.—In

22 the case of an employee to whom clause

23 (i)(II) applies who retires in a calendar

24 year after the calendar year in which the

employee attains age 701 25 ⁄2, the employee’s
40

•HR 3419 IH

1 accrued benefit shall be actuarially in2 creased to take into account the period

after age 701 3 ⁄2 in which the employee was

4 not receiving any benefits under the plan.

5 ‘‘(iv) EXCEPTION FOR GOVERN6 MENTAL AND CHURCH PLANS.—Clauses

7 (ii) and (iii) shall not apply in the case of

8 a governmental plan or church plan. For

9 purposes of this clause, the term ‘church

10 plan’ means a plan maintained by a church

11 for church employees, and the term

12 ‘church’ means any church (as defined in

13 section 3121(w)(3)(A)) or qualified church14 controlled organization (as defined in sec15 tion 3121(w)(3)(B)).’’

16 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

17 subsection (a) shall apply to years beginning after Decem18 ber 31, 1993.

19 Subtitle B—Increased Access to

20 Pension Plans

21 SEC. 211. MODIFICATIONS OF SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PEN22 SIONS.

23 (a) INCREASE IN NUMBER OF ALLOWABLE PARTICI24 PANTS FOR SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENTS.—Sec25 tion 408(k)(6)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘25’’ each place
41

•HR 3419 IH

1 it appears in the text and heading thereof and inserting

2 ‘‘100’’.

3 (b) REPEAL OF PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENT.—

4 Section 408(k)(6)(A) is amended by striking clause (ii)

5 and by redesignating clauses (iii) and (iv) as clauses (ii)

6 and (iii), respectively.

7 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Clause (ii) of sec8 tion 408(k)(6)(C) and clause (ii) of section 408(k)(6)(F)

9 are each amended by striking ‘‘subparagraph (A)(iii)’’ and

10 inserting ‘‘subparagraph (A)(ii)’’.

11 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

13 31, 1993.

14 SEC. 212. TAX EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS ELIGIBLE UNDER

15 SECTION 401(k).

16 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subparagraph (B) of section

17 401(k)(4) is amended to read as follows:

18 ‘‘(B) STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

19 NOT ELIGIBLE.—A cash or deferred arrange20 ment shall not be treated as a qualified cash or

21 deferred arrangement if it is part of a plan

22 maintained by a State or local government or

23 political subdivision thereof, or any agency or

24 instrumentality thereof. This subparagraph

25 shall not apply to a rural cooperative plan.’’
42

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

2 this section shall apply to plan years beginning after De3 cember 31, 1993, but shall not apply to any cash or de4 ferred arrangement to which clause (i) of section

5 1116(f)(2)(B) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 applies.

6 SEC. 213. DUTIES OF SPONSORS OF CERTAIN PROTOTYPE

7 PLANS.

8 (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of the Treasury

9 may, as a condition of sponsorship, prescribe rules defin10 ing the duties and responsibilities of sponsors of master

11 and prototype plans, regional prototype plans, and other

12 Internal Revenue Service preapproved plans.

13 (b) DUTIES RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENT, NOTI14 FICATION OF ADOPTERS, AND PLAN ADMINISTRATION.—

15 The duties and responsibilities referred to in subsection

16 (a) may include—

17 (1) the maintenance of lists of persons adopting

18 the sponsor’s plans, including the updating of such

19 lists not less frequently than annually,

20 (2) the furnishing of notices at least annually

21 to such persons and to the Secretary or his delegate,

22 in such form and at such time as the Secretary shall

23 prescribe,

24 (3) duties relating to administrative services to

25 such persons in the operation of their plans, and
43

•HR 3419 IH

1 (4) other duties that the Secretary considers

2 necessary to ensure that—

3 (A) the master and prototype, regional

4 prototype, and other preapproved plans of

5 adopting employers are timely amended to meet

6 the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code

7 of 1986 or of any rule or regulation of the Sec8 retary, and

9 (B) adopting employers receive timely noti10 fication of amendments and other actions taken

11 by sponsors with respect to their plans.

12 Subtitle C—Nondiscrimination

13 Provisions

14 SEC. 221. DEFINITION OF HIGHLY COMPENSATED EM15 PLOYEES.

16 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 414(q)

17 (defining highly compensated employee) is amended to

18 read as follows:

19 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘highly com20 pensated employee’ means any employee who—

21 ‘‘(A) was a 5-percent owner at any time

22 during the year or the preceding year, or

23 ‘‘(B) had compensation for the preceding

24 year from the employer in excess of $50,000.
44

•HR 3419 IH

1 The Secretary shall adjust the $50,000 amount

2 under subparagraph (B) at the same time and in the

3 same manner as under section 415(d).’’

4 (b) SPECIAL RULE WHERE NO EMPLOYEES TREAT5 ED AS HIGHLY COMPENSATED.—Paragraph (2) of section

6 414(q) is amended to read as follows:

7 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE IF NO EMPLOYEE DE8 SCRIBED IN PARAGRAPH (1).—If no employee is

9 treated as a highly compensated employee under

10 paragraph (1), the highest paid officer for the year

11 shall be treated as a highly compensated employee.’’

12 (c) TREATMENT OF FAMILY MEMBERS.—Paragraph

13 (6) of section 414(q) is hereby repealed.

14 (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

15 (1) Paragraphs (4), (5), (8), and (12) of section

16 414(q) are hereby repealed.

17 (2)(A) Section 414(r) is amended by adding at

18 the end thereof the following new paragraph:

19 ‘‘(9) EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES.—For purposes of

20 this subsection, the following employees shall be ex21 cluded:

22 ‘‘(A) Employees who have not completed 6

23 months of service.

24 ‘‘(B) Employees who normally work less

than 171 25 ⁄2 hours per week.
45

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) Employees who normally work not

2 more than 6 months during any year.

3 ‘‘(D) Employees who have not attained the

4 age of 21.

5 ‘‘(E) Except to the extent provided in reg6 ulations, employees who are included in a unit

7 of employees covered by an agreement which

8 the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective

9 bargaining agreement between employee rep10 resentatives and the employer.

11 Except as provided by the Secretary, the employer

12 may elect to apply subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or

13 (D) by substituting a shorter period of service,

14 smaller number of hours or months, or lower age for

15 the period of service, number of hours or months, or

16 age (as the case may be) specified in such subpara17 graph.’’

18 (B) Subparagraph (A) of section 414(r)(2) is

19 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (q)(8)’’ and insert20 ing ‘‘paragraph (9)’’.

21 (3) Subparagraph (A) of section 401(a)(17) is

22 amended by striking the last sentence.

23 (4) Subsection (l) of section 404 is amended by

24 striking the last sentence.
46

•HR 3419 IH

1 (5) Section 1114(c)(4) of the Tax Reform Act

2 of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the follow3 ing new sentence: ‘‘Any reference in this paragraph

4 to section 414(q) shall be treated as a reference to

5 such section as in effect before the Tax Simplifica6 tion and Technical Corrections Act of 1993.’’

7 (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

8 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

9 31, 1993.

10 SEC. 222. MODIFICATION OF ADDITIONAL PARTICIPATION

11 REQUIREMENTS.

12 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 401(a)(26)(A) (relat13 ing to additional participation requirements) is amended

14 to read as follows:

15 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a trust

16 which is a part of a defined benefit plan, such trust

17 shall not constitute a qualified trust under this sub18 section unless on each day of the plan year such

19 trust benefits at least the lesser of—

20 ‘‘(i) 50 employees of the employer, or

21 ‘‘(ii) the greater of—

22 ‘‘(I) 40 percent of all employees of the

23 employer, or

24 ‘‘(II) 2 employees (or if there is only

25 1 employee, such employee).’’
47

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) SEPARATE LINE OF BUSINESS TEST.—Section

2 401(a)(26)(G) (relating to separate line of business) is

3 amended by striking ‘‘paragraph (7)’’ and inserting ‘‘para4 graph (2)(A) or (7)’’.

5 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

6 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

7 31, 1993.

8 SEC. 223. NONDISCRIMINATION RULES FOR QUALIFIED

9 CASH OR DEFERRED ARRANGEMENTS AND

10 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

11 (a) ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF SATISFYING SEC12 TION 401(k) NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS.—Section

13 401(k) (relating to cash or deferred arrangements) is

14 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

15 paragraph:

16 ‘‘(11) ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF MEETING

17 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS.—

18 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A cash or deferred ar19 rangement shall be treated as meeting the re20 quirements of paragraph (3)(A)(ii) if such ar21 rangement—

22 ‘‘(i) meets the contribution require23 ments of subparagraph (B) or (C), and

24 ‘‘(ii) meets the notice requirements of

25 subparagraph (D).
48

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.—

2 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The requirements

3 of this subparagraph are met if, under the

4 arrangement, the employer makes match5 ing contributions on behalf of each em6 ployee who is not a highly compensated

7 employee in an amount equal to—

8 ‘‘(I) 100 percent of the elective

9 contributions of the employee to the

10 extent such elective contributions do

11 not exceed 3 percent of the employee’s

12 compensation, and

13 ‘‘(II) 50 percent of the elective

14 contributions of the employee to the

15 extent that such elective contributions

16 exceed 3 percent but do not exceed 5

17 percent of the employee’s compensa18 tion.

19 ‘‘(ii) RATE FOR HIGHLY COM20 PENSATED EMPLOYEES.—The require21 ments of this subparagraph are not met if,

22 under the arrangement, the matching con23 tribution with respect to any elective con24 tribution of a highly compensated employee

25 at any level of compensation is greater
49

•HR 3419 IH

1 than that with respect to an employee who

2 is not a highly compensated employee.

3 ‘‘(iii) ALTERNATIVE PLAN DESIGNS.—

4 If the matching contribution with respect

5 to any elective contribution at any specific

6 level of compensation is not equal to the

7 percentage required under clause (i), an

8 arrangement shall not be treated as

9 failing to meet the requirements of

10 clause (i) if—

11 ‘‘(I) the level of an employer’s

12 matching contribution does not in13 crease as an employee’s elective con14 tributions increase, and

15 ‘‘(II) the aggregate amount of

16 matching contributions with respect to

17 elective contributions not in excess of

18 such level of compensation is at least

19 equal to the amount of matching con20 tributions which would be made if

21 matching contributions were made on

22 the basis of the percentages described

23 in clause (i).

24 ‘‘(C) NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.—

25 The requirements of this subparagraph are met
50

•HR 3419 IH

1 if, under the arrangement, the employer is re2 quired, without regard to whether the employee

3 makes an elective contribution or employee con4 tribution, to make a contribution to a defined

5 contribution plan on behalf of each employee

6 who is not a highly compensated employee and

7 who is eligible to participate in the arrangement

8 in an amount equal to at least 3 percent of the

9 employee’s compensation.

10 ‘‘(D) NOTICE REQUIREMENT.—An ar11 rangement meets the requirements of this para12 graph if, under the arrangement, each employee

13 eligible to participate is, within a reasonable pe14 riod before any year, given written notice of the

15 employee’s rights and obligations under the ar16 rangement which—

17 ‘‘(i) is sufficiently accurate and com18 prehensive to appraise the employee of

19 such rights and obligations, and

20 ‘‘(ii) is written in a manner calculated

21 to be understood by the average employee

22 eligible to participate.

23 ‘‘(E) OTHER REQUIREMENTS.—

24 ‘‘(i) WITHDRAWAL AND VESTING RE25 STRICTIONS.—An arrangement shall not be
51

•HR 3419 IH

1 treated as meeting the requirements of

2 subparagraph (B) or (C) unless the re3 quirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C)

4 of paragraph (2) are met with respect to

5 all employer contributions (including

6 matching contributions).

7 ‘‘(ii) SOCIAL SECURITY AND SIMILAR

8 CONTRIBUTIONS NOT TAKEN INTO AC9 COUNT.—An arrangement shall not be

10 treated as meeting the requirements of

11 subparagraph (B) or (C) unless such re12 quirements are met without regard to sub13 section (l), and, for purposes of subsection

14 (l), employer contributions under subpara15 graph (B) or (C) shall not be taken into

16 account.

17 ‘‘(F) OTHER PLANS.—An arrangement

18 shall be treated as meeting the requirements

19 under subparagraph (A)(i) if any other plan

20 maintained by the employer meets such require21 ments with respect to employees eligible under

22 the arrangement.’’

23 (b) ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF SATISFYING SEC24 TION 401(m) NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS.—Section

25 401(m) (relating to nondiscrimination test for matching
52

•HR 3419 IH

1 contributions and employee contributions) is amended by

2 redesignating paragraph (10) as paragraph (11) and by

3 adding after paragraph (9) the following new paragraph:

4 ‘‘(10) ALTERNATIVE METHOD OF SATISFYING

5 TESTS.—

6 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A defined contribution

7 plan shall be treated as meeting the require8 ments of paragraph (2) with respect to match9 ing contributions if the plan—

10 ‘‘(i) meets the contribution require11 ments of subparagraph (B) or (C) of sub12 section (k)(11),

13 ‘‘(ii) meets the notice requirements of

14 subsection (k)(11)(D), and

15 ‘‘(iii) meets the requirements of sub16 paragraph (B).

17 ‘‘(B) LIMITATION ON MATCHING CON18 TRIBUTIONS.—The requirements of this sub19 paragraph are met if—

20 ‘‘(i) matching contributions on behalf

21 of any employee may not be made with

22 respect to an employee’s contributions or

23 elective deferrals in excess of 6 percent of

24 the employee’s compensation,
53

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(ii) the level of an employer’s match2 ing contribution does not increase as an

3 employee’s contributions or elective defer4 rals increase, and

5 ‘‘(iii) the matching contribution with

6 respect to any highly compensated em7 ployee at a specific level of compensation is

8 not greater than that with respect to an

9 employee who is not a highly compensated

10 employee.’’

11 (c) YEAR FOR COMPUTING NONHIGHLY COM12 PENSATED EMPLOYEE PERCENTAGE.—

13 (1) CASH OR DEFERRED ARRANGEMENTS.—

14 Clause (ii) of section 401(k)(3)(A) is amended—

15 (A) by striking ‘‘such year’’ and inserting

16 ‘‘the plan year’’, and

17 (B) by striking ‘‘for such plan year’’ and

18 inserting ‘‘the preceding plan year’’.

19 (2) MATCHING AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBU20 TIONS.—Section 401(m)(2)(A) is amended—

21 (A) by inserting ‘‘for such plan year’’ after

22 ‘‘highly compensated employee’’, and

23 (B) by inserting ‘‘for the preceding plan

24 year’’ after ‘‘eligible employees’’ each place it

25 appears in clause (i) and clause (ii).
54

•HR 3419 IH

1 (d) SPECIAL RULE FOR DETERMINING AVERAGE DE2 FERRAL PERCENTAGE FOR FIRST PLAN YEAR, ETC.—

3 (1) Paragraph (3) of section 401(k) is amended

4 by adding at the end thereof the following new sub5 paragraph:

6 ‘‘(E) For purposes of this paragraph, in

7 the case of the first plan year of any plan, the

8 amount taken into account as the actual defer9 ral percentage of nonhighly compensated em10 ployees for the preceding plan year shall be—

11 ‘‘(i) 3 percent, or

12 ‘‘(ii) if the employer makes an election

13 under this subclause, the actual deferral

14 percentage of nonhighly compensated em15 ployees determined for such first plan

16 year.’’

17 (2) Paragraph (3) of section 401(m) is amend18 ed by adding at the end thereof the following:

19 ‘‘Rules similar to the rules of subsection (k)(3)(E)

20 shall apply for purposes of this subsection.’’

21 (e) DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.—

22 (1) Subparagraph (C) of section 401(k)(8) (re23 lating to arrangement not disqualified if excess con24 tributions distributed) is amended by striking ‘‘on

25 the basis of the respective portions of the excess con-
55

•HR 3419 IH

1 tributions attributable to each of such employees’’

2 and inserting ‘‘on the basis of the amount of con3 tributions by, or on behalf of, each of such employ4 ees’’.

5 (2) Subparagraph (C) of section 401(m)(6) (re6 lating to method of distributing excess aggregate

7 contributions) is amended by striking ‘‘on the basis

8 of the respective portions of such amounts attrib9 utable to each of such employees’’ and inserting ‘‘on

10 the basis of the amount of contributions on behalf

11 of, or by, each such employee’’.

12 (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

13 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

14 31, 1993.

15 Subtitle D—Miscellaneous

16 Simplification

17 SEC. 231. TREATMENT OF LEASED EMPLOYEES.

18 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subparagraph (C) of section

19 414(n)(2) (defining leased employee) is amended to read

20 as follows:

21 ‘‘(C) such services are performed under

22 significant direction or control by the recipi23 ent.’’

24 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

25 subsection (a) shall apply to years beginning after Decem-
56

•HR 3419 IH

1 ber 31, 1993, but shall not apply to any relationship deter2 mined under an Internal Revenue Service ruling issued be3 fore the date of the enactment of this Act pursuant to

4 section 414(n)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of

5 1986 (as in effect on the day before such date) not to

6 involve a leased employee.

7 SEC. 232. MODIFICATIONS OF COST-OF-LIVING ADJUST8 MENTS.

9 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 415(d) (relating to cost10 of-living adjustments) is amended to read as follows:

11 ‘‘(d) COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENTS.—

12 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall adjust

13 annually—

14 ‘‘(A) the $90,000 amount in subsection

15 (b)(1)(A), and

16 ‘‘(B) in the case of a participant who sepa17 rated from service, the amount taken into ac18 count under subsection (b)(1)(B),

19 for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with

20 regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

21 ‘‘(2) METHOD.—

22 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The regulations pre23 scribed under paragraph (1) shall provide for

24 adjustment procedures which are similar to the

25 procedures used to adjust benefit amounts
57

•HR 3419 IH

1 under section 215(i)(2)(A) of the Social Secu2 rity Act.

3 ‘‘(B) PERIODS FOR ADJUSTMENT OF DOL4 LAR AMOUNT.—For purposes of paragraph

5 (1)(A)—

6 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The adjustment

7 with respect to any calendar year shall be

8 based on the increase in the applicable

9 index as of the close of the calendar quar10 ter ending September 30 of the preceding

11 calendar year over such index as of the

12 close of the base period.

13 ‘‘(ii) BASE PERIOD.—For purposes of

14 clause (i), the base period is the calendar

15 quarter beginning October 1, 1986.

16 ‘‘(C) BASE PERIOD FOR SEPARATIONS.—

17 For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), the base pe18 riod is the last calendar quarter of the calendar

19 year preceding the calendar year in which the

20 participant separated from service.

21 ‘‘(3) ROUNDING.—Any amount determined

22 under paragraph (1) (or by reference to this sub23 section) shall be rounded to the nearest $1,000, ex24 cept that the amounts under sections 402(g)(1),

25 408(k)(2)(C), and 457(e)(14) shall be rounded to
58

•HR 3419 IH

1 the nearest $100 and the amount under section

2 401(a)(17) shall be rounded, to the next lowest mul3 tiple of $10,000.’’

4 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

5 this section apply to adjustments with respect to calendar

6 years beginning after December 31, 1993.

7 SEC. 233. PLANS COVERING SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVID8 UALS.

9 (a) AGGREGATION RULES.—Section 401(d) (relating

10 to additional requirements for qualification of trusts and

11 plans benefiting owner-employees) is amended to read as

12 follows:

13 ‘‘(d) CONTRIBUTION LIMIT ON OWNER-EMPLOY14 EES.—A trust forming part of a pension or profit-sharing

15 plan which provides contributions or benefits for employ16 ees some or all of whom are owner-employees shall con17 stitute a qualified trust under this section only if, in addi18 tion to meeting the requirements of subsection (a), the

19 plan provides that contributions on behalf of any owner20 employee may be made only with respect to the earned

21 income of such owner-employee which is derived from the

22 trade or business with respect to which such plan is

23 established.’’
59

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

2 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

3 31, 1993.

4 SEC. 234. ELIMINATION OF SPECIAL VESTING RULE FOR

5 MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS.

6 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 411(a)

7 (relating to minimum vesting standards) is amended—

8 (1) by striking ‘‘subparagraph (A), (B), or (C)’’

9 and inserting ‘‘subparagraph (A) or (B)’’; and

10 (2) by striking subparagraph (C).

11 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to plan years beginning on or after

13 the earlier of—

14 (1) the later of—

15 (A) January 1, 1994, or

16 (B) the date on which the last of the col17 lective bargaining agreements pursuant to

18 which the plan is maintained terminates (deter19 mined without regard to any extension thereof

20 after the date of the enactment of this Act), or

21 (2) January 1, 1996.

22 Such amendments shall not apply to any individual who

23 does not have more than 1 hour of service under the plan

24 on or after the 1st day of the 1st plan year to which such

25 amendments apply.
60

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 235. FULL-FUNDING LIMITATION OF MULTIEM2 PLOYER PLANS.

3 (a) FULL-FUNDING LIMITATION.—Section

4 412(c)(7)(C) (relating to full-funding limitation) is

5 amended—

6 (1) by inserting ‘‘or in the case of a multiem7 ployer plan,’’ after ‘‘paragraph (6)(B),’’, and

8 (2) by inserting ‘‘AND MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS’’

9 after ‘‘PARAGRAPH (6)(B)’’ in the heading thereof.

10 (b) VALUATION.—Section 412(c)(9) is amended—

11 (1) by inserting ‘‘(3 years in the case of a mul12 tiemployer plan)’’ after ‘‘year’’, and

13 (2) by striking ‘‘ANNUAL VALUATION’’ in the

14 heading and inserting ‘‘VALUATION’’.

15 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

16 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

17 31, 1993.

18 SEC. 236. ALTERNATIVE FULL-FUNDING LIMITATION.

19 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (c) of section 412 (re20 lating to minimum funding standards) is amended by re21 designating paragraphs (8) through (11) as paragraphs

22 (9) through (12), respectively, and by adding after para23 graph (7) the following new paragraph:

24 ‘‘(8) ALTERNATIVE FULL-FUNDING LIMITA25 TION.—
61

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) GENERAL RULE.—An employer may

2 elect the full-funding limitation under this para3 graph with respect to any defined benefit plan

4 of the employer in lieu of the full-funding limi5 tation determined under paragraph (7) if the

6 requirements of subparagraphs (C) and (D) are

7 met.

8 ‘‘(B) ALTERNATIVE FULL-FUNDING LIMI9 TATION.—The full-funding limitation under this

10 paragraph is the full-funding limitation deter11 mined under paragraph (7) without regard to

12 subparagraph (A)(i)(I) thereof.

13 ‘‘(C) REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO PLAN

14 ELIGIBILITY.—

15 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The requirements

16 of this subparagraph are met with respect

17 to a defined benefit plan if—

18 ‘‘(I) as of the 1st day of the elec19 tion period, the average accrued liabil20 ity of participants accruing benefits

21 under the plan for the 5 immediately

22 preceding plan years is at least 80

23 percent of the plan’s total accrued li24 ability,
62

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(II) the plan is not a top-heavy

2 plan (as defined in section 416(g)) for

3 the 1st plan year of the election pe4 riod or either of the 2 preceding plan

5 years, and

6 ‘‘(III) each defined benefit plan

7 of the employer (and each defined

8 benefit plan of each employer who is

9 a member of any controlled group

10 which includes such employer) meets

11 the requirements of subclauses (I) and

12 (II).

13 ‘‘(ii) FAILURE TO CONTINUE TO MEET

14 REQUIREMENTS.—

15 ‘‘(I) If any plan fails to meet the

16 requirement of clause (i)(I) for any

17 plan year during an election period,

18 the benefits of the election under this

19 paragraph shall be phased out under

20 regulations prescribed by the Sec21 retary.

22 ‘‘(II) If any plan fails to meet

23 the requirement of clause (i)(II) for

24 any plan year during an election pe25 riod, such plan shall be treated as not
63

•HR 3419 IH

1 meeting the requirements of clause (i)

2 for the remainder of the election

3 period.

4 If there is a failure described in subclause

5 (I) or (II) with respect to any plan, such

6 plan (and each plan described in clause

7 (i)(III) with respect to such plan) shall be

8 treated as not meeting the requirements of

9 clause (i) for any of the 10 plan years be10 ginning after the election period.

11 ‘‘(D) REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO ELEC12 TION.—

13 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The requirements

14 of this subparagraph are met with respect

15 to an election if—

16 ‘‘(I) FILING DATE.—Notice of

17 such election is filed with the Sec18 retary (in such form and manner and

19 containing such information as the

20 Secretary may provide) by January 1

21 of any calendar year, and is effective

22 as of the 1st day of the election period

23 beginning on or after January 1 of

24 the following calendar year.
64

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(II) CONSISTENT ELECTION.—

2 Such an election is made for all de3 fined benefit plans maintained by the

4 employer or by any member of a con5 trolled group which includes the em6 ployer.

7 ‘‘(ii) TRANSITION PERIOD.—In the

8 case of any election period beginning on or

9 after July 1, 1994, and before January 1,

10 1995, the requirements of clause (i) shall

11 not apply and the requirements of this

12 subparagraph are met with respect to such

13 election period if—

14 ‘‘(I) FILING DATE.—Notice of

15 election is filed with the Secretary by

16 October 1, 1994.

17 ‘‘(II) INFORMATION.—The notice

18 sets forth the name and tax identifica19 tion number of the plan sponsor, the

20 names and tax identification numbers

21 of the plans to which the election ap22 plies, the limitation under paragraph

23 (7) (determined with and without re24 gard to this paragraph), and a signed

25 certification by an officer of the em-
65

•HR 3419 IH

1 ployer stating that the requirements

2 of this paragraph have been met.

3 ‘‘(iii) REVENUE OFFSET PROCE4 DURES.—The Secretary shall, by January

5 1, 1995, notify defined benefit plans that

6 have not made an election under this para7 graph for the transition period described in

8 clause (ii) of the adjustment required by

9 subparagraph (H). The revenue offset for

10 the transition period shall apply to plan

11 years beginning on or after July 1, 1994,

12 and before January 1, 1995.

13 ‘‘(iv) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS MADE

14 BY NON-ELECTING PLANS.—To the extent

15 a defined benefit plan sponsor makes a

16 contribution to a defined benefit plan with

17 respect to the transition period described

18 in clause (ii) which exceeds the limitation

19 of paragraph (7), as adjusted by the Sec20 retary for the transition period, the spon21 sor shall offset the excess contribution

22 against allowable contributions to the plan

23 in subsequent quarters in the taxable year

24 of the sponsor. If no subsequent contribu25 tions may be made for the taxable year,
66

•HR 3419 IH

1 the trustee of the defined benefit plan shall

2 return the excess contribution to the spon3 sor in that taxable year or the following

4 taxable year. Notwithstanding any other

5 provision of this title, no deduction shall be

6 allowed for any contribution made in ex7 cess of the limitation of paragraph (7), as

8 adjusted by the Secretary for the transi9 tion period, and no penalty shall apply

10 with respect to contributions made in ex11 cess of such limitation to the extent such

12 excess contributions are either used to off13 set subsequent contributions, or returned

14 to the plan sponsor, as provided in this

15 clause.

16 ‘‘(E) TERM OF ELECTION.—Any election

17 made under this paragraph shall apply for the

18 election period.

19 ‘‘(F) OTHER CONSEQUENCES OF ELEC20 TION.—

21 ‘‘(i) NO FUNDING WAIVERS.—In the

22 case of a plan with respect to which an

23 election is made under this paragraph, no

24 waiver may be granted under subsection

25 (d) for any plan year beginning after the
67

•HR 3419 IH

1 date the election was made and ending at

2 the close of the election period with respect

3 thereto.

4 ‘‘(ii) FAILURE TO MAKE SUCCESSIVE

5 ELECTIONS.—If an election is made under

6 this paragraph with respect to any plan

7 and such an election does not apply for

8 each successive plan year of such plan,

9 such plan shall be treated as not meeting

10 the requirements of subparagraph (C) for

11 the period of 10 plan years beginning after

12 the close of the last election period for

13 such plan.

14 ‘‘(G) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this

15 paragraph—

16 ‘‘(i) ELECTION PERIOD.—The term

17 ‘election period’ means the period of 5 con18 secutive plan years beginning with the 1st

19 plan year for which the election is made.

20 ‘‘(ii) CONTROLLED GROUP.—The term

21 ‘controlled group’ means all persons who

22 are treated as a single employer under sub23 section (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414.
68

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(H) PROCEDURES IF ALTERNATIVE

2 FUNDING LIMITATION REDUCES NET FEDERAL

3 REVENUES.—

4 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—At least once with

5 respect to each fiscal year, the Secretary

6 shall estimate whether the application of

7 this paragraph will result in a net reduc8 tion in Federal revenues for such fiscal

9 year.

10 ‘‘(ii) ADJUSTMENT OF FULL-FUNDING

11 LIMITATION IF REVENUE SHORTFALL.—If

12 the Secretary estimates that the applica13 tion of this paragraph will result in a more

14 than insubstantial net reduction in Federal

15 revenues for any fiscal year, the Sec16 retary—

17 ‘‘(I) shall make the adjustment

18 described in clause (iii), and

19 ‘‘(II) to the extent such adjust20 ment is not sufficient to reduce such

21 reduction to an insubstantial amount,

22 shall make the adjustment described

23 in clause (iv).

24 Such adjustments shall apply only to de25 fined benefit plans with respect to which
69

•HR 3419 IH

1 an election under this paragraph is not in

2 effect.

3 ‘‘(iii) REDUCTION IN LIMITATION

4 BASED ON 150 PERCENT OF CURRENT LI5 ABILITY.—The adjustment described in

6 this clause is an adjustment which sub7 stitutes a percentage (not lower than 140

8 percent) for the percentage described in

9 paragraph (7)(A)(i)(I) determined by re10 ducing the percentage of current liability

11 taken into account with respect to partici12 pants who are not accruing benefits under

13 the plan.

14 ‘‘(iv) REDUCTION IN LIMITATION

15 BASED ON ACCRUED LIABILITY.—The ad16 justment described in this clause is an ad17 justment which reduces the percentage of

18 accrued liability taken into account under

19 paragraph (7)(A)(i)(II). In no event may

20 the amount of accrued liability taken into

21 account under such paragraph after the

22 adjustment be less than 140 percent of

23 current liability.’’

24 (b) ALTERATION OF DISCRETIONARY REGULATORY

25 AUTHORITY.—Subparagraph (D) of section 412(c)(7) is
70

•HR 3419 IH

1 amended by striking ‘‘provide—’’ and all that follows

2 through ‘‘(iii) for’’ and inserting ‘‘provide for’’.

3 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

4 this section shall take effect on January 1, 1995, except

5 that, in the case of an election under subparagraph (D)(ii)

6 of paragraph (8) of section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue

7 Code of 1986, as added by this section, such amendments

8 shall take effect on July 1, 1994.

9 SEC. 237. DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER RURAL COOPERATIVE

10 PLANS.

11 (a) DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER CERTAIN AGE.—Section

12 401(k)(7) is amended by adding at the end thereof the

13 following new subparagraph:

14 ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN DISTRIBU15 TIONS.—A rural cooperative plan which includes a

16 qualified cash or deferred arrangement shall not be

17 treated as violating the requirements of section

18 401(a) merely by reason of a distribution to a participant after attainment of age 591 19 ⁄2.’’

20 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

21 this section shall apply to distributions after the date of

22 the enactment of this Act.
71

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 238. TREATMENT OF GOVERNMENTAL PLANS UNDER

2 SECTION 415.

3 (a) DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION.—Subsection (k)

4 of section 415 (regarding limitations on benefits and con5 tributions under qualified plans) is amended by adding im6 mediately after paragraph (2) thereof the following new

7 paragraph:

8 ‘‘(3) DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION FOR GOV9 ERNMENTAL PLANS.—For purposes of this section,

10 in the case of a governmental plan (as defined in

11 section 414(d)), the term ‘compensation’ includes, in

12 addition to the amounts described in subsection

13 (c)(3)—

14 ‘‘(A) any elective deferral (as defined in

15 section 402(g)(3)), and

16 ‘‘(B) any amount which is contributed by

17 the employer at the election of the employee

18 and which is not includible in the gross income

19 of an employee under section 125 or 457.’’

20 (b) COMPENSATION LIMIT.—Subsection (b) of sec21 tion 415 is amended by adding immediately after para22 graph (10) the following new paragraph:

23 ‘‘(11) SPECIAL LIMITATION RULE FOR GOVERN24 MENTAL PLANS.—In the case of a governmental

25 plan (as defined in section 414(d)), subparagraph

26 (B) of paragraph (1) shall not apply.’’
72

•HR 3419 IH

1 (c) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN EXCESS BENEFIT

2 PLANS.—

3 (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 415 is amended by

4 adding at the end thereof the following new sub5 section:

6 ‘‘(m) TREATMENT OF QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL

7 EXCESS BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS.—

8 ‘‘(1) GOVERNMENTAL PLAN NOT AFFECTED.—

9 In determining whether a governmental plan (as de10 fined in section 414(d)) meets the requirements of

11 this section, benefits provided under a qualified gov12 ernmental excess benefit arrangement shall not be

13 taken into account. Income accruing to a govern14 mental plan (or to a trust that is maintained solely

15 for the purpose of providing benefits under a quali16 fied governmental excess benefit arrangement) in re17 spect of a qualified governmental excess benefit ar18 rangement shall constitute income derived from the

19 exercise of an essential governmental function upon

20 which such governmental plan (or trust) shall be ex21 empt from tax under section 115.

22 ‘‘(2) TAXATION OF PARTICIPANT.—For pur23 poses of this chapter—

24 ‘‘(A) the taxable year or years for which

25 amounts in respect of a qualified governmental
73

•HR 3419 IH

1 excess benefit arrangement are includible in

2 gross income by a participant, and

3 ‘‘(B) the treatment of such amounts when

4 so includible by the participant,

5 shall be determined as if such qualified govern6 mental excess benefit arrangement were treated as a

7 plan for the deferral of compensation which is main8 tained by a corporation not exempt from tax under

9 this chapter and which does not meet the require10 ments for qualification under section 401.

11 ‘‘(3) QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL EXCESS BEN12 EFIT ARRANGEMENT.—For purposes of this sub13 section, the term ‘qualified governmental excess ben14 efit arrangement’ means a portion of a governmental

15 plan if—

16 ‘‘(A) such portion is maintained solely for

17 the purpose of providing to participants in the

18 plan that part of the participant’s annual bene19 fit otherwise payable under the terms of the

20 plan that exceeds the limitations on benefits im21 posed by this section,

22 ‘‘(B) under such portion no election is pro23 vided at any time to the participant (directly or

24 indirectly) to defer compensation, and
74

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) benefits described in subparagraph

2 (A) are not paid from a trust forming a part

3 of such governmental plan unless such trust is

4 maintained solely for the purpose of providing

5 such benefits.’’

6 (2) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 457.—Sub7 section (e) of section 457 is amended by adding at

8 the end thereof the following new paragraph:

9 ‘‘(15) TREATMENT OF QUALIFIED GOVERN10 MENTAL EXCESS BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS.—Sub11 sections (b)(2) and (c)(1) shall not apply to any

12 qualified governmental excess benefit arrangement

13 (as defined in section 415(m)(3)), and benefits pro14 vided under such an arrangement shall not be taken

15 into account in determining whether any other plan

16 is an eligible deferred compensation plan.’’

17 (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (2)

18 of section 457(f) is amended by striking the word

19 ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (C), by striking

20 the period after subparagraph (D) and inserting the

21 words ‘‘, and’’, and by inserting immediately there22 after the following new subparagraph:

23 ‘‘(E) a qualified governmental excess bene24 fit arrangement described in section 415(m).’’
75

•HR 3419 IH

1 (d) EXEMPTION FOR SURVIVOR AND DISABILITY

2 BENEFITS.—Paragraph (2) of section 415(b) is amended

3 by adding at the end thereof the following new subpara4 graph:

5 ‘‘(I) EXEMPTION FOR SURVIVOR AND DIS6 ABILITY BENEFITS PROVIDED UNDER GOVERN7 MENTAL PLANS.—Subparagraph (B) of para8 graph (1), subparagraph (C) of this paragraph,

9 and paragraph (5) shall not apply to—

10 ‘‘(i) income received from a govern11 mental plan (as defined in section 414(d))

12 as a pension, annuity, or similar allowance

13 as the result of the recipient becoming dis14 abled by reason of personal injuries or

15 sickness, or

16 ‘‘(ii) amounts received from a govern17 mental plan by the beneficiaries, survivors,

18 or the estate of an employee as the result

19 of the death of the employee.’’

20 (e) REVOCATION OF GRANDFATHER ELECTION.—

21 Subparagraph (C) of section 415(b)(10) is amended by

22 adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: ‘‘An

23 election made pursuant to the preceding sentence to have

24 the provisions of this paragraph applied to the plan may

25 be revoked not later than the last day of the 3rd plan year
76

•HR 3419 IH

1 beginning after the date of enactment with respect to all

2 plan years as to which such election has been applicable

3 and all subsequent plan years; provided that any amount

4 paid by the plan in a taxable year ending after revocation

5 of such election in respect of benefits attributable to a tax6 able year during which such election was in effect shall

7 be includible in income by the recipient in accordance with

8 the rules of this chapter in the taxable year in which such

9 amount is received (except that such amount shall be

10 treated as received for purposes of the limitations imposed

11 by this section in the earlier taxable year or years to which

12 such amount is attributable).’’

13 (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—

14 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by

15 subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d) shall apply to tax16 able years beginning on or after the date of the en17 actment of this Act. The amendments made by sub18 section (e) shall apply with respect to election rev19 ocations adopted after the date of the enactment of

20 this Act.

21 (2) TREATMENT FOR YEARS BEGINNING BE22 FORE DATE OF ENACTMENT.—In the case of a gov23 ernmental plan (as defined in section 414(d) of the

24 Internal Revenue Code of 1986), such plan shall be

25 treated as satisfying the requirements of section 415
77

•HR 3419 IH

1 of such Code for all taxable years beginning before

2 the date of the enactment of this Act.

3 SEC. 239. UNIFORM RETIREMENT AGE.

4 (a) DISCRIMINATION TESTING.—Paragraph (5) of

5 section 401(a) (relating to special rules relating to non6 discrimination requirements) is amended by adding at the

7 end thereof the following new subparagraph:

8 ‘‘(F) SOCIAL SECURITY RETIREMENT

9 AGE.—For purposes of testing for discrimina10 tion under paragraph (4)—

11 ‘‘(i) the social security retirement age

12 (as defined in section 415(b)(8)) shall be

13 treated as a uniform retirement age, and

14 ‘‘(ii) subsidized early retirement bene15 fits and joint and survivor annuities shall

16 not be treated as being unavailable to em17 ployees on the same terms merely because

18 such benefits or annuities are based in

19 whole or in part on an employee’s social

20 security retirement age (as so defined).’’

21 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

22 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

23 31, 1993.
78

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 240. UNIFORM PENALTY PROVISIONS TO APPLY TO

2 CERTAIN PENSION REPORTING REQUIRE3 MENTS.

4 (a) IN GENERAL.—

5 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 6724(d) is amend6 ed by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph

7 (A), by striking the period at the end of subpara8 graph (B) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by inserting

9 after subparagraph (B) the following new subpara10 graph:

11 ‘‘(C) any statement of the amount of pay12 ments to another person required to be made to

13 the Secretary under—

14 ‘‘(i) section 408(i) (relating to reports

15 with respect to individual retirement ac16 counts or annuities), or

17 ‘‘(ii) section 6047(d) (relating to re18 ports by employers, plan administrators,

19 etc.).’’

20 (2) Paragraph (2) of section 6724(d) is amend21 ed by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (S),

22 by striking the period at the end of subparagraph

23 (T) and inserting a comma, and by inserting after

24 subparagraph (T) the following new

25 subparagraphs:
79

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(U) section 408(i) (relating to reports

2 with respect to individual retirement plans) to

3 any person other than the Secretary with re4 spect to the amount of payments made to such

5 person, or

6 ‘‘(V) section 6047(d) (relating to reports

7 by plan administrators) to any person other

8 than the Secretary with respect to the amount

9 of payments made to such person.’’

10 (b) MODIFICATION OF REPORTABLE DESIGNATED

11 DISTRIBUTIONS.—

12 (1) SECTION 408.—Subsection (i) of section 408

13 (relating to individual retirement account reports) is

14 amended by inserting ‘‘aggregating $10 or more in

15 any calendar year’’ after ‘‘distributions’’.

16 (2) SECTION 6047.—Paragraph (1) of section

17 6047(d) (relating to reports by employers, plan ad18 ministrators, etc.) is amended by adding at the end

19 thereof the following new sentence: ‘‘No return or

20 report may be required under the preceding sentence

21 with respect to distributions to any person during

22 any year unless such distributions aggregate $10 or

23 more.’’

24 (c) QUALIFYING ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.—Sec25 tion 6652(i) is amended—
80

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) by striking ‘‘the $10’’ and inserting

2 ‘‘$100’’, and

3 (2) by striking ‘‘$5,000’’ and inserting

4 ‘‘$50,000’’.

5 (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

6 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 6047(f) is amend7 ed to read as follows:

‘‘(1) For provisions relating to penalties for failures to file returns and reports required under this

section, see sections 6652(e), 6721, and 6722.’’

8 (2) Subsection (e) of section 6652 is amended

9 by adding at the end thereof the following new sen10 tence: ‘‘This subsection shall not apply to any return

11 or statement which is an information return de12 scribed in section 6724(d)(1)(C)(ii) or a payee state13 ment described in section 6724(d)(2)(U).’’

14 (3) Subsection (a) of section 6693 is amended

15 by adding at the end thereof the following new sen16 tence: ‘‘This subsection shall not apply to any report

17 which is an information return described in section

18 6724(d)(1)(C)(i) or a payee statement described in

19 section 6724(d)(2)(T).’’

20 (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

21 this section shall apply to returns, reports, and other

22 statements the due date for which (determined without re23 gard to extensions) is after December 31, 1993.
81

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 241. CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF DISABLED EM2 PLOYEES.

3 (a) ALL DISABLED PARTICIPANTS RECEIVING CON4 TRIBUTIONS.—Section 415(c)(3)(C) is amended by adding

5 at the end thereof the following: ‘‘If a defined contribution

6 plan provides for the continuation of contributions on be7 half of all participants described in clause (i) for a fixed

8 or determinable period, this subparagraph shall be applied

9 without regard to clauses (ii) and (iii).’’

10 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

11 this section shall apply to years beginning after December

12 31, 1993.

13 SEC. 242. SPECIAL RULES FOR PLANS COVERING PILOTS.

14 (a) GENERAL RULE.—

15 (1) Subparagraph (B) of section 410(b)(3) is

16 amended to read as follows:

17 ‘‘(B) in the case of a plan established or

18 maintained by one or more employers to provide

19 contributions or benefits for air pilots employed

20 by one or more common carriers engaged in

21 interstate or foreign commerce or air pilots em22 ployed by carriers transporting mail for or

23 under contract with the United States Govern24 ment, all employees who are not air pilots.’’

25 (2) Paragraph (3) of section 410(b) is amended

26 by striking the last sentence and inserting the fol-
82

•HR 3419 IH

1 lowing new sentence: ‘‘Subparagraph (B) shall not

2 apply in the case of a plan which provides contribu3 tions or benefits for employees who are not air pilots

4 or for air pilots whose principal duties are not cus5 tomarily performed aboard aircraft in flight.’’

6 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

7 subsection (a) shall apply to years beginning after Decem8 ber 31, 1993.

9 SEC. 243. TREATMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION

10 PLANS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

11 AND TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.

12 (a) SPECIAL RULES FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS.—

13 Paragraph (9) of section 457(e) (relating to other defini14 tions and special rules) is amended to read as follows:

15 ‘‘(9) BENEFITS NOT TREATED AS MADE AVAIL16 ABLE BY REASON OF CERTAIN ELECTIONS, ETC.—

17 ‘‘(A) TOTAL AMOUNT PAYABLE IS $3,500

18 OR LESS.—The total amount payable to a par19 ticipant under the plan shall not be treated as

20 made available merely because the participant

21 may elect to receive such amount (or the plan

22 may distribute such amount without the partici23 pant’s consent) if—

24 ‘‘(i) such amount does not exceed

25 $3,500, and
83

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(ii) such amount may be distributed

2 only if—

3 ‘‘(I) no amount has been deferred

4 under the plan with respect to such

5 participant during the 2-year period

6 ending on the date of the distribution,

7 and

8 ‘‘(II) there has been no prior dis9 tribution under the plan to such par10 ticipant to which this subparagraph

11 applied.

12 A plan shall not be treated as failing to

13 meet the distribution requirements of sub14 section (d) by reason of a distribution to which

15 this subparagraph applies.

16 ‘‘(B) ELECTION TO DEFER COMMENCE17 MENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS.—The total amount

18 payable to a participant under the plan shall

19 not be treated as made available merely because

20 the participant may elect to defer commence21 ment of distributions under the plan if—

22 ‘‘(i) such election is made after

23 amounts may be available under the plan

24 in accordance with subsection (d)(1)(A)
84

•HR 3419 IH

1 and before commencement of such dis2 tributions, and

3 ‘‘(ii) the participant may make only 1

4 such election.’’

5 (b) COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT OF MAXIMUM DE6 FERRAL AMOUNT.—Subsection (e) of section 457 is

7 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

8 paragraph:

9 ‘‘(14) COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT OF MAXI10 MUM DEFERRAL AMOUNT.—The Secretary shall ad11 just the $7,500 amount specified in subsections

12 (b)(2) and (c)(1) at the same time and in the same

13 manner as under section 415(d), except that the

14 base year in applying such section for purposes of

15 this paragraph shall be 1993.’’

16 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

17 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

18 the date of the enactment of this Act.

19 SEC. 244. TREATMENT OF EMPLOYER REVERSIONS RE20 QUIRED BY CONTRACT TO BE PAID TO THE

21 UNITED STATES.

22 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (B) of section

23 4980(c)(2) (defining employer reversion) is amended by

24 striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause (i), by striking the pe-
85

•HR 3419 IH

1 riod at the end of clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and

2 by adding at the end thereof the following new clause:

3 ‘‘(iii) any distribution to the employer

4 to the extent that the distribution is paid

5 within a reasonable period to the United

6 States in satisfaction of a Federal claim

7 for an equitable share of the plan’s surplus

8 assets, as determined pursuant to Federal

9 contracting regulations.’’

10 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

11 subsection (a) shall apply to reversions on or after the date

12 of the enactment of this Act.

13 SEC. 245. CONTINUATION HEALTH COVERAGE FOR EM14 PLOYEES OF FAILED FINANCIAL INSTITU15 TIONS.

16 (a) ENFORCEMENT OF CONTINUATION OF HEALTH

17 PLAN REQUIREMENTS OF ACQUIRERS OF FAILED DEPOS18 ITORY INSTITUTIONS.—Subsection (f) of section 4980B

19 (relating to continuation of coverage requirements of

20 group health plans) is amended by adding at the end

21 thereof the following new paragraph:

22 ‘‘(9) SPECIAL RULES FOR ACQUIRERS OF

23 FAILED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS.—
86

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in

2 subparagraph (B), any acquirer of a failed de3 pository institution—

4 ‘‘(i) shall have the same obligation to

5 provide a group health plan meeting the

6 requirements of this subsection with re7 spect to qualified individuals of such insti8 tution as the failed depository institution

9 would have had but for its failure, and

10 ‘‘(ii) shall be treated as the employer

11 of such qualified individuals for purposes

12 of this section.

13 ‘‘(B) TAX NOT TO APPLY IF FDIC OR RTC

14 PROVIDE CONTINUATION COVERAGE.—No per15 son shall be subject to any liability under this

16 section by reason of being an acquirer of a

17 failed depository institution if the Federal De18 posit Insurance Corporation or the Resolution

19 Trust Corporation elects to relieve such

20 acquirer from its obligations under subpara21 graph (A). In any such case, the requirements

22 of subparagraph (A) shall apply to the Federal

23 Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Resolu24 tion Trust Corporation, as the case may be.
87

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) ACQUIRER.—For purposes of this

2 paragraph, an entity is an acquirer of a failed

3 depository institution during any period if—

4 ‘‘(i) such entity holds substantially all

5 of the assets or liabilities of such institu6 tion, and

7 ‘‘(ii)(I) such entity is a bridge bank,

8 or

9 ‘‘(II) such entity acquired such assets

10 or liabilities from the Federal Deposit In11 surance Corporation, the Resolution Trust

12 Corporation, or a bridge bank.

13 ‘‘(D) FAILED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION.—

14 For purposes of this section, the term ‘failed

15 depository institution’ means any depository in16 stitution (as defined in section 3(c) of the Fed17 eral Deposit Insurance Act) for which a receiver

18 or conservator has been appointed.

19 ‘‘(E) QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL.—For pur20 poses of this section, the term ‘qualified individ21 ual’ means—

22 ‘‘(i) any individual who was, on the

23 day before the date of the appointment of

24 the receiver or conservator, provided cov25 erage under a group health plan of the
88

•HR 3419 IH

1 failed depository institution by reason of

2 the performance of services for such insti3 tution, and

4 ‘‘(ii) any individual who was, on such

5 day, a beneficiary under such plan as the

6 spouse or dependent child of the individual

7 described in clause (i).’’

8 (b) TREATMENT OF DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION FAIL9 URES AS QUALIFYING EVENTS FOR RETIREES OF SUCH

10 INSTITUTIONS.—

11 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (B) of section

12 4980B(f)(3) is amended—

13 (A) by striking ‘‘The termination’’ and in14 serting ‘‘(i) The termination’’,

15 (B) by striking the period at the end and

16 inserting ‘‘, or’’, and

17 (C) by inserting after clause (i) the follow18 ing new clause:

19 ‘‘(ii) the appointment of a receiver or

20 conservator for a failed depository institu21 tion from whose employment the covered

22 employee retired at any time.’’

23 (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Subclause (I)

24 of section 4980B(f)(2)(B)(i) is amended by striking

25 ‘‘AND REDUCED HOURS’’ and inserting ‘‘, REDUCED
89

•HR 3419 IH

1 HOURS, AND FAILURES OF DEPOSITORY INSTITU2 TIONS’’.

3 (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—

4 (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in para5 graph (2), the amendments made by this section

6 shall apply as if included in section 451 of the Fed7 eral Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement

8 Act of 1991 as of the date of the enactment of such

9 Act.

10 (2) LIABILITY OF FDIC.—In the case of the

11 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any

12 acquirer from such Corporation, the amendments

13 made by this section shall apply only to failed depos14 itory institutions for which the receiver or conserva15 tor is appointed after the date of the enactment of

16 this Act.

17 (3) SPECIAL RULE FOR COVERAGE UNDER FDIC

18 PLAN.—Effective as of the date of the enactment of

19 the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improve20 ment Act of 1991, coverage under the health care

21 continuation plan maintained by the Federal Deposit

22 Insurance Corporation on June 25, 1992, and any

23 other substantially similar plan maintained by such

24 Corporation, shall be deemed to satisfy the obliga25 tions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
90

•HR 3419 IH

1 (and any acquirer from such Corporation) under sec2 tion 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

3 and section 451 of the Federal Deposit Insurance

4 Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 with respect

5 to qualified individuals of failed depository institu6 tions.

7 SEC. 246. DATE FOR ADOPTION OF PLAN AMENDMENTS.

8 If any amendment made by this title requires an

9 amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not

10 be required to be made before the first day of the first

11 plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1995, if—

12 (1) during the period after such amendment

13 takes effect and before such first plan year, the plan

14 is operated in accordance with the requirements of

15 such amendment, and

16 (2) such plan amendment applies retroactively

17 to such period.

18 TITLE III—TREATMENT OF

19 LARGE PARTNERSHIPS

20 Subtitle A—General Provisions

21 SEC. 301. SIMPLIFIED FLOW-THROUGH FOR LARGE PART22 NERSHIPS.

23 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subchapter K (relating to

24 partners and partnerships) is amended by adding at the

25 end thereof the following new part:
91

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘PART IV—SPECIAL RULES FOR LARGE

2 PARTNERSHIPS

‘‘Sec. 771. Application of subchapter to large partnerships.

‘‘Sec. 772. Simplified flow-through.

‘‘Sec. 773. Computations at partnership level.

‘‘Sec. 774. Other modifications.

‘‘Sec. 775. Large partnership defined.

‘‘Sec. 776. Special rules for partnerships holding oil and gas

properties.

‘‘Sec. 777. Regulations.

3 ‘‘SEC. 771. APPLICATION OF SUBCHAPTER TO LARGE PART4 NERSHIPS.

5 ‘‘The preceding provisions of this subchapter to the

6 extent inconsistent with the provisions of this part shall

7 not apply to a large partnership and its partners.

8 ‘‘SEC. 772. SIMPLIFIED FLOW-THROUGH.

9 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—In determining the income

10 tax of a partner of a large partnership, such partner shall

11 take into account separately such partner’s distributive

12 share of the partnership’s—

13 ‘‘(1) taxable income or loss from passive loss

14 limitation activities,

15 ‘‘(2) taxable income or loss from other activi16 ties,

17 ‘‘(3) net capital gain (or net capital loss)—

18 ‘‘(A) to the extent allocable to passive loss

19 limitation activities, and

20 ‘‘(B) to the extent allocable to other activi21 ties,
92

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) tax-exempt interest,

2 ‘‘(5) applicable net AMT adjustment separately

3 computed for—

4 ‘‘(A) passive loss limitation activities, and

5 ‘‘(B) other activities,

6 ‘‘(6) general credits,

7 ‘‘(7) low-income housing credit determined

8 under section 42,

9 ‘‘(8) rehabilitation credit determined under sec10 tion 47,

11 ‘‘(9) foreign income taxes,

12 ‘‘(10) the credit allowable under section 29, and

13 ‘‘(11) other items to the extent that the Sec14 retary determines that the separate treatment of

15 such items is appropriate.

16 ‘‘(b) SEPARATE COMPUTATIONS.—In determining

17 the amounts required under subsection (a) to be sepa18 rately taken into account by any partner, this section and

19 section 773 shall be applied separately with respect to

20 such partner by taking into account such partner’s dis21 tributive share of the items of income, gain, loss, deduc22 tion, or credit of the partnership.

23 ‘‘(c) TREATMENT AT PARTNER LEVEL.—

24 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in this

25 subsection, rules similar to the rules of section
93

•HR 3419 IH

1 702(b) shall apply to any partner’s distributive share

2 of the amounts referred to in subsection (a).

3 ‘‘(2) INCOME OR LOSS FROM PASSIVE LOSS LIM4 ITATION ACTIVITIES.—For purposes of this chapter,

5 any partner’s distributive share of any income or

6 loss described in subsection (a)(1) shall be treated as

7 an item of income or loss (as the case may be) from

8 the conduct of a trade or business which is a single

9 passive activity (as defined in section 469). A similar

10 rule shall apply to a partner’s distributive share of

11 amounts referred to in paragraphs (3)(A) and

12 (5)(A) of subsection (a).

13 ‘‘(3) INCOME OR LOSS FROM OTHER ACTIVI14 TIES.—

15 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this

16 chapter, any partner’s distributive share of any

17 income or loss described in subsection (a)(2)

18 shall be treated as an item of income or expense

19 (as the case may be) with respect to property

20 held for investment.

21 ‘‘(B) DEDUCTIONS FOR LOSS NOT SUB22 JECT TO SECTION 67.—The deduction under

23 section 212 for any loss described in subpara24 graph (A) shall not be treated as a miscellane-
94

•HR 3419 IH

1 ous itemized deduction for purposes of section

2 67.

3 ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF NET CAPITAL GAIN OR

4 LOSS.—For purposes of this chapter, any partner’s

5 distributive share of any gain or loss described in

6 subsection (a)(3) shall be treated as a long-term

7 capital gain or loss, as the case may be.

8 ‘‘(5) MINIMUM TAX TREATMENT.—In determin9 ing the alternative minimum taxable income of any

10 partner, such partner’s distributive share of any ap11 plicable net AMT adjustment shall be taken into ac12 count in lieu of making the separate adjustments

13 provided in sections 56, 57, and 58 with respect to

14 the items of the partnership. Except as provided in

15 regulations, the applicable net AMT adjustment

16 shall be treated, for purposes of section 53, as an

17 adjustment or item of tax preference not specified in

18 section 53(d)(1)(B)(ii).

19 ‘‘(6) GENERAL CREDITS.—A partner’s distribu20 tive share of the amount referred to in paragraph

21 (6) of subsection (a) shall be taken into account as

22 a current year business credit.

23 ‘‘(d) OPERATING RULES.—For purposes of this sec24 tion—
95

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) PASSIVE LOSS LIMITATION ACTIVITY.—

2 The term ‘passive loss limitation activity’ means—

3 ‘‘(A) any activity which involves the con4 duct of a trade or business, and

5 ‘‘(B) any rental activity.

6 For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term

7 ‘trade or business’ includes any activity treated as a

8 trade or business under paragraph (5) or (6) of sec9 tion 469(c).

10 ‘‘(2) TAX-EXEMPT INTEREST.—The term ‘tax11 exempt interest’ means interest excludable from

12 gross income under section 103.

13 ‘‘(3) APPLICABLE NET AMT ADJUSTMENT.—

14 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The applicable net

15 AMT adjustment is—

16 ‘‘(i) with respect to taxpayers other

17 than corporations, the net adjustment de18 termined by using the adjustments applica19 ble to individuals, and

20 ‘‘(ii) with respect to corporations, the

21 net adjustment determined by using the

22 adjustments applicable to corporations.

23 ‘‘(B) NET ADJUSTMENT.—The term ‘net

24 adjustment’ means the net adjustment in the

25 items attributable to passive loss activities or
96

•HR 3419 IH

1 other activities (as the case may be) which

2 would result if such items were determined with

3 the adjustments of sections 56, 57, and 58.

4 ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN SEPARATELY

5 STATED ITEMS.—

6 ‘‘(A) EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN PUR7 POSES.—In determining the amounts referred

8 to in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a),

9 any net capital gain or net capital loss (as the

10 case may be), and any item referred to in sub11 section (a)(11), shall be excluded.

12 ‘‘(B) ALLOCATION RULES.—The net cap13 ital gain shall be treated—

14 ‘‘(i) as allocable to passive loss limita15 tion activities to the extent the net capital

16 gain does not exceed the net capital gain

17 determined by only taking into account

18 gains and losses from sales and exchanges

19 of property used in connection with such

20 activities, and

21 ‘‘(ii) as allocable to other activities to

22 the extent such gain exceeds the amount

23 allocated under clause (i).

24 A similar rule shall apply for purposes of allo25 cating any net capital loss.
97

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) NET CAPITAL LOSS.—The term ‘net

2 capital loss’ means the excess of the losses from

3 sales or exchanges of capital assets over the

4 gains from sales or exchange of capital assets.

5 ‘‘(5) GENERAL CREDITS.—The term ‘general

6 credits’ means any credit other than the low-income

7 housing credit, the rehabilitation credit, the foreign

8 tax credit, and the credit allowable under section 29.

9 ‘‘(6) FOREIGN INCOME TAXES.—The term ‘for10 eign income taxes’ means taxes described in section

11 901 which are paid or accrued to foreign countries

12 and to possessions of the United States.

13 ‘‘(e) SPECIAL RULE FOR UNRELATED BUSINESS

14 TAX.—In the case of a partner which is an organization

15 subject to tax under section 511, such partner’s distribu16 tive share of any items shall be taken into account sepa17 rately to the extent necessary to comply with the provi18 sions of section 512(c)(1).

19 ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES FOR APPLYING PASSIVE LOSS

20 LIMITATIONS.—If any person holds an interest in a large

21 partnership other than as a limited partner—

22 ‘‘(1) paragraph (2) of subsection (c) shall not

23 apply to such partner, and

24 ‘‘(2) such partner’s distributive share of the

25 partnership items allocable to passive loss limitation
98

•HR 3419 IH

1 activities shall be taken into account separately to

2 the extent necessary to comply with the provisions of

3 section 469.

4 The preceding sentence shall not apply to any items alloca5 ble to an interest held as a limited partner.

6 ‘‘SEC. 773. COMPUTATIONS AT PARTNERSHIP LEVEL.

7 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—

8 ‘‘(1) TAXABLE INCOME.—The taxable income of

9 a large partnership shall be computed in the same

10 manner as in the case of an individual except that—

11 ‘‘(A) the items described in section 772(a)

12 shall be separately stated, and

13 ‘‘(B) the modifications of subsection (b)

14 shall apply.

15 ‘‘(2) ELECTIONS.—All elections affecting the

16 computation of the taxable income of a large part17 nership or the computation of any credit of a large

18 partnership shall be made by the partnership; except

19 that the election under section 901, and any election

20 under section 108, shall be made by each partner

21 separately.

22 ‘‘(3) LIMITATIONS, ETC.—

23 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in

24 subparagraph (B), all limitations and other pro25 visions affecting the computation of the taxable
99

•HR 3419 IH

1 income of a large partnership or the computa2 tion of any credit of a large partnership shall

3 be applied at the partnership level (and not at

4 the partner level).

5 ‘‘(B) CERTAIN LIMITATIONS APPLIED AT

6 PARTNER LEVEL.—The following provisions

7 shall be applied at the partner level (and not at

8 the partnership level):

9 ‘‘(i) Section 68 (relating to overall

10 limitation on itemized deductions).

11 ‘‘(ii) Sections 49 and 465 (relating to

12 at risk limitations).

13 ‘‘(iii) Section 469 (relating to limita14 tion on passive activity losses and credits).

15 ‘‘(iv) Any other provision specified in

16 regulations.

17 ‘‘(4) COORDINATION WITH OTHER PROVI18 SIONS.—Paragraphs (2) and (3) shall apply notwith19 standing any other provision of this chapter other

20 than this part.

21 ‘‘(b) MODIFICATIONS TO DETERMINATION OF TAX22 ABLE INCOME.—In determining the taxable income of a

23 large partnership—

24 ‘‘(1) CERTAIN DEDUCTIONS NOT ALLOWED.—

25 The following deductions shall not be allowed:
100

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) The deduction for personal exemp2 tions provided in section 151.

3 ‘‘(B) The net operating loss deduction pro4 vided in section 172.

5 ‘‘(C) The additional itemized deductions

6 for individuals provided in part VII of sub7 chapter B (other than section 212 thereof).

8 ‘‘(2) CHARITABLE DEDUCTIONS.—In determin9 ing the amount allowable under section 170, the lim10 itation of section 170(b)(2) shall apply.

11 ‘‘(3) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 67.—In lieu

12 of applying section 67, 70 percent of the amount of

13 the miscellaneous itemized deductions shall be dis14 allowed.

15 ‘‘(c) SPECIAL RULES FOR INCOME FROM DISCHARGE

16 OF INDEBTEDNESS.—If a large partnership has income

17 from the discharge of any indebtedness—

18 ‘‘(1) such income shall be excluded in determin19 ing the amounts referred to in section 772(a), and

20 ‘‘(2) in determining the income tax of any part21 ner of such partnership—

22 ‘‘(A) such income shall be treated as an

23 item required to be separately taken into ac24 count under section 772(a), and
101

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) the provisions of section 108 shall be

2 applied without regard to this part.

3 ‘‘SEC. 774. OTHER MODIFICATIONS.

4 ‘‘(a) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN OPTIONAL ADJUST5 MENTS, ETC.—In the case of a large partnership—

6 ‘‘(1) computations under section 773 shall be

7 made without regard to any adjustment under sec8 tion 743(b) or 108(b), but

9 ‘‘(2) a partner’s distributive share of any

10 amount referred to in section 772(a) shall be appro11 priately adjusted to take into account any adjust12 ment under section 743(b) or 108(b) with respect to

13 such partner.

14 ‘‘(b) CREDIT RECAPTURE DETERMINED AT PART15 NERSHIP LEVEL.—

16 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a large part17 nership—

18 ‘‘(A) any credit recapture shall be taken

19 into account by the partnership, and

20 ‘‘(B) the amount of such recapture shall be

21 determined as if the credit with respect to

22 which the recapture is made had been fully uti23 lized to reduce tax.

24 ‘‘(2) METHOD OF TAKING RECAPTURE INTO AC25 COUNT.—A large partnership shall take into account
102

•HR 3419 IH

1 a credit recapture by reducing the amount of the ap2 propriate current year credit to the extent thereof,

3 and if such recapture exceeds the amount of such

4 current year credit, the partnership shall be liable to

5 pay such excess.

6 ‘‘(3) DISPOSITIONS NOT TO TRIGGER RECAP7 TURE.—No credit recapture shall be required by rea8 son of any transfer of an interest in a large partner9 ship.

10 ‘‘(4) CREDIT RECAPTURE.—For purposes of

11 this subsection, the term ‘credit recapture’ means

12 any increase in tax under section 42(j) or 50(a).

13 ‘‘(c) PARTNERSHIP NOT TERMINATED BY REASON

14 OF CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP.—Subparagraph (B) of sec15 tion 708(b)(1) shall not apply to a large partnership.

16 ‘‘(d) PARTNERSHIP ENTITLED TO CERTAIN CRED17 ITS.—The following shall be allowed to a large partnership

18 and shall not be taken into account by the partners of

19 such partnership:

20 ‘‘(1) The credit provided by section 34.

21 ‘‘(2) Any credit or refund under section

22 852(b)(3)(D).

23 ‘‘(e) TREATMENT OF REMIC RESIDUALS.—For pur24 poses of applying section 860E(e)(6) to any large partner25 ship—
103

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) all interests in such partnership shall be

2 treated as held by disqualified organizations,

3 ‘‘(2) in lieu of applying subparagraph (C) of

4 section 860E(e)(6), the amount subject to tax under

5 section 860E(e)(6) shall be excluded from the gross

6 income of such partnership, and

7 ‘‘(3) subparagraph (D) of section 860E(e)(6)

8 shall not apply.

9 ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES FOR APPLYING CERTAIN IN10 STALLMENT SALE RULES.—In the case of a large partner11 ship—

12 ‘‘(1) the provisions of sections 453(l)(3) and

13 453A shall be applied at the partnership level, and

14 ‘‘(2) in determining the amount of interest pay15 able under such sections, such partnership shall be

16 treated as subject to tax under this chapter at the

17 highest rate of tax in effect under section 1 or 11.

18 ‘‘SEC. 775. LARGE PARTNERSHIP.

19 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—For purposes of this part—

20 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise pro21 vided in this section or section 776, the term ‘large

22 partnership’ means, with respect to any partnership

23 taxable year, any partnership if the number of per24 sons who were partners in such partnership in such

25 taxable year or any preceding partnership taxable
104

•HR 3419 IH

1 year ending on or after December 31, 1994, equaled

2 or exceeded 250. To the extent provided in regula3 tions, a partnership shall cease to be treated as a

4 large partnership for any partnership taxable year if

5 in such taxable year fewer than 100 persons were

6 partners in such partnership.

7 ‘‘(2) ELECTION FOR PARTNERSHIPS WITH AT

8 LEAST 100 PARTNERS.—If a partnership makes an

9 election under this paragraph, paragraph (1) shall

10 be applied by substituting ‘100’ for ‘250’. Such an

11 election shall apply to the taxable year for which

12 made and all subsequent taxable years unless re13 voked with the consent of the Secretary.

14 ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN SERVICE PART15 NERSHIPS.—

16 ‘‘(1) CERTAIN PARTNERS NOT COUNTED.—For

17 purposes of this section, the term ‘partner’ does not

18 include any individual performing substantial serv19 ices in connection with the activities of the partner20 ship and holding an interest in such partnership, or

21 an individual who formerly performed substantial

22 services in connection with such activities and who

23 held an interest in such partnership at the time the

24 individual performed such services.
105

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) EXCLUSION.—For purposes of this part,

2 the term ‘large partnership’ does not include any

3 partnership if substantially all the partners of such

4 partnership—

5 ‘‘(A) are individuals performing substantial

6 services in connection with the activities of such

7 partnership or are personal service corporations

8 (as defined in section 269A(b)) the owner-em9 ployees (as defined in section 269A(b)) of which

10 perform such substantial services,

11 ‘‘(B) are retired partners who had per12 formed such substantial services, or

13 ‘‘(C) are spouses of partners who are per14 forming (or had previously performed) such

15 substantial services.

16 ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULE FOR LOWER TIER PART17 NERSHIPS.—For purposes of this subsection, the ac18 tivities of a partnership shall include the activities of

19 any other partnership in which the partnership owns

20 directly an interest in the capital and profits of at

21 least 80 percent.

22 ‘‘(c) EXCLUSION OF COMMODITY POOLS.—For pur23 poses of this part, the term ‘large partnership’ does not

24 include any partnership the principal activity of which is

25 the buying and selling of commodities (not described in
106

•HR 3419 IH

1 section 1221(1)), or options, futures, or forwards with re2 spect to such commodities.

3 ‘‘(d) SECRETARY MAY RELY ON TREATMENT ON RE4 TURN.—If, on the partnership return of any partnership,

5 such partnership is treated as a large partnership, such

6 treatment shall be binding on such partnership and all

7 partners of such partnership but not on the Secretary.

8 ‘‘SEC. 776. SPECIAL RULES FOR PARTNERSHIPS HOLDING

9 OIL AND GAS PROPERTIES.

10 ‘‘(a) EXCEPTION FOR PARTNERSHIPS HOLDING SIG11 NIFICANT OIL AND GAS PROPERTIES.—

12 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this part,

13 the term ‘large partnership’ shall not include any

14 partnership if the average percentage of assets (by

15 value) held by such partnership during the taxable

16 year which are oil or gas properties is at least 25

17 percent. For purposes of the preceding sentence, any

18 interest held by a partnership in another partnership

19 shall be disregarded, except that the partnership

20 shall be treated as holding its proportionate share of

21 the assets of such other partnership.

22 ‘‘(2) ELECTION TO WAIVE EXCEPTION.—Any

23 partnership may elect to have paragraph (1) not

24 apply. Such an election shall apply to the partner25 ship taxable year for which made and all subsequent
107

•HR 3419 IH

1 partnership taxable years unless revoked with the

2 consent of the Secretary.

3 ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULES WHERE PART APPLIES.—

4 ‘‘(1) COMPUTATION OF PERCENTAGE DEPLE5 TION.—In the case of a large partnership, except as

6 provided in paragraph (2)—

7 ‘‘(A) the allowance for depletion under sec8 tion 611 with respect to any partnership oil or

9 gas property shall be computed at the partner10 ship level without regard to any provision of

11 section 613A requiring such allowance to be

12 computed separately by each partner,

13 ‘‘(B) such allowance shall be determined

14 without regard to the provisions of section

15 613A(c) limiting the amount of production for

16 which percentage depletion is allowable and

17 without regard to paragraph (1) of section

18 613A(d), and

19 ‘‘(C) paragraph (3) of section 705(a) shall

20 not apply.

21 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PARTNERS.—

22 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a dis23 qualified person, the treatment under this chap24 ter of such person’s distributive share of any

25 item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit
108

•HR 3419 IH

1 attributable to any partnership oil or gas prop2 erty shall be determined without regard to this

3 part. Such person’s distributive share of any

4 such items shall be excluded for purposes of

5 making determinations under sections 772 and

6 773.

7 ‘‘(B) DISQUALIFIED PERSON.—For pur8 poses of subparagraph (A), the term ‘disquali9 fied person’ means, with respect to any partner10 ship taxable year—

11 ‘‘(i) any person referred to in para12 graph (2) or (4) of section 613A(d) for

13 such person’s taxable year in which such

14 partnership taxable year ends, and

15 ‘‘(ii) any other person if such person’s

16 average daily production of domestic crude

17 oil and natural gas for such person’s tax18 able year in which such partnership tax19 able year ends exceeds 500 barrels.

20 ‘‘(C) AVERAGE DAILY PRODUCTION.—For

21 purposes of subparagraph (B), a person’s aver22 age daily production of domestic crude oil and

23 natural gas for any taxable year shall be com24 puted as provided in section 613A(c)(2)—
109

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) by taking into account all produc2 tion of domestic crude oil and natural gas

3 (including such person’s proportionate

4 share of any production of a partnership),

5 ‘‘(ii) by treating 6,000 cubic feet of

6 natural gas as a barrel of crude oil, and

7 ‘‘(iii) by treating as 1 person all per8 sons treated as 1 taxpayer under section

9 613A(c)(8) or among whom allocations are

10 required under such section.

11 ‘‘SEC. 777. REGULATIONS.

12 ‘‘The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as

13 may be appropriate to carry out the purposes of this

14 part.’’

15 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of parts for

16 subchapter K of chapter 1 is amended by adding at the

17 end thereof the following new item:

‘‘Part IV. Special rules for large partnerships.’’

18 SEC. 302. SIMPLIFIED AUDIT PROCEDURES FOR LARGE

19 PARTNERSHIPS.

20 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Chapter 63 is amended by

21 adding at the end thereof the following new subchapter:

22 ‘‘SUBCHAPTER D—TREATMENT OF LARGE

23 PARTNERSHIPS

‘‘Part I. Treatment of partnership items and adjustments.

‘‘Part II. Partnership level adjustments.

‘‘Part III. Definitions and special rules.
110

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘PART I—TREATMENT OF PARTNERSHIP ITEMS

2 AND ADJUSTMENTS

‘‘Sec. 6240. Application of subchapter.

‘‘Sec. 6241. Partner’s return must be consistent with partnership

return.

‘‘Sec. 6242. Procedures for taking partnership adjustments into

account.

3 ‘‘SEC. 6240. APPLICATION OF SUBCHAPTER.

4 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—This subchapter shall only

5 apply to large partnerships and partners in such partner6 ships.

7 ‘‘(b) COORDINATION WITH OTHER PARTNERSHIP

8 AUDIT PROCEDURES.—

9 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subchapter C of this chap10 ter shall not apply to any large partnership other

11 than in its capacity as a partner in another partner12 ship which is not a large partnership.

13 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT WHERE PARTNER IN OTHER

14 PARTNERSHIP.—If a large partnership is a partner

15 in another partnership which is not a large partner16 ship—

17 ‘‘(A) subchapter C of this chapter shall

18 apply to items of such large partnership which

19 are partnership items with respect to such other

20 partnership, but

21 ‘‘(B) any adjustment under such sub22 chapter C shall be taken into account in the

23 manner provided by section 6242.
111

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘SEC. 6241. PARTNER’S RETURN MUST BE CONSISTENT

2 WITH PARTNERSHIP RETURN.

3 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—A partner of any large part4 nership shall, on the partner’s return, treat each partner5 ship item attributable to such partnership in a manner

6 which is consistent with the treatment of such partnership

7 item on the partnership return.

8 ‘‘(b) UNDERPAYMENT DUE TO INCONSISTENT

9 TREATMENT ASSESSED AS MATH ERROR.—Any

10 underpayment of tax by a partner by reason of failing to

11 comply with the requirements of subsection (a) shall be

12 assessed and collected in the same manner as if such

13 underpayment were on account of a mathematical or cleri14 cal error appearing on the partner’s return. Paragraph (2)

15 of section 6213(b) shall not apply to any assessment of

16 an underpayment referred to in the preceding sentence.

17 ‘‘(c) ADJUSTMENTS NOT TO AFFECT PRIOR YEAR

18 OF PARTNERS.—

19 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in para20 graph (2), subsections (a) and (b) shall apply with21 out regard to any adjustment to the partnership

22 item under part II.

23 ‘‘(2) CERTAIN CHANGES IN DISTRIBUTIVE

24 SHARE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT BY PARTNER.—

25 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—To the extent that

26 any adjustment under part II involves a change
112

•HR 3419 IH

1 under section 704 in a partner’s distributive

2 share of the amount of any partnership item

3 shown on the partnership return, such adjust4 ment shall be taken into account in applying

5 this title to such partner for the partner’s tax6 able year for which such item was required to

7 be taken into account.

8 ‘‘(B) COORDINATION WITH DEFICIENCY

9 PROCEDURES.—

10 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Subchapter B

11 shall not apply to the assessment or collec12 tion of any underpayment of tax attrib13 utable to an adjustment referred to in sub14 paragraph (A).

15 ‘‘(ii) ADJUSTMENT NOT PRE16 CLUDED.—Notwithstanding any other law

17 or rule of law, nothing in subchapter B (or

18 in any proceeding under subchapter B)

19 shall preclude the assessment or collection

20 of any underpayment of tax (or the allow21 ance of any credit or refund of any over22 payment of tax) attributable to an adjust23 ment referred to in subparagraph (A) and

24 such assessment or collection or allowance

25 (or any notice thereof) shall not preclude
113

•HR 3419 IH

1 any notice, proceeding, or determination

2 under subchapter B.

3 ‘‘(C) PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS.—The pe4 riod for—

5 ‘‘(i) assessing any underpayment of

6 tax, or

7 ‘‘(ii) filing a claim for credit or refund

8 of any overpayment of tax,

9 attributable to an adjustment referred to in

10 subparagraph (A) shall not expire before the

11 close of the period prescribed by section 6248

12 for making adjustments with respect to the

13 partnership taxable year involved.

14 ‘‘(D) TIERED STRUCTURES.—If the part15 ner referred to in subparagraph (A) is another

16 partnership or an S corporation, the rules of

17 this paragraph shall also apply to persons hold18 ing interests in such partnership or S corpora19 tion (as the case may be); except that, if such

20 partner is a large partnership, the adjustment

21 referred to in subparagraph (A) shall be taken

22 into account in the manner provided by section

23 6242.
114

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(d) ADDITION TO TAX FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY

2 WITH SECTION.—

‘‘For addition to tax in case of partner’s disregard

of requirements of this section, see part II of subchapter A of chapter 68.

3 ‘‘SEC. 6242. PROCEDURES FOR TAKING PARTNERSHIP AD4 JUSTMENTS INTO ACCOUNT.

5 ‘‘(a) ADJUSTMENTS FLOW THROUGH TO PARTNERS

6 FOR YEAR IN WHICH ADJUSTMENT TAKES EFFECT.—

7 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If any partnership adjust8 ment with respect to any partnership item takes ef9 fect (within the meaning of subsection (d)(2)) during

10 any partnership taxable year and if an election

11 under paragraph (2) does not apply to such adjust12 ment, such adjustment shall be taken into account

13 in determining the amount of such item for the part14 nership taxable year in which such adjustment takes

15 effect. In applying this title to any person who is

16 (directly or indirectly) a partner in such partnership

17 during such partnership taxable year, such adjust18 ment shall be treated as an item actually arising

19 during such taxable year.

20 ‘‘(2) PARTNERSHIP LIABLE IN CERTAIN

21 CASES.—If—

22 ‘‘(A) a partnership elects under this para23 graph to not take an adjustment into account

24 under paragraph (1),
115

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) a partnership does not make such an

2 election but in filing its return for any partner3 ship taxable year fails to take fully into account

4 any partnership adjustment as required under

5 paragraph (1), or

6 ‘‘(C) any partnership adjustment involves a

7 reduction in a credit which exceeds the

8 amount of such credit determined for the

9 partnership taxable year in which the adjust10 ment takes effect,

11 the partnership shall pay to the Secretary an

12 amount determined by applying the rules of sub13 section (b)(4) to the adjustments not so taken into

14 account and any excess referred to in subparagraph

15 (C).

16 ‘‘(3) OFFSETTING ADJUSTMENTS TAKEN INTO

17 ACCOUNT.—If a partnership adjustment requires an18 other adjustment in a taxable year after the ad19 justed year and before the partnership taxable year

20 in which such partnership adjustment takes effect,

21 such other adjustment shall be taken into account

22 under this subsection for the partnership taxable

23 year in which such partnership adjustment takes ef24 fect.
116

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) COORDINATION WITH PART II.—Amounts

2 taken into account under this subsection for any

3 partnership taxable year shall continue to be treated

4 as adjustments for the adjusted year for purposes of

5 determining whether such amounts may be read6 justed under part II.

7 ‘‘(b) PARTNERSHIP LIABLE FOR INTEREST AND

8 PENALTIES.—

9 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a partnership adjust10 ment takes effect during any partnership taxable

11 year and such adjustment results in an imputed

12 underpayment for the adjusted year, the partner13 ship—

14 ‘‘(A) shall pay to the Secretary interest

15 computed under paragraph (2), and

16 ‘‘(B) shall be liable for any penalty, addi17 tion to tax, or additional amount as provided in

18 paragraph (3).

19 ‘‘(2) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT OF INTER20 EST.—The interest computed under this paragraph

21 with respect to any partnership adjustment is the in22 terest which would be determined under chapter

23 67—
117

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) on the imputed underpayment deter2 mined under paragraph (4) with respect to such

3 adjustment,

4 ‘‘(B) for the period beginning on the day

5 after the return due date for the adjusted year

6 and ending on the return due date for the part7 nership taxable year in which such adjustment

8 takes effect (or, if earlier, in the case of any ad9 justment to which subsection (a)(2) applies, the

10 date on which the payment under subsection

11 (a)(2) is made).

12 Proper adjustments in the amount determined under

13 the preceding sentence shall be made for adjust14 ments required for partnership taxable years after

15 the adjusted year and before the year in which the

16 partnership adjustment takes effect by reason of

17 such partnership adjustment.

18 ‘‘(3) PENALTIES.—A partnership shall be liable

19 for any penalty, addition to tax, or additional

20 amount for which it would have been liable if such

21 partnership had been an individual subject to tax

22 under chapter 1 for the adjusted year and the im23 puted underpayment determined under paragraph

24 (4) were an actual underpayment (or understate25 ment) for such year.
118

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) IMPUTED UNDERPAYMENT.—For purposes

2 of this subsection, the imputed underpayment deter3 mined under this paragraph with respect to any

4 partnership adjustment is the underpayment (if any)

5 which would result—

6 ‘‘(A) by netting all adjustments to items of

7 income, gain, loss, or deduction and by treating

8 any net increase in income as an underpayment

9 equal to the amount of such net increase multi10 plied by the highest rate of tax in effect under

11 section 1 or 11 for the adjusted year, and

12 ‘‘(B) by taking adjustments to credits into

13 account as increases or decreases (whichever is

14 appropriate) in the amount of tax.

15 For purposes of the preceding sentence, any net de16 crease in a loss shall be treated as an increase in in17 come and a similar rule shall apply to a net increase

18 in a loss.

19 ‘‘(c) ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.—

20 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Any payment required by

21 subsection (a)(2) or (b)(1)(A)—

22 ‘‘(A) shall be assessed and collected in the

23 same manner as if it were a tax imposed by

24 subtitle C, and
119

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) shall be paid on or before the return

2 due date for the partnership taxable year in

3 which the partnership adjustment takes effect.

4 ‘‘(2) INTEREST.—For purposes of determining

5 interest, any payment required by subsection (a)(2)

6 or (b)(1)(A) shall be treated as an underpayment

7 of tax.

8 ‘‘(3) PENALTIES.—

9 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any

10 failure by any partnership to pay on the date

11 prescribed therefor any amount required by

12 subsection (a)(2) or (b)(1)(A), there is hereby

13 imposed on such partnership a penalty of 10

14 percent of the underpayment. For purposes of

15 the preceding sentence, the term

16 ‘underpayment’ means the excess of any pay17 ment required under this section over the

18 amount (if any) paid on or before the date pre19 scribed therefor.

20 ‘‘(B) ACCURACY-RELATED AND FRAUD

21 PENALTIES MADE APPLICABLE.—For purposes

22 of part II of subchapter A of chapter 68, any

23 payment required by subsection (a)(2) shall be

24 treated as an underpayment of tax.
120

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(d) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.—For pur2 poses of this section—

3 ‘‘(1) PARTNERSHIP ADJUSTMENT.—The term

4 ‘partnership adjustment’ means any adjustment in

5 the amount of any partnership item of a large part6 nership.

7 ‘‘(2) WHEN ADJUSTMENT TAKES EFFECT.—A

8 partnership adjustment takes effect—

9 ‘‘(A) in the case of an adjustment pursu10 ant to the decision of a court in a proceeding

11 brought under part II, when such decision be12 comes final,

13 ‘‘(B) in the case of an adjustment pursu14 ant to any administrative adjustment request

15 under section 6251, when such adjustment is

16 allowed by the Secretary, or

17 ‘‘(C) in any other case, when such adjust18 ment is made.

19 ‘‘(3) ADJUSTED YEAR.—The term ‘adjusted

20 year’ means the partnership taxable year to which

21 the item being adjusted relates.

22 ‘‘(4) RETURN DUE DATE.—The term ‘return

23 due date’ means, with respect to any taxable year,

24 the date prescribed for filing the partnership return
121

•HR 3419 IH

1 for such taxable year (determined without regard to

2 extensions).

3 ‘‘(5) ADJUSTMENTS INVOLVING CHANGES IN

4 CHARACTER.—Under regulations, appropriate ad5 justments in the application of this section shall be

6 made for purposes of taking into account partner7 ship adjustments which involve a change in the char8 acter of any item of income, gain, loss, or deduction.

9 ‘‘(e) PAYMENTS NONDEDUCTIBLE.—No deduction

10 shall be allowed under subtitle A for any payment required

11 to be made by a large partnership under this section.

12 ‘‘PART II—PARTNERSHIP LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS

‘‘Subpart A. Adjustments by Secretary.

‘‘Subpart B. Claims for adjustments by partnership.

13 ‘‘Subpart A—Adjustments by Secretary

‘‘Sec. 6245. Secretarial authority.

‘‘Sec. 6246. Restrictions on partnership adjustments.

‘‘Sec. 6247. Judicial review of partnership adjustment.

‘‘Sec. 6248. Period of limitations for making adjustments.

14 ‘‘SEC. 6245. SECRETARIAL AUTHORITY.

15 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—The Secretary is authorized

16 and directed to make adjustments at the partnership level

17 in any partnership item to the extent necessary to have

18 such item be treated in the manner required.

19 ‘‘(b) NOTICE OF PARTNERSHIP ADJUSTMENT.—

20 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If the Secretary determines

21 that a partnership adjustment is required, the Sec22 retary is authorized to send notice of such adjust-
122

•HR 3419 IH

1 ment to the partnership by certified mail or reg2 istered mail. Such notice shall be sufficient if mailed

3 to the partnership at its last known address even if

4 the partnership has terminated its existence.

5 ‘‘(2) FURTHER NOTICES RESTRICTED.—If the

6 Secretary mails a notice of a partnership adjustment

7 to any partnership for any partnership taxable year

8 and the partnership files a petition under section

9 6247 with respect to such notice, in the absence of

10 a showing of fraud, malfeasance, or misrepresenta11 tion of a material fact, the Secretary shall not mail

12 another such notice to such partnership with respect

13 to such taxable year.

14 ‘‘(3) AUTHORITY TO RESCIND NOTICE WITH

15 PARTNERSHIP CONSENT.—The Secretary may, with

16 the consent of the partnership, rescind any notice of

17 a partnership adjustment mailed to such partner18 ship. Any notice so rescinded shall not be treated as

19 a notice of a partnership adjustment, for purposes of

20 this section, section 6246, and section 6247, and the

21 taxpayer shall have no right to bring a proceeding

22 under section 6247 with respect to such notice.

23 Nothing in this subsection shall affect any suspen24 sion of the running of any period of limitations dur-
123

•HR 3419 IH

1 ing any period during which the rescinded notice

2 was outstanding.

3 ‘‘SEC. 6246. RESTRICTIONS ON PARTNERSHIP ADJUST4 MENTS.

5 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—Except as otherwise provided

6 in this chapter, no adjustment to any partnership item

7 may be made (and no levy or proceeding in any court for

8 the collection of any amount resulting from such adjust9 ment may be made, begun or prosecuted) before—

10 ‘‘(1) the close of the 90th day after the day on

11 which a notice of a partnership adjustment was

12 mailed to the partnership, and

13 ‘‘(2) if a petition is filed under section 6247

14 with respect to such notice, the decision of the court

15 has become final.

16 ‘‘(b) PREMATURE ACTION MAY BE ENJOINED.—

17 Notwithstanding section 7421(a), any action which vio18 lates subsection (a) may be enjoined in the proper court,

19 including the Tax Court. The Tax Court shall have no ju20 risdiction to enjoin any action under this subsection unless

21 a timely petition has been filed under section 6247 and

22 then only in respect of the adjustments that are the sub23 ject of such petition.

24 ‘‘(c) EXCEPTIONS TO RESTRICTIONS ON ADJUST25 MENTS.—
124

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) ADJUSTMENTS ARISING OUT OF MATH OR

2 CLERICAL ERRORS.—

3 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If the partnership is

4 notified that, on account of a mathematical or

5 clerical error appearing on the partnership re6 turn, an adjustment to a partnership item is re7 quired, rules similar to the rules of paragraphs

8 (1) and (2) of section 6213(b) shall apply to

9 such adjustment.

10 ‘‘(B) SPECIAL RULE.—If a large partner11 ship is a partner in another large partnership,

12 any adjustment on account of such partner13 ship’s failure to comply with the requirements

14 of section 6241(a) with respect to its interest in

15 such other partnership shall be treated as an

16 adjustment referred to in subparagraph (A), ex17 cept that paragraph (2) of section 6213(b) shall

18 not apply to such adjustment.

19 ‘‘(2) PARTNERSHIP MAY WAIVE RESTRIC20 TIONS.—The partnership shall at any time (whether

21 or not a notice of partnership adjustment has been

22 issued) have the right, by a signed notice in writing

23 filed with the Secretary, to waive the restrictions

24 provided in subsection (a) on the making of any

25 partnership adjustment.
125

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(d) LIMIT WHERE NO PROCEEDING BEGUN.—If no

2 proceeding under section 6247 is begun with respect to

3 any notice of a partnership adjustment during the 90-day

4 period described in subsection (a), the amount for which

5 the partnership is liable under section 6242 (and any in6 crease in any partner’s liability for tax under chapter 1

7 by reason of any adjustment under section 6242(a)) shall

8 not exceed the amount determined in accordance with such

9 notice.

10 ‘‘SEC. 6247. JUDICIAL REVIEW OF PARTNERSHIP ADJUST11 MENT.

12 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—Within 90 days after the date

13 on which a notice of a partnership adjustment is mailed

14 to the partnership with respect to any partnership taxable

15 year, the partnership may file a petition for a readjust16 ment of the partnership items for such taxable year with—

17 ‘‘(1) the Tax Court,

18 ‘‘(2) the district court of the United States for

19 the district in which the partnership’s principal place

20 of business is located, or

21 ‘‘(3) the Claims Court.

22 ‘‘(b) JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR BRINGING

23 ACTION IN DISTRICT COURT OR CLAIMS COURT.—

24 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A readjustment petition

25 under this section may be filed in a district court of
126

•HR 3419 IH

1 the United States or the Claims Court only if the

2 partnership filing the petition deposits with the Sec3 retary, on or before the date the petition is filed, the

4 amount for which the partnership would be liable

5 under section 6242(b) (as of the date of the filing

6 of the petition) if the partnership items were ad7 justed as provided by the notice of partnership ad8 justment. The court may by order provide that the

9 jurisdictional requirements of this paragraph are

10 satisfied where there has been a good faith attempt

11 to satisfy such requirement and any shortfall of the

12 amount required to be deposited is timely corrected.

13 ‘‘(2) INTEREST PAYABLE.—Any amount depos14 ited under paragraph (1), while deposited, shall not

15 be treated as a payment of tax for purposes of this

16 title (other than chapter 67).

17 ‘‘(c) SCOPE OF JUDICIAL REVIEW.—A court with

18 which a petition is filed in accordance with this section

19 shall have jurisdiction to determine all partnership items

20 of the partnership for the partnership taxable year to

21 which the notice of partnership adjustment relates and the

22 proper allocation of such items among the partners (and

23 the applicability of any penalty, addition to tax, or addi24 tional amount for which the partnership may be liable

25 under section 6242(b)).
127

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(d) DETERMINATION OF COURT REVIEWABLE.—

2 Any determination by a court under this section shall have

3 the force and effect of a decision of the Tax Court or a

4 final judgment or decree of the district court or the Claims

5 Court, as the case may be, and shall be reviewable as such.

6 The date of any such determination shall be treated as

7 being the date of the court’s order entering the decision.

8 ‘‘(e) EFFECT OF DECISION DISMISSING ACTION.—If

9 an action brought under this section is dismissed other

10 than by reason of a rescission under section 6245(b)(3),

11 the decision of the court dismissing the action shall be con12 sidered as its decision that the notice of partnership ad13 justment is correct, and an appropriate order shall be en14 tered in the records of the court.

15 ‘‘SEC. 6248. PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS FOR MAKING ADJUST16 MENTS.

17 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—Except as otherwise provided

18 in this section, no adjustment under this subpart to any

19 partnership item for any partnership taxable year may be

20 made after the date which is 3 years after the later of—

21 ‘‘(1) the date on which the partnership return

22 for such taxable year was filed, or

23 ‘‘(2) the last day for filing such return for such

24 year (determined without regard to extensions).
128

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(b) EXTENSION BY AGREEMENT.—The period de2 scribed in subsection (a) (including an extension period

3 under this subsection) may be extended by an agreement

4 entered into by the Secretary and the partnership before

5 the expiration of such period.

6 ‘‘(c) SPECIAL RULE IN CASE OF FRAUD, ETC.—

7 ‘‘(1) FALSE RETURN.—In the case of a false or

8 fraudulent partnership return with intent to evade

9 tax, the adjustment may be made at any time.

10 ‘‘(2) SUBSTANTIAL OMISSION OF INCOME.—If

11 any partnership omits from gross income an amount

12 properly includible therein which is in excess of 25

13 percent of the amount of gross income stated in its

14 return, subsection (a) shall be applied by substitut15 ing ‘6 years’ for ‘3 years’.

16 ‘‘(3) NO RETURN.—In the case of a failure by

17 a partnership to file a return for any taxable year,

18 the adjustment may be made at any time.

19 ‘‘(4) RETURN FILED BY SECRETARY.—For pur20 poses of this section, a return executed by the Sec21 retary under subsection (b) of section 6020 on be22 half of the partnership shall not be treated as a re23 turn of the partnership.

24 ‘‘(d) SUSPENSION WHEN SECRETARY MAILS NOTICE

25 OF ADJUSTMENT.—If notice of a partnership adjustment
129

•HR 3419 IH

1 with respect to any taxable year is mailed to the partner2 ship, the running of the period specified in subsection (a)

3 (as modified by the other provisions of this section) shall

4 be suspended—

5 ‘‘(1) for the period during which an action may

6 be brought under section 6247 (and, if a petition is

7 filed under section 6247 with respect to such notice,

8 until the decision of the court becomes final), and

9 ‘‘(2) for 1 year thereafter.

10 ‘‘Subpart B—Claims for Adjustments by Partnership

‘‘Sec. 6251. Administrative adjustment requests.

‘‘Sec. 6252. Judicial review where administrative adjustment request is not allowed in full.

11 ‘‘SEC. 6251. ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUSTMENT REQUESTS.

12 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—A partnership may file a re13 quest for an administrative adjustment of partnership

14 items for any partnership taxable year at any time which

15 is—

16 ‘‘(1) within 3 years after the later of—

17 ‘‘(A) the date on which the partnership re18 turn for such year is filed, or

19 ‘‘(B) the last day for filing the partnership

20 return for such year (determined without re21 gard to extensions), and

22 ‘‘(2) before the mailing to the partnership of a

23 notice of a partnership adjustment with respect to

24 such taxable year.
130

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(b) SECRETARIAL ACTION.—If a partnership files

2 an administrative adjustment request under subsection

3 (a), the Secretary may allow any part of the requested

4 adjustments.

5 ‘‘(c) SPECIAL RULE IN CASE OF EXTENSION UNDER

6 SECTION 6248.—If the period described in section

7 6248(a) is extended pursuant to an agreement under sec8 tion 6248(b), the period prescribed by subsection (a)(1)

9 shall not expire before the date 6 months after the expira10 tion of the extension under section 6248(b).

11 ‘‘SEC. 6252. JUDICIAL REVIEW WHERE ADMINISTRATIVE

12 ADJUSTMENT REQUEST IS NOT ALLOWED IN

13 FULL.

14 ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—If any part of an administrative

15 adjustment request filed under section 6251 is not allowed

16 by the Secretary, the partnership may file a petition for

17 an adjustment with respect to the partnership items to

18 which such part of the request relates with—

19 ‘‘(1) the Tax Court,

20 ‘‘(2) the district court of the United States for

21 the district in which the principal place of business

22 of the partnership is located, or

23 ‘‘(3) the Claims Court.
131

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(b) PERIOD FOR FILING PETITION.—A petition may

2 be filed under subsection (a) with respect to partnership

3 items for a partnership taxable year only—

4 ‘‘(1) after the expiration of 6 months from the

5 date of filing of the request under section 6251, and

6 ‘‘(2) before the date which is 2 years after the

7 date of such request.

8 The 2-year period set forth in paragraph (2) shall be ex9 tended for such period as may be agreed upon in writing

10 by the partnership and the Secretary.

11 ‘‘(c) COORDINATION WITH SUBPART A.—

12 ‘‘(1) NOTICE OF PARTNERSHIP ADJUSTMENT

13 BEFORE FILING OF PETITION.—No petition may be

14 filed under this section after the Secretary mails to

15 the partnership a notice of a partnership adjustment

16 for the partnership taxable year to which the request

17 under section 6251 relates.

18 ‘‘(2) NOTICE OF PARTNERSHIP ADJUSTMENT

19 AFTER FILING BUT BEFORE HEARING OF PETI20 TION.—If the Secretary mails to the partnership a

21 notice of a partnership adjustment for the partner22 ship taxable year to which the request under section

23 6251 relates after the filing of a petition under this

24 subsection but before the hearing of such petition,

25 such petition shall be treated as an action brought
132

•HR 3419 IH

1 under section 6247 with respect to such notice, ex2 cept that subsection (b) of section 6247 shall not

3 apply.

4 ‘‘(3) NOTICE MUST BE BEFORE EXPIRATION OF

5 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.—A notice of a partner6 ship adjustment for the partnership taxable year

7 shall be taken into account under paragraphs (1)

8 and (2) only if such notice is mailed before the expi9 ration of the period prescribed by section 6248 for

10 making adjustments to partnership items for such

11 taxable year.

12 ‘‘(d) SCOPE OF JUDICIAL REVIEW.—Except in the

13 case described in paragraph (2) of subsection (c), a court

14 with which a petition is filed in accordance with this sec15 tion shall have jurisdiction to determine only those part16 nership items to which the part of the request under sec17 tion 6251 not allowed by the Secretary relates and those

18 items with respect to which the Secretary asserts adjust19 ments as offsets to the adjustments requested by the part20 nership.

21 ‘‘(e) DETERMINATION OF COURT REVIEWABLE.—

22 Any determination by a court under this subsection shall

23 have the force and effect of a decision of the Tax Court

24 or a final judgment or decree of the district court or the

25 Claims Court, as the case may be, and shall be reviewable
133

•HR 3419 IH

1 as such. The date of any such determination shall be

2 treated as being the date of the court’s order entering the

3 decision.

4 ‘‘PART III—DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES

‘‘Sec. 6255. Definitions and special rules.

5 ‘‘SEC. 6255. DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.

6 ‘‘(a) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this sub7 chapter—

8 ‘‘(1) LARGE PARTNERSHIP.—The term ‘large

9 partnership’ has the meaning given to such term by

10 section 775 without regard to section 776(a).

11 ‘‘(2) PARTNERSHIP ITEM.—The term ‘partner12 ship item’ has the meaning given to such term by

13 section 6231(a)(3).

14 ‘‘(b) PARTNERS BOUND BY ACTIONS OF PARTNER15 SHIP, ETC.—

16 ‘‘(1) DESIGNATION OF PARTNER.—Each large

17 partnership shall designate (in the manner pre18 scribed by the Secretary) a partner (or other person)

19 who shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of

20 such partnership under this subchapter. In any case

21 in which such a designation is not in effect, the Sec22 retary may select any partner as the partner with

23 such authority.
134

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) BINDING EFFECT.—A large partnership

2 and all partners of such partnership shall be

3 bound—

4 ‘‘(A) by actions taken under this sub5 chapter by the partnership, and

6 ‘‘(B) by any decision in a proceeding

7 brought under this subchapter.

8 ‘‘(c) PARTNERSHIPS HAVING PRINCIPAL PLACE OF

9 BUSINESS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES.—For purposes

10 of sections 6247 and 6252, a principal place of business

11 located outside the United States shall be treated as lo12 cated in the District of Columbia.

13 ‘‘(d) TREATMENT WHERE PARTNERSHIP CEASES TO

14 EXIST.—If a partnership ceases to exist before a partner15 ship adjustment under this subchapter takes effect, such

16 adjustment shall be taken into account by the former part17 ners of such partnership under regulations prescribed by

18 the Secretary.

19 ‘‘(e) DATE DECISION BECOMES FINAL.—For pur20 poses of this subchapter, the principles of section 7481(a)

21 shall be applied in determining the date on which a deci22 sion of a district court or the Claims Court becomes final.

23 ‘‘(f) PARTNERSHIPS IN CASES UNDER TITLE 11 OF

24 THE UNITED STATES CODE.—The running of any period

25 of limitations provided in this subchapter on making a
135

•HR 3419 IH

1 partnership adjustment (or provided by section 6501 or

2 6502 on the assessment or collection of any amount re3 quired to be paid under section 6242) shall, in a case

4 under title 11 of the United States Code, be suspended

5 during the period during which the Secretary is prohibited

6 by reason of such case from making the adjustment (or

7 assessment or collection) and—

8 ‘‘(1) for adjustment or assessment, 60 days

9 thereafter, and

10 ‘‘(2) for collection, 6 months thereafter.

11 ‘‘(g) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe

12 such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the pro13 visions of this subchapter, including regulations—

14 ‘‘(1) to prevent abuse through manipulation of

15 the provisions of this subchapter, and

16 ‘‘(2) providing that this subchapter shall not

17 apply to any case described in section 6231(c)(1) (or

18 the regulations prescribed thereunder) where the ap19 plication of this subchapter to such a case would

20 interfere with the effective and efficient enforcement

21 of this title.

22 In any case to which this subchapter does not apply by

23 reason of paragraph (2), rules similar to the rules of sec24 tions 6229(f) and 6255(f) shall apply.’’
136

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sub2 chapters for chapter 63 is amended by adding at the end

3 thereof the following new item:

‘‘SUBCHAPTER D. Treatment of large partnerships.’’

4 SEC. 303. DUE DATE FOR FURNISHING INFORMATION TO

5 PARTNERS OF LARGE PARTNERSHIPS.

6 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (b) of section 6031

7 (relating to copies to partners) is amended by adding at

8 the end thereof the following new sentence: ‘‘In the case

9 of a large partnership (as defined in sections 775 and

10 776(a)), such information shall be furnished on or before

11 the first March 15 following the close of such taxable

12 year.’’

13 (b) TREATMENT AS INFORMATION RETURN.—Sec14 tion 6724 is amended by adding at the end thereof the

15 following new subsection:

16 ‘‘(e) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PARTNERSHIP RE17 TURNS.—If any partnership return under section 6031(a)

18 is required under section 6011(e) to be filed on magnetic

19 media or in other machine-readable form, for purposes of

20 this part, each schedule required to be included with such

21 return with respect to each partner shall be treated as a

22 separate information return.’’
137

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 304. RETURNS MAY BE REQUIRED ON MAGNETIC

2 MEDIA.

3 Paragraph (2) of section 6011(e) (relating to returns

4 on magnetic media) is amended by adding at the end

5 thereof the following new sentence:

6 ‘‘The preceding sentence shall not apply in the case

7 of the partnership return of a large partnership (as

8 defined in sections 775 and 776(a)) or any other

9 partnership with 250 or more partners.’’

10 SEC. 305. TREATMENT OF PARTNERSHIP ITEMS OF INDI11 VIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS.

12 Subsection (b) of section 6012 is amended by adding

13 at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

14 ‘‘(6) IRA SHARE OF PARTNERSHIP INCOME.—

15 In the case of a trust which is exempt from taxation

16 under section 408(e), for purposes of this section,

17 the trust’s distributive share of items of gross in18 come and gain of any partnership to which sub19 chapter C or D of chapter 63 applies shall be treat20 ed as equal to the trust’s distributive share of the

21 taxable income of such partnership.’’

22 SEC. 306. EFFECTIVE DATE.

23 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Except as otherwise provided

24 in this section, the amendments made by this subtitle shall

25 apply to partnership taxable years ending on or after De26 cember 31, 1994.
138

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) SPECIAL RULE FOR SECTION 304.—In the case

2 of a partnership which is not a large partnership (as de3 fined in sections 775 and 776(a) of the Internal Revenue

4 Code of 1986, as added by this subtitle), the amendment

5 made by section 304 shall only apply to partnership tax6 able years ending on or after December 31, 1998.

7 (c) SPECIAL RULE FOR SECTION 305.—The amend8 ment made by section 305 shall apply to taxable years be9 ginning after December 31, 1993.

10 Subtitle B—Provisions Related to

11 TEFRA Partnership Proceedings

12 SEC. 311. TREATMENT OF PARTNERSHIP ITEMS IN DEFI13 CIENCY PROCEEDINGS.

14 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subchapter C of chapter 63 is

15 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

16 section:

17 ‘‘SEC. 6234. DECLARATORY JUDGMENT RELATING TO

18 TREATMENT OF ITEMS OTHER THAN PART19 NERSHIP ITEMS WITH RESPECT TO AN

20 OVERSHELTERED RETURN.

21 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—If—

22 ‘‘(1) a taxpayer files an oversheltered return for

23 a taxable year,

24 ‘‘(2) the Secretary makes a determination with

25 respect to the treatment of items (other than part-
139

•HR 3419 IH

1 nership items) of such taxpayer for such taxable

2 year, and

3 ‘‘(3) the adjustments resulting from such deter4 mination do not give rise to a deficiency (as defined

5 in section 6211) but would give rise to a deficiency

6 if there were no net loss from partnership items,

7 the Secretary is authorized to send a notice of adjustment

8 reflecting such determination to the taxpayer by certified

9 or registered mail.

10 ‘‘(b) OVERSHELTERED RETURN.—For purposes of

11 this section, the term ‘oversheltered return’ means an in12 come tax return which—

13 ‘‘(1) shows no taxable income for the taxable

14 year, and

15 ‘‘(2) shows a net loss from partnership items.

16 ‘‘(c) JUDICIAL REVIEW IN THE TAX COURT.—Within

17 90 days, or 150 days if the notice is addressed to a person

18 outside the United States, after the day on which the no19 tice of adjustment authorized in subsection (a) is mailed

20 to the taxpayer, the taxpayer may file a petition with the

21 Tax Court for redetermination of the adjustments. Upon

22 the filing of such a petition, the Tax Court shall have ju23 risdiction to make a declaration with respect to all items

24 (other than partnership items and affected items which

25 require partner level determinations as described in sec-
140

•HR 3419 IH

1 tion 6230(a)(2)(A)(i)) for the taxable year to which the

2 notice of adjustment relates, in accordance with the prin3 ciples of section 6214(a). Any such declaration shall have

4 the force and effect of a decision of the Tax Court and

5 shall be reviewable as such.

6 ‘‘(d) FAILURE TO FILE PETITION.—

7 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in para8 graph (2), if the taxpayer does not file a petition

9 with the Tax Court within the time prescribed in

10 subsection (c), the determination of the Secretary

11 set forth in the notice of adjustment that was mailed

12 to the taxpayer shall be deemed to be correct.

13 ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION.—Paragraph (1) shall not

14 apply after the date that the taxpayer—

15 ‘‘(A) files a petition with the Tax Court

16 within the time prescribed in subsection (c)

17 with respect to a subsequent notice of adjust18 ment relating to the same taxable year, or

19 ‘‘(B) files a claim for refund of an overpay20 ment of tax under section 6511 for the taxable

21 year involved.

22 If a claim for refund is filed by the taxpayer, then

23 solely for purposes of determining (for the taxable

24 year involved) the amount of any computational ad25 justment in connection with a partnership proceed-
141

•HR 3419 IH

1 ing under this subchapter (other than under this

2 section) or the amount of any deficiency attributable

3 to affected items in a proceeding under section

4 6230(a)(2), the items that are the subject of the no5 tice of adjustment shall be presumed to have been

6 correctly reported on the taxpayer’s return during

7 the pendency of the refund claim (and, if within the

8 time prescribed by section 6532 the taxpayer com9 mences a civil action for refund under section 7422,

10 until the decision in the refund action becomes

11 final).

12 ‘‘(e) LIMITATIONS PERIOD.—

13 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Any notice to a taxpayer

14 under subsection (a) shall be mailed before the expi15 ration of the period prescribed by section 6501 (re16 lating to the period of limitations on assessment).

17 ‘‘(2) SUSPENSION WHEN SECRETARY MAILS NO18 TICE OF ADJUSTMENT.—If the Secretary mails a no19 tice of adjustment to the taxpayer for a taxable year,

20 the period of limitations on the making of assess21 ments shall be suspended for the period during

22 which the Secretary is prohibited from making the

23 assessment (and, in any event, if a proceeding in re24 spect of the notice of adjustment is placed on the

25 docket of the Tax Court, until the decision of the
142

•HR 3419 IH

1 Tax Court becomes final), and for 60 days there2 after.

3 ‘‘(3) RESTRICTIONS ON ASSESSMENT.—Except

4 as otherwise provided in section 6851, 6852, or

5 6861, no assessment of a deficiency with respect to

6 any tax imposed by subtitle A attributable to any

7 item (other than a partnership item or any item af8 fected by a partnership item) shall be made—

9 ‘‘(A) until the expiration of the applicable

10 90-day or 150-day period set forth in sub11 section (c) for filing a petition with the Tax

12 Court, or

13 ‘‘(B) if a petition has been filed with the

14 Tax Court, until the decision of the Tax Court

15 has become final.

16 ‘‘(f) FURTHER NOTICES OF ADJUSTMENT RE17 STRICTED.—If the Secretary mails a notice of adjustment

18 to the taxpayer for a taxable year and the taxpayer files

19 a petition with the Tax Court within the time prescribed

20 in subsection (c), the Secretary may not mail another such

21 notice to the taxpayer with respect to the same taxable

22 year in the absence of a showing of fraud, malfeasance,

23 or misrepresentation of a material fact.

24 ‘‘(g) COORDINATION WITH OTHER PROCEEDINGS

25 UNDER THIS SUBCHAPTER.—
143

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The treatment of any item

2 that has been determined pursuant to subsection (c)

3 or (d) shall be taken into account in determining the

4 amount of any computational adjustment that is

5 made in connection with a partnership proceeding

6 under this subchapter (other than under this sec7 tion), or the amount of any deficiency attributable to

8 affected items in a proceeding under section

9 6230(a)(2), for the taxable year involved. Notwith10 standing any other law or rule of law pertaining to

11 the period of limitations on the making of assess12 ments, for purposes of the preceding sentence, any

13 adjustment made in accordance with this section

14 shall be taken into account regardless of whether

15 any assessment has been made with respect to such

16 adjustment.

17 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE IN CASE OF COMPUTA18 TIONAL ADJUSTMENT.—In the case of a computa19 tional adjustment that is made in connection with a

20 partnership proceeding under this subchapter (other

21 than under this section), the provisions of paragraph

22 (1) shall apply only if the computational adjustment

23 is made within the period prescribed by section 6229

24 for assessing any tax under subtitle A which is at-
144

•HR 3419 IH

1 tributable to any partnership item or affected item

2 for the taxable year involved.

3 ‘‘(3) CONVERSION TO DEFICIENCY PROCEED4 ING.—If—

5 ‘‘(A) after the notice referred to in sub6 section (a) is mailed to a taxpayer for a taxable

7 year but before the expiration of the period for

8 filing a petition with the Tax Court under sub9 section (c) (or, if a petition is filed with the Tax

10 Court, before the Tax Court makes a declara11 tion for that taxable year), the treatment of any

12 partnership item for the taxable year is finally

13 determined, or any such item ceases to be a

14 partnership item pursuant to section 6231(b),

15 and

16 ‘‘(B) as a result of that final determination

17 or cessation, a deficiency can be determined

18 with respect to the items that are the subject

19 of the notice of adjustment,

20 the notice of adjustment shall be treated as a notice

21 of deficiency under section 6212 and any petition

22 filed in respect of the notice shall be treated as an

23 action brought under section 6213.
145

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) FINALLY DETERMINED.—For purposes of

2 this subsection, the treatment of partnership items

3 shall be treated as finally determined if—

4 ‘‘(A) the Secretary enters into a settlement

5 agreement (within the meaning of section 6224)

6 with the taxpayer regarding such items,

7 ‘‘(B) a notice of final partnership adminis8 trative adjustment has been issued and—

9 ‘‘(i) no petition has been filed under

10 section 6226 and the time for doing so has

11 expired, or

12 ‘‘(ii) a petition has been filed under

13 section 6226 and the decision of the court

14 has become final, or

15 ‘‘(C) the period within which any tax at16 tributable to such items may be assessed

17 against the taxpayer has expired.

18 ‘‘(h) SPECIAL RULES IF SECRETARY INCORRECTLY

19 DETERMINES APPLICABLE PROCEDURE.—

20 ‘‘(1) SPECIAL RULE IF SECRETARY ERRO21 NEOUSLY MAILS NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.—If the

22 Secretary erroneously determines that subchapter B

23 does not apply to a taxable year of a taxpayer and

24 consistent with that determination timely mails a no25 tice of adjustment to the taxpayer pursuant to sub-
146

•HR 3419 IH

1 section (a) of this section, the notice of adjustment

2 shall be treated as a notice of deficiency under sec3 tion 6212 and any petition that is filed in respect of

4 the notice shall be treated as an action brought

5 under section 6213.

6 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE IF SECRETARY ERRO7 NEOUSLY MAILS NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY.—If the

8 Secretary erroneously determines that subchapter B

9 applies to a taxable year of a taxpayer and consist10 ent with that determination timely mails a notice of

11 deficiency to the taxpayer pursuant to section 6212,

12 the notice of deficiency shall be treated as a notice

13 of adjustment under subsection (a) and any petition

14 that is filed in respect of the notice shall be treated

15 as an action brought under subsection (c).’’

16 (b) TREATMENT OF PARTNERSHIP ITEMS IN DEFI17 CIENCY PROCEEDINGS.—Section 6211 (defining defi18 ciency) is amended by adding at the end thereof the follow19 ing new subsection:

20 ‘‘(c) COORDINATION WITH SUBCHAPTER C.—In de21 termining the amount of any deficiency for purposes of

22 this subchapter, adjustments to partnership items shall be

23 made only as provided in subchapter C.’’
147

•HR 3419 IH

1 (c) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections

2 for subchapter C of chapter 63 is amended by adding at

3 the end thereof the following new item:

‘‘Sec. 6234. Declaratory judgment relating to treatment of items

other than partnership items with respect to an

oversheltered return.’’

4 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

5 this section shall apply to partnership taxable years ending

6 after the date of the enactment of this Act.

7 SEC. 312. PARTNERSHIP RETURN TO BE DETERMINATIVE

8 OF AUDIT PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED.

9 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 6231 (relating to defini10 tions and special rules) is amended by adding at the end

11 thereof the following new subsection:

12 ‘‘(g) PARTNERSHIP RETURN TO BE DETERMINATIVE

13 OF WHETHER SUBCHAPTER APPLIES.—

14 ‘‘(1) DETERMINATION THAT SUBCHAPTER AP15 PLIES.—If, on the basis of a partnership return for

16 a taxable year, the Secretary reasonably determines

17 that this subchapter applies to such partnership for

18 such year but such determination is erroneous, then

19 the provisions of this subchapter are hereby ex20 tended to such partnership (and its items) for such

21 taxable year and to partners of such partnership.

22 ‘‘(2) DETERMINATION THAT SUBCHAPTER DOES

23 NOT APPLY.—If, on the basis of a partnership re24 turn for a taxable year, the Secretary reasonably de-
148

•HR 3419 IH

1 termines that this subchapter does not apply to such

2 partnership for such year but such determination is

3 erroneous, then the provisions of this subchapter

4 shall not apply to such partnership (and its items)

5 for such taxable year or to partners of such partner6 ship.’’

7 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

8 this section shall apply to partnership taxable years ending

9 after the date of the enactment of this Act.

10 SEC. 313. PROVISIONS RELATING TO STATUTE OF LIMITA11 TIONS.

12 (a) SUSPENSION OF STATUTE WHERE UNTIMELY

13 PETITION FILED.—Paragraph (1) of section 6229(d) (re14 lating to suspension where Secretary makes administrative

15 adjustment) is amended by striking all that follows ‘‘sec16 tion 6226’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘(and, if a petition

17 is filed under section 6226 with respect to such adminis18 trative adjustment, until the decision of the court becomes

19 final), and’’.

20 (b) SUSPENSION OF STATUTE DURING BANKRUPTCY

21 PROCEEDING.—Section 6229 is amended by adding at the

22 end thereof the following new subsection:

23 ‘‘(h) SUSPENSION DURING PENDENCY OF BANK24 RUPTCY PROCEEDING.—If a petition is filed naming a

25 partner as a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding under title
149

•HR 3419 IH

1 11 of the United States Code, the running of the period

2 of limitations provided in this section with respect to such

3 partner shall be suspended—

4 ‘‘(1) for the period during which the Secretary

5 is prohibited by reason of such bankruptcy proceed6 ing from making an assessment, and

7 ‘‘(2) for 60 days thereafter.’’

8 (c) TAX MATTERS PARTNER IN BANKRUPTCY.—Sec9 tion 6229(b) is amended by redesignating paragraph (2)

10 as paragraph (3) and by inserting after paragraph (1) the

11 following new paragraph:

12 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE WITH RESPECT TO DEBT13 ORS IN TITLE 11 CASES.—Notwithstanding any other

14 law or rule of law, if an agreement is entered into

15 under paragraph (1)(B) and the agreement is signed

16 by a person who would be the tax matters partner

17 but for the fact that, at the time that the agreement

18 is executed, the person is a debtor in a bankruptcy

19 proceeding under title 11 of the United States Code,

20 such agreement shall be binding on all partners in

21 the partnership unless the Secretary has been noti22 fied of the bankruptcy proceeding in accordance with

23 regulations prescribed by the Secretary.’’

24 (d) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
150

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) SUBSECTIONS (a) AND (b).—The amend2 ments made by subsections (a) and (b) shall apply

3 to partnership taxable years with respect to which

4 the period under section 6229 of the Internal Reve5 nue Code of 1986 for assessing tax has not expired

6 on or before the date of the enactment of this Act.

7 (2) SUBSECTION (c).—The amendment made

8 by subsection (c) shall apply to agreements entered

9 into after the date of the enactment of this Act.

10 SEC. 314. EXPANSION OF SMALL PARTNERSHIP EXCEPTION.

11 (a) IN GENERAL.—Clause (i) of section

12 6231(a)(1)(B) (relating to exception for small partner13 ships) is amended to read as follows:

14 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘part15 nership’ shall not include any partnership

16 having 10 or fewer partners each of whom

17 is an individual (other than a nonresident

18 alien), a C corporation, or an estate of a

19 deceased partner. For purposes of the pre20 ceding sentence, a husband and wife (and

21 their estates) shall be treated as 1 part22 ner.’’

23 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

24 this section shall apply to partnership taxable years ending

25 after the date of the enactment of this Act.
151

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 315. EXCLUSION OF PARTIAL SETTLEMENTS FROM 1

2 YEAR LIMITATION ON ASSESSMENT.

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (f) of section 6229 (re4 lating to items becoming nonpartnership items) is amend5 ed—

6 (1) by striking ‘‘(f) ITEMS BECOMING

7 NONPARTNERSHIP ITEMS.—If’’ and inserting the

8 following:

9 ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES.—

10 ‘‘(1) ITEMS BECOMING NONPARTNERSHIP

11 ITEMS.—If’’,

12 (2) by moving the text of such subsection 2 ems

13 to the right, and

14 (3) by adding at the end thereof the following

15 new paragraph:

16 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR PARTIAL SETTLEMENT

17 AGREEMENTS.—If a partner enters into a settlement

18 agreement with the Secretary with respect to the

19 treatment of some of the partnership items in dis20 pute for a partnership taxable year but other part21 nership items for such year remain in dispute, the

22 period of limitations for assessing any tax attrib23 utable to the settled items shall be determined as if

24 such agreement had not been entered into.’’
152

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

2 this section shall apply to settlements entered into after

3 the date of the enactment of this Act.

4 SEC. 316. EXTENSION OF TIME FOR FILING A REQUEST

5 FOR ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUSTMENT.

6 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 6227 (relating to admin7 istrative adjustment requests) is amended by redesignat8 ing subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (c) and (d), re9 spectively, and by inserting after subsection (a) the follow10 ing new subsection:

11 ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULE IN CASE OF EXTENSION OF PE12 RIOD OF LIMITATIONS UNDER SECTION 6229.—The pe13 riod prescribed by subsection (a)(1) for filing of a request

14 for an administrative adjustment shall be extended—

15 ‘‘(1) for the period within which an assessment

16 may be made pursuant to an agreement (or any ex17 tension thereof) under section 6229(b), and

18 ‘‘(2) for 6 months thereafter.’’

19 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

20 this section shall take effect as if included in the amend21 ments made by section 402 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal

22 Responsibility Act of 1982.
153

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 317. AVAILABILITY OF INNOCENT SPOUSE RELIEF IN

2 CONTEXT OF PARTNERSHIP PROCEEDINGS.

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 6230 is

4 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

5 paragraph:

6 ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULE IN CASE OF ASSERTION BY

7 PARTNER’S SPOUSE OF INNOCENT SPOUSE RE8 LIEF.—

9 ‘‘(A) Notwithstanding section 6404(b), if

10 the spouse of a partner asserts that section

11 6013(e) applies with respect to a liability that

12 is attributable to any adjustment to a partner13 ship item, then such spouse may file with the

14 Secretary within 60 days after the notice of

15 computational adjustment is mailed to the

16 spouse a request for abatement of the assess17 ment specified in such notice. Upon receipt of

18 such request, the Secretary shall abate the as19 sessment. Any reassessment of the tax with re20 spect to which an abatement is made under this

21 subparagraph shall be subject to the deficiency

22 procedures prescribed by subchapter B. The pe23 riod for making any such reassessment shall

24 not expire before the expiration of 60 days after

25 the date of such abatement.
154

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) If the spouse files a petition with the

2 Tax Court pursuant to section 6213 with re3 spect to the request for abatement described in

4 subparagraph (A), the Tax Court shall only

5 have jurisdiction pursuant to this section to de6 termine whether the requirements of section

7 6013(e) have been satisfied. For purposes of

8 such determination, the treatment of partner9 ship items under the settlement, the final part10 nership administrative adjustment, or the deci11 sion of the court (whichever is appropriate) that

12 gave rise to the liability in question shall be

13 conclusive.

14 ‘‘(C) Rules similar to the rules contained

15 in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (2)

16 shall apply for purposes of this paragraph.’’

17 (b) CLAIMS FOR REFUND.—Subsection (c) of section

18 6230 is amended by adding at the end thereof the follow19 ing new paragraph:

20 ‘‘(5) RULES FOR SEEKING INNOCENT SPOUSE

21 RELIEF.—

22 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The spouse of a part23 ner may file a claim for refund on the ground

24 that the Secretary failed to relieve the spouse

25 under section 6013(e) from a liability that is at-
155

•HR 3419 IH

1 tributable to an adjustment to a partnership

2 item.

3 ‘‘(B) TIME FOR FILING CLAIM.—Any claim

4 under subparagraph (A) shall be filed within 6

5 months after the day on which the Secretary

6 mails to the spouse the notice of computational

7 adjustment referred to in subsection (a)(3)(A).

8 ‘‘(C) SUIT IF CLAIM NOT ALLOWED.—If

9 the claim under subparagraph (B) is not al10 lowed, the spouse may bring suit with respect

11 to the claim within the period specified in para12 graph (3).

13 ‘‘(D) PRIOR DETERMINATIONS ARE BIND14 ING.—For purposes of any claim or suit under

15 this paragraph, the treatment of partnership

16 items under the settlement, the final partner17 ship administrative adjustment, or the decision

18 of the court (whichever is appropriate) that

19 gave rise to the liability in question shall be

20 conclusive.’’

21 (c) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—

22 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 6230(a) is amend23 ed by striking ‘‘paragraph (2)’’ and inserting ‘‘para24 graph (2) or (3)’’.
156

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) Subsection (a) of section 6503 is amended

2 by striking ‘‘section 6230(a)(2)(A)’’ and inserting

3 ‘‘paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of section 6230(a)’’.

4 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

5 this section shall take effect as if included in the amend6 ments made by section 402 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal

7 Responsibility Act of 1982.

8 SEC. 318. DETERMINATION OF PENALTIES AT PARTNER9 SHIP LEVEL.

10 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 6221 (relating to tax

11 treatment determined at partnership level) is amended by

12 striking ‘‘item’’ and inserting ‘‘item (and the applicability

13 of any penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount which

14 relates to an adjustment to a partnership item)’’.

15 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

16 (1) Subsection (f) of section 6226 is amended—

17 (A) by striking ‘‘relates and’’ and inserting

18 ‘‘relates,’’, and

19 (B) by inserting before the period ‘‘, and

20 the applicability of any penalty, addition to tax,

21 or additional amount which relates to an ad22 justment to a partnership item’’.

23 (2) Clause (i) of section 6230(a)(2)(A) is

24 amended to read as follows:
157

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) affected items which require part2 ner level determinations (other than pen3 alties, additions to tax, and additional

4 amounts that relate to adjustments to

5 partnership items), or’’.

6 (3)(A) Subparagraph (A) of section 6230(a)(3),

7 as added by section 317, is amended by inserting

8 ‘‘(including any liability for any penalty, addition to

9 tax, or additional amount relating to such adjust10 ment)’’ after ‘‘partnership item’’.

11 (B) Subparagraph (B) of such section is

12 amended by inserting ‘‘(and the applicability of any

13 penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts)’’

14 after ‘‘partnership items’’.

15 (C) Subparagraph (A) of section 6230(c)(5), as

16 added by section 317, is amended by inserting before

17 the period ‘‘(including any liability for any penalties,

18 additions to tax, or additional amounts relating to

19 such adjustment)’’.

20 (D) Subparagraph (D) of section 6230(c)(5), as

21 added by section 317, is amended by inserting ‘‘(and

22 the applicability of any penalties, additions to tax, or

23 additional amounts)’’ after ‘‘partnership items’’.

24 (4) Paragraph (1) of section 6230(c) is amend25 ed by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (A),
158

•HR 3419 IH

1 by striking the period at the end of subparagraph

2 (B) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and by adding at the end

3 thereof the following new subparagraph:

4 ‘‘(C) the Secretary erroneously imposed

5 any penalty, addition to tax, or additional

6 amount which relates to an adjustment to a

7 partnership item.’’

8 (5) So much of subparagraph (A) of section

9 6230(c)(2) as precedes ‘‘shall be filed’’ is amended

10 to read as follows:

11 ‘‘(A) UNDER PARAGRAPH (1) (A) OR (C).—

12 Any claim under subparagraph (A) or (C) of

13 paragraph (1)’’.

14 (6) Paragraph (4) of section 6230(c) is amend15 ed by adding at the end thereof the following: ‘‘In

16 addition, the determination under the final partner17 ship administrative adjustment or under the decision

18 of the court (whichever is appropriate) concerning

19 the applicability of any penalty, addition to tax, or

20 additional amount which relates to an adjustment to

21 a partnership item shall also be conclusive. Notwith22 standing the preceding sentence, the partner shall be

23 allowed to assert any partner level defenses that may

24 apply or to challenge the amount of the computa25 tional adjustment.’’
159

•HR 3419 IH

1 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

2 this section shall apply to partnership taxable years ending

3 after the date of the enactment of this Act.

4 SEC. 319. PROVISIONS RELATING TO COURT JURISDIC5 TION, ETC.

6 (a) TAX COURT JURISDICTION TO ENJOIN PRE7 MATURE ASSESSMENTS OF DEFICIENCIES ATTRIBUTABLE

8 TO PARTNERSHIP ITEMS.—Subsection (b) of section 6225

9 is amended by striking ‘‘the proper court.’’ and inserting

10 ‘‘the proper court, including the Tax Court. The Tax

11 Court shall have no jurisdiction to enjoin any action or

12 proceeding under this subsection unless a timely petition

13 for a readjustment of the partnership items for the taxable

14 year has been filed and then only in respect of the adjust15 ments that are the subject of such petition.’’

16 (b) JURISDICTION TO CONSIDER STATUTE OF LIMI17 TATIONS WITH RESPECT TO PARTNERS.—Paragraph (1)

18 of section 6226(d) is amended by adding at the end there19 of the following new sentence:

20 ‘‘Notwithstanding subparagraph (B), any person

21 treated under subsection (c) as a party to an action

22 shall be permitted to participate in such action (or

23 file a readjustment petition under subsection (b) or

24 paragraph (2) of this subsection) solely for the pur25 pose of asserting that the period of limitations for
160

•HR 3419 IH

1 assessing any tax attributable to partnership items

2 has expired with respect to such person, and the

3 court having jurisdiction of such action shall have

4 jurisdiction to consider such assertion.’’

5 (c) TAX COURT JURISDICTION TO DETERMINE

6 OVERPAYMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO AFFECTED ITEMS.—

7 (1) Paragraph (6) of section 6230(d) is amend8 ed by striking ‘‘(or an affected item)’’.

9 (2) Paragraph (3) of section 6512(b) is amend10 ed by adding at the end thereof the following new

11 sentence:

12 ‘‘In the case of a credit or refund relating to an af13 fected item (within the meaning of section

14 6231(a)(5)), the preceding sentence shall be applied

15 by substituting the periods under sections 6229 and

16 6230(d) for the periods under section 6511(b)(2),

17 (c), and (d).’’

18 (d) VENUE ON APPEAL.—

19 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 7482(b) is amend20 ed by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (D),

21 by striking the period at the end of subparagraph

22 (E) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and by inserting after sub23 paragraph (E) the following new subparagraph:

24 ‘‘(F) in the case of a petition under section

25 6234(c)—
161

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) the legal residence of the peti2 tioner if the petitioner is not a corporation,

3 and

4 ‘‘(ii) the place or office applicable

5 under subparagraph (B) if the petitioner is

6 a corporation.’’

7 (2) The last sentence of section 7482(b)(1) is

8 amended by striking ‘‘or 6228(a)’’ and inserting ‘‘,

9 6228(a), or 6234(c)’’.

10 (e) OTHER PROVISIONS.—

11 (1) Subsection (c) of section 7459 is amended

12 by striking ‘‘or section 6228(a)’’ and inserting ‘‘,

13 6228(a), or 6234(c)’’.

14 (2) Subsection (o) of section 6501 is amended

15 by adding at the end thereof the following new para16 graph:

17 ‘‘(3) For declaratory judgment relating to treat18 ment of items other than partnership items with re19 spect to an oversheltered return, see section 6234.’’

20 (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

21 this section shall apply to partnership taxable years ending

22 after the date of the enactment of this Act.
162

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 320. TREATMENT OF PREMATURE PETITIONS FILED

2 BY NOTICE PARTNERS OR 5-PERCENT

3 GROUPS.

4 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section 6226

5 (relating to judicial review of final partnership administra6 tive adjustments) is amended by redesignating paragraph

7 (5) as paragraph (6) and by inserting after paragraph (4)

8 the following new paragraph:

9 ‘‘(5) TREATMENT OF PREMATURE PETI10 TIONS.—If—

11 ‘‘(A) a petition for a readjustment of part12 nership items for the taxable year involved is

13 filed by a notice partner (or a 5-percent group)

14 during the 90-day period described in sub15 section (a), and

16 ‘‘(B) no action is brought under paragraph

17 (1) during the 60-day period described therein

18 with respect to such taxable year which is not

19 dismissed,

20 such petition shall be treated for purposes of para21 graph (1) as filed on the last day of such 60-day pe22 riod.’’

23 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

24 this section shall apply to petitions filed after the date of

25 the enactment of this Act.
163

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 321. BONDS IN CASE OF APPEALS FROM TEFRA PRO2 CEEDING.

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section 7485

4 (relating to bonds to stay assessment of collection) is

5 amended—

6 (1) by inserting ‘‘penalties,’’ after ‘‘any inter7 est,’’, and

8 (2) by striking ‘‘aggregate of such deficiencies’’

9 and inserting ‘‘aggregate liability of the parties to

10 the action’’.

11 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

12 this section shall take effect as if included in the amend13 ments made by section 402 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal

14 Responsibility Act of 1982.

15 SEC. 322. SUSPENSION OF INTEREST WHERE DELAY IN

16 COMPUTATIONAL ADJUSTMENT RESULTING

17 FROM TEFRA SETTLEMENTS.

18 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (c) of section 6601

19 (relating to interest on underpayment, nonpayment, or ex20 tension of time for payment, of tax) is amended by adding

21 at the end thereof the following new sentence: ‘‘In the case

22 of a settlement under section 6224(c) which results in the

23 conversion of partnership items to nonpartnership items

24 pursuant to section 6231(b)(1)(C), the preceding sentence

25 shall apply to a computational adjustment resulting from

26 such settlement in the same manner as if such adjustment
164

•HR 3419 IH

1 were a deficiency and such settlement were a waiver re2 ferred to in the preceding sentence.’’

3 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

4 this section shall apply to adjustments with respect to

5 partnership taxable years beginning after the date of the

6 enactment of this Act.

7 SEC. 323. SPECIAL RULES FOR ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUST8 MENT REQUESTS WITH RESPECT TO BAD

9 DEBTS OR WORTHLESS SECURITIES.

10 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 6227 (relating to ad11 ministrative adjustment requests) is amended by adding

12 at the end thereof the following new subsection:

13 ‘‘(d) REQUESTS WITH RESPECT TO BAD DEBTS OR

14 WORTHLESS SECURITIES.—In the case of that portion of

15 any request for an administrative adjustment which re16 lates to the deductibility by the partnership under section

17 166 of a debt as a debt which became worthless, or under

18 section 165(g) of a loss from worthlessness of a security,

19 the period prescribed in subsection (a)(1) shall be 7 years

20 from the last day for filing the partnership return for the

21 year with respect to which such request is made (deter22 mined without regard to extensions).’’

23 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—

24 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendment made by

25 subsection (a) shall take effect as if included in the
165

•HR 3419 IH

1 amendments made by section 402 of the Tax Equity

2 and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

3 (2) TREATMENT OF REQUESTS FILED BEFORE

4 DATE OF ENACTMENT.—In the case of that portion

5 of any request (filed before the date of the enact6 ment of this Act) for an administrative adjustment

7 which relates to the deductibility of a debt as a debt

8 which became worthless or the deductibility of a loss

9 from the worthlessness of a security—

10 (A) paragraph (2) of section 6227(a) of

11 the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not

12 apply,

13 (B) the period for filing a petition under

14 section 6228 of the Internal Revenue Code of

15 1986 with respect to such request shall not ex16 pire before the date 6 months after the date of

17 the enactment of this Act, and

18 (C) such a petition may be filed without

19 regard to whether there was a notice of the be20 ginning of an administrative proceeding or a

21 final partnership administrative adjustment.
166

•HR 3419 IH

1 TITLE IV—FOREIGN PROVISIONS

2 Subtitle A—Simplification of Treat3 ment of Passive Foreign Cor4 porations

5 SEC. 401. REPEAL OF FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COM6 PANY RULES AND FOREIGN INVESTMENT

7 COMPANY RULES.

8 (a) GENERAL RULE.—The following provisions are

9 hereby repealed:

10 (1) Part III of subchapter G of chapter 1 (re11 lating to foreign personal holding companies).

12 (2) Section 1246 (relating to gain on foreign in13 vestment company stock).

14 (3) Section 1247 (relating to election by foreign

15 investment companies to distribute income cur16 rently).

17 (b) EXEMPTION OF FOREIGN CORPORATIONS FROM

18 ACCUMULATED EARNINGS TAX AND PERSONAL HOLDING

19 COMPANY RULES.—

20 (1) ACCUMULATED EARNINGS TAX.—Subsection

21 (b) of section 532 (relating to exceptions) is amend22 ed—

23 (A) by striking paragraph (2) and insert24 ing the following:

25 ‘‘(2) a foreign corporation, or’’,
167

•HR 3419 IH

1 (B) by striking ‘‘, or’’ at the end of para2 graph (3) and inserting a period, and

3 (C) by striking paragraph (4).

4 (2) PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY RULES.—

5 Subsection (c) of section 542 (relating to exceptions)

6 is amended—

7 (A) by striking paragraph (5) and insert8 ing the following:

9 ‘‘(5) a foreign corporation,’’,

10 (B) by striking paragraphs (7) and (10)

11 and by redesignating paragraphs (8) and (9) as

12 paragraphs (7) and (8), respectively,

13 (C) by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of para14 graph (7) (as so redesignated), and

15 (D) by striking ‘‘; and’’ at the end of para16 graph (8) (as so redesignated) and inserting a

17 period.

18 (c) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN SERVICE CONTRACTS

19 UNDER SUBPART F.—

20 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 954(c) (defining

21 foreign personal holding company income) is amend22 ed by adding at the end thereof the following new

23 subparagraph:

24 ‘‘(F) PERSONAL SERVICE CONTRACTS.—
168

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) Amounts received under a con2 tract under which the corporation is to fur3 nish personal services, if some person other

4 than the corporation has the right to des5 ignate (by name or by description) the in6 dividual who is to perform the services, or

7 if the individual who is to perform the

8 services is designated (by name or by de9 scription) in the contract.

10 ‘‘(ii) Amounts received from the sale

11 or other disposition of such contract.

12 This subparagraph shall apply with respect to

13 amounts received for services under a particular

14 contract only if at some time during the taxable

15 year 25 percent or more in value of the out16 standing stock of the corporation is owned, di17 rectly or indirectly, by or for the individual who

18 has performed, is to perform, or may be des19 ignated (by name or by description) as the one

20 to perform, such services. For purposes of the

21 preceding sentence, the attribution rules of sec22 tion 544 shall apply, determined as if any ref23 erence to section 543(a)(7) were a reference to

24 this subparagraph.’’
169

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) Clause (iii) of section 904(d)(2)(A) is

2 amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subclause

3 (III), by striking the period at the end of subclause

4 (IV) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the

5 end thereof the following new subclause:

6 ‘‘(V) any income described in section

7 954(c)(1)(F) (relating to personal service con8 tracts).’’

9 SEC. 402. REPLACEMENT FOR PASSIVE FOREIGN INVEST10 MENT COMPANY RULES.

11 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Part VI of subchapter P of

12 chapter 1 (relating to treatment of certain passive foreign

13 investment companies) is amended to read as follows:

14 ‘‘PART VI—TREATMENT OF PASSIVE FOREIGN

15 CORPORATIONS

‘‘Subpart A. Current taxation rules.

‘‘Subpart B. Interest on holdings to which subpart A does not

apply.

‘‘Subpart C. General provisions.

16 ‘‘Subpart A—Current Taxation Rules

‘‘Sec. 1291. Stock in certain passive foreign corporations marked

to market.

‘‘Sec. 1292. Inclusion of income of certain passive foreign corporations.

17 ‘‘SEC. 1291. STOCK IN CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN COR18 PORATIONS MARKED TO MARKET.

19 ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—In the case of marketable

20 stock in a passive foreign corporation which is owned (or
170

•HR 3419 IH

1 treated under subsection (g) as owned) by a United States

2 person at the close of any taxable year of such person—

3 ‘‘(1) If the fair market value of such stock as

4 of the close of such taxable year exceeds its adjusted

5 basis, such United States person shall include in

6 gross income for such taxable year an amount equal

7 to the amount of such excess.

8 ‘‘(2) If the adjusted basis of such stock exceeds

9 the fair market value of such stock as of the close

10 of such taxable year, such United States person

11 shall be allowed a deduction for such taxable year

12 equal to the lesser of—

13 ‘‘(A) the amount of such excess, or

14 ‘‘(B) the unreversed inclusions with respect

15 to such stock.

16 ‘‘(b) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS.—

17 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The adjusted basis of stock

18 in a passive foreign corporation—

19 ‘‘(A) shall be increased by the amount in20 cluded in the gross income of the United States

21 person under subsection (a)(1) with respect to

22 such stock, and

23 ‘‘(B) shall be decreased by the amount al24 lowed as a deduction to the United States per-
171

•HR 3419 IH

1 son under subsection (a)(2) with respect to

2 such stock.

3 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR STOCK CONSTRUC4 TIVELY OWNED.—In the case of stock in a passive

5 foreign corporation which the United States person

6 is treated as owning under subsection (g)—

7 ‘‘(A) the adjustments under paragraph (1)

8 shall apply to such stock in the hands of the

9 person actually holding such stock but only for

10 purposes of determining the subsequent treat11 ment under this chapter of the United States

12 person with respect to such stock, and

13 ‘‘(B) similar adjustments shall be made to

14 the adjusted basis of the property by reason of

15 which the United States person is treated as

16 owning such stock.

17 ‘‘(c) CHARACTER AND SOURCE RULES.—

18 ‘‘(1) ORDINARY TREATMENT.—

19 ‘‘(A) GAIN.—Any amount included in gross

20 income under subsection (a)(1), and any gain

21 on the sale or other disposition of marketable

22 stock in a passive foreign corporation, shall be

23 treated as ordinary income.

24 ‘‘(B) LOSS.—Any—
172

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) amount allowed as a deduction

2 under subsection (a)(2), and

3 ‘‘(ii) loss on the sale or other disposi4 tion of marketable stock in a passive for5 eign corporation to the extent that the

6 amount of such loss does not exceed the

7 unreversed inclusions with respect to such

8 stock,

9 shall be treated as an ordinary loss. The

10 amount so treated shall be treated as a deduc11 tion allowable in computing adjusted gross in12 come.

13 ‘‘(2) SOURCE.—The source of any amount in14 cluded in gross income under subsection (a)(1) (or

15 allowed as a deduction under subsection (a)(2)) shall

16 be determined in the same manner as if such

17 amount were gain or loss (as the case may be) from

18 the sale of stock in the passive foreign corporation.

19 ‘‘(d) UNREVERSED INCLUSIONS.—For purposes of

20 this section, the term ‘unreversed inclusions’ means, with

21 respect to any stock in a passive foreign corporation, the

22 excess (if any) of—

23 ‘‘(1) the amount included in gross income of

24 the taxpayer under subsection (a)(1) with respect to

25 such stock for prior taxable years, over
173

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) the amount allowed as a deduction under

2 subsection (a)(2) with respect to such stock for prior

3 taxable years.

4 The amount referred to in paragraph (1) shall include any

5 amount which would have been included in gross income

6 under subsection (a)(1) with respect to such stock for any

7 prior taxable year but for section 1293.

8 ‘‘(e) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 1292.—This

9 section shall not apply with respect to any stock in a pas10 sive foreign corporation—

11 ‘‘(1) which is U.S. controlled,

12 ‘‘(2) which is a qualified electing fund with re13 spect to the United States person for the taxable

14 year, or

15 ‘‘(3) in which the United States person is a 25-

16 percent shareholder.

17 ‘‘(f) TREATMENT OF CONTROLLED FOREIGN COR18 PORATIONS WHICH ARE SHAREHOLDERS IN PASSIVE

19 FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a foreign cor20 poration which is a controlled foreign corporation (or is

21 treated as a controlled foreign corporation under section

22 1292) and which owns (or is treated under subsection (g)

23 as owning) stock in a passive foreign corporation—

24 ‘‘(1) this section (other than subsection (c)(2)

25 thereof) shall apply to such foreign corporation in
174

•HR 3419 IH

1 the same manner as if such corporation were a

2 United States person, and

3 ‘‘(2) for purposes of subpart F of part III of

4 subchapter N—

5 ‘‘(A) any amount included in gross income

6 under subsection (a)(1) shall be treated as for7 eign personal holding company income de8 scribed in section 954(c)(1)(A), and

9 ‘‘(B) any amount allowed as a deduction

10 under subsection (a)(2) shall be treated as a de11 duction allocable to foreign personal holding

12 company income so described.

13 ‘‘(g) STOCK OWNED THROUGH CERTAIN FOREIGN

14 ENTITIES.—Except as provided in regulations—

15 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this sec16 tion, stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a

17 foreign partnership or foreign trust or foreign estate

18 shall be considered as being owned proportionately

19 by its partners or beneficiaries. Stock considered to

20 be owned by a person by reason of the application

21 of the preceding sentence shall, for purposes of ap22 plying such sentence, be treated as actually owned

23 by such person.

24 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DISPOSITIONS.—

25 In any case in which a United States person is
175

•HR 3419 IH

1 treated as owning stock in a passive foreign corpora2 tion by reason of paragraph (1)—

3 ‘‘(A) any disposition by the United States

4 person or by any other person which results in

5 the United States person being treated as no

6 longer owning such stock, and

7 ‘‘(B) any disposition by the person owning

8 such stock,

9 shall be treated as a disposition by the United

10 States person of the stock in the passive foreign cor11 poration.

12 ‘‘(h) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 851(b).—For

13 purposes of paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 851(b), any

14 amount included in gross income under subsection (a)

15 shall be treated as a dividend.

16 ‘‘(i) TRANSITION RULES.—

17 ‘‘(1) INDIVIDUALS BECOMING SUBJECT TO

18 UNITED STATES TAX.—If any individual becomes a

19 United States person in a taxable year beginning

20 after December 31, 1993, solely for purposes of this

21 section, the adjusted basis (before adjustments

22 under subsection (b)) of any marketable stock in a

23 passive foreign corporation owned (or treated as

24 owned under subsection (g)) by such individual on

25 the first day of such taxable year shall be treated as
176

•HR 3419 IH

1 being the greater of its fair market value on such

2 first day or its adjusted basis on such first day.

3 ‘‘(2) MARKETABLE STOCK HELD BEFORE EF4 FECTIVE DATE.—

5 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If any marketable

6 stock in a passive foreign corporation is owned

7 (or treated under subsection (g) as owned) by

8 a United States person on the first day of such

9 person’s first taxable year, beginning after De10 cember 31, 1993—

11 ‘‘(i) paragraph (2) of section 1294(a)

12 shall apply to such stock as if it became

13 marketable during such first taxable year;

14 except that—

15 ‘‘(I) section 1293 shall not apply

16 to the amount included in gross in17 come under subsection (a) to the ex18 tent such amount is attributable to in19 creases in fair market value during

20 such first taxable year, and

21 ‘‘(II) the taxpayer’s holding pe22 riod shall be treated as having ended

23 on the last day of the preceding tax24 able year for purposes of allocating
177

•HR 3419 IH

1 amounts under section 1293(a)(1)(A),

2 and

3 ‘‘(ii) such person may elect to extend

4 the time for the payment of the applicable

5 section 1293 deferred tax as provided in

6 subparagraph (B).

7 ‘‘(B) ELECTION TO EXTEND TIME FOR

8 PAYMENT.—

9 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—At the election of

10 the taxpayer, the time for the payment of

11 the applicable section 1293 deferred tax

12 shall be extended to the extent and subject

13 to the limitations provided in this subpara14 graph.

15 ‘‘(ii) TERMINATION OF EXTENSION.—

16 ‘‘(I) DISTRIBUTIONS.—If any

17 distribution is received with respect to

18 any stock to which an extension under

19 clause (i) relates and such distribution

20 would be an excess distribution within

21 the meaning of section 1293 if such

22 section applied to such stock, then the

23 extension under clause (i) for the ap24 propriate portion (as determined

25 under regulations) of the applicable
178

•HR 3419 IH

1 section 1293 deferred tax shall expire

2 on the last day prescribed by law (de3 termined without regard to exten4 sions) for filing the return of tax for

5 the taxable year in which the distribu6 tion is received.

7 ‘‘(II) REVERSAL OF INCLU8 SION.—If an amount is allowable as a

9 deduction under subsection (a)(2)

10 with respect to any stock to which an

11 extension under clause (i) relates and

12 the amount so allowable is allocable to

13 the amount which gave rise to the ap14 plicable section 1293 deferred tax,

15 then the extension under clause (i) for

16 the appropriate portion (as deter17 mined under regulations) of the appli18 cable section 1293 deferred tax shall

19 expire on the last day prescribed by

20 law (determined without regard to ex21 tensions) for filing the return of the

22 tax for the taxable year for which

23 such deduction is allowed.

24 ‘‘(III) DISPOSITIONS, ETC.—If

25 stock in a passive foreign corporation
179

•HR 3419 IH

1 is disposed of during the taxable year,

2 all extensions under clause (i) for pay3 ment of the applicable section 1293

4 deferred tax attributable to such stock

5 which have not expired before the date

6 of such disposition shall expire on the

7 last date prescribed by law (deter8 mined without regard to extensions)

9 for filing the return of tax for the tax10 able year in which such disposition oc11 curs. To the extent provided in regu12 lations, the preceding sentence shall

13 not apply in the case of a disposition

14 in a transaction with respect to which

15 gain or loss is not recognized (in

16 whole or in part), and the person ac17 quiring such stock in such transaction

18 shall succeed to the treatment under

19 this section of the person making such

20 disposition.

21 ‘‘(iii) OTHER RULES.—

22 ‘‘(I) ELECTION.—The election

23 under clause (i) shall be made not

24 later than the time prescribed by law

25 (including extensions) for filing the
180

•HR 3419 IH

1 return of tax imposed by this chapter

2 for the first taxable year referred to

3 in subparagraph (A).

4 ‘‘(II) TREATMENT OF LOANS TO

5 SHAREHOLDER.—For purposes of this

6 subparagraph, any loan by a passive

7 foreign corporation (directly or indi8 rectly) to a shareholder of such cor9 poration shall be treated as a distribu10 tion to such shareholder.

11 ‘‘(C) CROSS REFERENCE.—

‘‘For provisions providing for interest for the period of the extension under this paragraph, see section 6601.

12 ‘‘(D) APPLICABLE SECTION 1293 DE13 FERRED TAX.—For purposes of this paragraph,

14 the term ‘applicable section 1293 deferred tax’

15 means the deferred tax amount determined

16 under section 1293 with respect to the amount

17 which, but for section 1293, would have been

18 included in gross income for the first taxable

19 year referred to in subparagraph (A). Such

20 term also includes the tax imposed by this

21 chapter for such first taxable year to the extent

22 attributable to the amounts allocated under sec23 tion 1293(a)(1)(A) to a period described in sec24 tion 1293(a)(1)(B)(ii).
181

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULES FOR REGULATED INVEST2 MENT COMPANIES.—

3 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If any marketable

4 stock in a passive foreign corporation is owned

5 (or treated under subsection (g) as owned) by

6 a regulated investment company on the first

7 day of such company’s first taxable year begin8 ning after December 31, 1993—

9 ‘‘(i) section 1293 shall not apply to

10 such stock with respect to any distribution

11 or disposition during, or amount included

12 in gross income under this section for,

13 such first taxable year, but

14 ‘‘(ii) such company’s tax under this

15 chapter for such first taxable year shall be

16 increased by the aggregate amount of in17 terest which would have been determined

18 under section 1293(c)(3) if section 1293

19 were applied without regard to this sub20 paragraph.

21 ‘‘(B) DISALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.—No

22 deduction shall be allowed to any regulated in23 vestment company for the increase in tax under

24 subparagraph (A)(ii).
182

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘SEC. 1292. CURRENT INCLUSION OF INCOME OF CERTAIN

2 PASSIVE FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.

3 ‘‘(a) PASSIVE FOREIGN CORPORATIONS WHICH ARE

4 UNITED STATES CONTROLLED.—

5 ‘‘(1) TREATMENT UNDER SUBPART F.—

6 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If a passive foreign

7 corporation is United States controlled, then for

8 purposes of subpart F of part III of subchapter

9 N—

10 ‘‘(i) such corporation, if not otherwise

11 a controlled foreign corporation, shall be

12 treated as a controlled foreign corporation,

13 ‘‘(ii) the term ‘United States share14 holder’ means, with respect to such cor15 poration, any United States person who

16 owns (within the meaning of section

17 958(a)) any stock in such corporation,

18 ‘‘(iii) the entire gross income of such

19 corporation shall, after being reduced

20 under the principles of paragraph (5) of

21 section 954(b), be treated as foreign base

22 company income, and

23 ‘‘(iv) sections 970 and 971 shall not

24 apply to such corporation.
183

•HR 3419 IH

1 Except as provided in regulations, the preceding

2 sentence shall also apply for purposes of section

3 904(d).

4 ‘‘(B) SPECIAL RULES.—If any taxpayer is

5 treated as being a United States shareholder in

6 a controlled foreign corporation solely by reason

7 of this section—

8 ‘‘(i) section 954(b)(4) (relating to ex9 ception for certain income subject to high

10 foreign taxes) shall not apply for purposes

11 of determining the amount included in the

12 gross income of such taxpayer under sec13 tion 951 by reason of being so treated with

14 respect to such corporation,

15 ‘‘(ii) the amount so included in the

16 gross income of such taxpayer under sec17 tion 951 with respect to such corporation

18 shall be treated as long-term capital gain

19 to the extent attributable to the net capital

20 gain of such corporation, and

21 ‘‘(iii) sections 956 and 956A shall not

22 apply to such taxpayer.

23 ‘‘(2) U.S. CONTROLLED.—For purposes of this

24 subpart, a passive foreign corporation is United

25 States controlled if—
184

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) such corporation is a controlled for2 eign corporation determined without regard to

3 this subsection, or

4 ‘‘(B) at any time during the taxable year

5 more than 50 percent of—

6 ‘‘(i) the total combined voting power

7 of all classes of stock of such corporation

8 entitled to vote, or

9 ‘‘(ii) the total value of the stock of

10 such corporation,

11 is owned directly or indirectly by 5 or fewer

12 United States persons.

13 ‘‘(3) CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP RULES FOR

14 PURPOSES OF PARAGRAPH (2)(B).—For purposes of

15 paragraph (2)(B), the attribution rules provided in

16 section 544 shall apply, determined as if any ref17 erence to a personal holding company were a ref18 erence to a corporation described in paragraph

19 (2)(B) (and any reference to the stock ownership re20 quirement provided in section 542(a)(2) were a ref21 erence to the requirement of paragraph (2)(B));

22 except that—

23 ‘‘(A) subsection (a)(4) of such section shall

24 be applied by substituting ‘Paragraphs (1), (2),

25 and (3)’ for ‘Paragraphs (2) and (3)’,
185

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) stock owned by a nonresident alien

2 individual shall not be considered by reason of

3 attribution through family membership as

4 owned by a citizen or resident alien individual

5 who is not the spouse of the nonresident alien

6 individual and who does not otherwise own

7 stock in the foreign corporation (determined

8 after the application of such attribution rules

9 other than attribution through family member10 ship), and

11 ‘‘(C) stock of a corporation owned by any

12 foreign person shall not be considered by reason

13 of attribution through partners as owned by a

14 citizen or resident of the United States who

15 does not otherwise own stock in the foreign cor16 poration (determined after the application of

17 such attribution rules and subparagraph (A),

18 other than attribution through partners).

19 ‘‘(b) TAXPAYERS ELECTING CURRENT INCLUSION

20 AND 25-PERCENT SHAREHOLDERS.—

21 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a passive foreign cor22 poration which is not United States controlled is a

23 qualified electing fund with respect to any taxpayer

24 or the taxpayer is a 25-percent shareholder in such
186

•HR 3419 IH

1 corporation, then for purposes of subpart F of part

2 III of subchapter N—

3 ‘‘(A) such passive foreign corporation shall

4 be treated as a controlled foreign corporation

5 with respect to such taxpayer,

6 ‘‘(B) such taxpayer shall be treated as a

7 United States shareholder in such corporation,

8 and

9 ‘‘(C) the modifications of clauses (iii) and

10 (iv) of subsection (a)(1)(A) and of subpara11 graph (B) of subsection (a)(1) shall apply in

12 determining the amount included under such

13 subpart F in the gross income of such taxpayer

14 (and the character of the amount so included).

15 For purposes of section 904(d), any amount in16 cluded in the gross income of the taxpayer under the

17 preceding sentence shall be treated as a dividend

18 from a foreign corporation which is not a controlled

19 foreign corporation.

20 ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED ELECTING FUND.—For pur21 poses of this subpart, the term ‘qualified electing

22 fund’ means any passive foreign corporation if—

23 ‘‘(A) an election by the taxpayer under

24 paragraph (3) applies to such corporation for

25 the taxable year of the taxpayer, and
187

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) such corporation complies with such

2 requirements as the Secretary may prescribe for

3 purposes of carrying out the purposes of this

4 subpart.

5 ‘‘(3) ELECTION.—

6 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A taxpayer may make

7 an election under this paragraph with respect to

8 any passive foreign corporation for any taxable

9 year of the taxpayer. Such an election, once

10 made with respect to any corporation, shall

11 apply to all subsequent taxable years of the tax12 payer with respect to such corporation unless

13 revoked by the taxpayer with the consent of the

14 Secretary.

15 ‘‘(B) WHEN MADE.—An election under

16 this subsection may be made for any taxable

17 year of the taxpayer at any time on or before

18 the due date (determined with regard to exten19 sions) for filing the return of the tax imposed

20 by this chapter for such taxable year. To the

21 extent provided in regulations, such an election

22 may be made later than as required in the pre23 ceding sentence where the taxpayer fails to

24 make a timely election because the taxpayer
188

•HR 3419 IH

1 reasonably believes that the corporation was not

2 a passive foreign corporation.

3 ‘‘(4) 25-PERCENT SHAREHOLDER.—For pur4 poses of this subpart, the term ‘25-percent share5 holder’ means, with respect to any passive foreign

6 corporation, any United States person who owns

7 (within the meaning of section 958(a)), or is consid8 ered as owning by applying the rules of section

9 958(b), 25 percent or more (by vote or value) of the

10 stock of such corporation.

11 ‘‘Subpart B—Interest on Holdings To Which Subpart

12 A Does Not Apply

‘‘Sec. 1293. Interest on tax deferral.

‘‘Sec. 1294. Definitions and special rules.

13 ‘‘SEC. 1293. INTEREST ON TAX DEFERRAL.

14 ‘‘(a) TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS AND STOCK

15 DISPOSITIONS.—

16 ‘‘(1) DISTRIBUTIONS.—If a United States per17 son receives an excess distribution in respect of

18 stock to which this section applies, then—

19 ‘‘(A) the amount of the excess distribution

20 shall be allocated ratably to each day in the tax21 payer’s holding period for the stock,

22 ‘‘(B) with respect to such excess distribu23 tion, the taxpayer’s gross income for the cur24 rent year shall include (as ordinary income)
189

•HR 3419 IH

1 only the amounts allocated under subparagraph

2 (A) to—

3 ‘‘(i) the current year, or

4 ‘‘(ii) any period in the taxpayer’s

5 holding period before the first day of the

6 first taxable year of the corporation which

7 begins after December 31, 1986, and for

8 which it was a passive foreign corporation,

9 and

10 ‘‘(C) the tax imposed by this chapter for

11 the current year shall be increased by the de12 ferred tax amount (determined under sub13 section (c)).

14 ‘‘(2) DISPOSITIONS.—If the taxpayer disposes

15 of stock to which this section applies, then the rules

16 of paragraph (1) shall apply to any gain recognized

17 on such disposition in the same manner as if such

18 gain were an excess distribution.

19 ‘‘(3) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this sub20 part—

21 ‘‘(A) HOLDING PERIOD.—The taxpayer’s

22 holding period shall be determined under sec23 tion 1223; except that—

24 ‘‘(i) for purposes of applying this sec25 tion to an excess distribution, such holding
190

•HR 3419 IH

1 period shall be treated as ending on the

2 date of such distribution, and

3 ‘‘(ii) if section 1291 applied to such

4 stock with respect to the taxpayer for any

5 prior taxable year, such holding period

6 shall be treated as beginning on the first

7 day of the first taxable year beginning

8 after the last taxable year for which sec9 tion 1291 so applied.

10 ‘‘(B) CURRENT YEAR.—The term ‘current

11 year’ means the taxable year in which the ex12 cess distribution or disposition occurs.

13 ‘‘(b) EXCESS DISTRIBUTION.—

14 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this sec15 tion, the term ‘excess distribution’ means any dis16 tribution in respect of stock received during any tax17 able year to the extent such distribution does not ex18 ceed its ratable portion of the total excess distribu19 tion (if any) for such taxable year.

20 ‘‘(2) TOTAL EXCESS DISTRIBUTION.—For pur21 poses of this subsection—

22 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘total excess

23 distribution’ means the excess (if any) of—
191

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) the amount of the distributions in

2 respect of the stock received by the tax3 payer during the taxable year, over

4 ‘‘(ii) 125 percent of the average

5 amount of the distributions received in re6 spect of such stock by the taxpayer during

7 the 3 preceding taxable years (or, if short8 er, the portion of the taxpayer’s holding

9 period before the taxable year).

10 For purposes of clause (ii), any excess distribu11 tion received during such 3-year period shall be

12 taken into account only to the extent it was in13 cluded in gross income under subsection

14 (a)(1)(B).

15 ‘‘(B) NO EXCESS FOR FIRST YEAR.—The

16 total excess distributions with respect to any

17 stock shall be zero for the taxable year in which

18 the taxpayer’s holding period in such stock be19 gins.

20 ‘‘(3) ADJUSTMENTS.—Under regulations pre21 scribed by the Secretary—

22 ‘‘(A) determinations under this subsection

23 shall be made on a share-by-share basis, except

24 that shares with the same holding period may

25 be aggregated,
192

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) proper adjustments shall be made for

2 stock splits and stock dividends,

3 ‘‘(C) if the taxpayer does not hold the

4 stock during the entire taxable year, distribu5 tions received during such year shall be

6 annualized,

7 ‘‘(D) if the taxpayer’s holding period in8 cludes periods during which the stock was held

9 by another person, distributions received by

10 such other person shall be taken into account

11 as if received by the taxpayer,

12 ‘‘(E) if the distributions are received in a

13 foreign currency, determinations under this

14 subsection shall be made in such currency and

15 the amount of any excess distribution deter16 mined in such currency shall be translated into

17 dollars,

18 ‘‘(F) proper adjustment shall be made for

19 amounts not includible in gross income by rea20 son of section 959(a) or for which a deduction

21 is allowable under section 245(c), and

22 ‘‘(G) if a charitable deduction was allow23 able under section 642(c) to a trust for any dis24 tribution of its income, proper adjustments

25 shall be made for the deduction so allowable to
193

•HR 3419 IH

1 the extent allocable to distributions or gain in

2 respect of stock in a passive foreign corpora3 tion.

4 For purposes of subparagraph (F), any amount not

5 includible in gross income by reason of section

6 551(d) (as in effect on January 1, 1993) or 1293(c)

7 (as so in effect) shall be treated as an amount not

8 includible in gross income by reason of section

9 959(a).

10 ‘‘(c) DEFERRED TAX AMOUNT.—For purposes of this

11 section—

12 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘deferred tax

13 amount’ means, with respect to any distribution or

14 disposition to which subsection (a) applies, an

15 amount equal to the sum of—

16 ‘‘(A) the aggregate increases in taxes de17 scribed in paragraph (2), plus

18 ‘‘(B) the aggregate amount of interest (de19 termined in the manner provided under para20 graph (3)) on such increases in tax.

21 Any increase in the tax imposed by this chapter for

22 the current year under subsection (a) to the extent

23 attributable to the amount referred to in subpara24 graph (B) shall be treated as interest paid under

25 section 6601 on the due date for the current year.
194

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) AGGREGATE INCREASES IN TAXES.—For

2 purposes of paragraph (1)(A), the aggregate in3 creases in taxes shall be determined by multiplying

4 each amount allocated under subsection (a)(1)(A) to

5 any taxable year (other than any taxable year re6 ferred to in subsection (a)(1)(B)) by the highest rate

7 of tax in effect for such taxable year under section

8 1 or 11, whichever applies.

9 ‘‘(3) COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.—

10 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The amount of inter11 est referred to in paragraph (1)(B) on any in12 crease determined under paragraph (2) for any

13 taxable year shall be determined for the pe14 riod—

15 ‘‘(i) beginning on the day after the

16 due date for such taxable year, and

17 ‘‘(ii) ending on the due date for the

18 taxable year with or within which the dis19 tribution or disposition occurs,

20 by using the rates and method applicable under

21 section 6621 for underpayments of tax for such

22 period.

23 ‘‘(B) DUE DATE.—For purposes of this

24 subsection, the term ‘due date’ means the date

25 prescribed by law (determined without regard to
195

•HR 3419 IH

1 extensions) for filing the return of the tax im2 posed by this chapter for the taxable year.

3 ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULE.—For purposes of de4 termining the amount of interest referred to in

5 paragraph (1)(B), the amount of any increase

6 in tax determined under paragraph (2) shall be

7 determined without regard to any reduction

8 under section 1294(d) for a tax described in

9 paragraph (2)(A)(ii) thereof.

10 ‘‘SEC. 1294. DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.

11 ‘‘(a) STOCK TO WHICH SECTION 1293 APPLIES.—

12 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise pro13 vided in this subsection, section 1293 shall apply to

14 any stock in a passive foreign corporation unless—

15 ‘‘(A) such stock is marketable stock as of

16 the time of the distribution or disposition in17 volved, or

18 ‘‘(B)(i) with respect to each of such cor19 poration’s taxable years for which such corpora20 tion was a passive foreign corporation and

21 which began after December 31, 1993, and in22 cluded any portion of the taxpayer’s holding pe23 riod in such stock—
196

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(I) such corporation was United

2 States controlled (within the meaning of

3 section 1292(a)(2)), or

4 ‘‘(II) such corporation was treated as

5 a controlled foreign corporation under sec6 tion 1292(b) with respect to the taxpayer,

7 and

8 ‘‘(ii) with respect to each of such corpora9 tion’s taxable years for which such corporation

10 was a passive foreign corporation and which

11 begin after December 31, 1986, and before

12 January 1, 1994, and included any portion of

13 the taxpayer’s holding period in such stock,

14 such corporation was treated as a qualified

15 electing fund under this part (as in effect on

16 January 1, 1993) with respect to the taxpayer.

17 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT WHERE STOCK BECOMES

18 MARKETABLE.—If any stock in a passive foreign

19 corporation becomes marketable stock after the be20 ginning of the taxpayer’s holding period in such

21 stock, and if the requirements of paragraph (1)(B)

22 are not satisfied, section 1293 shall apply to—

23 ‘‘(A) any distributions with respect to, or

24 disposition of, such stock in the taxable year of
197

•HR 3419 IH

1 the taxpayer in which it becomes so marketable,

2 and

3 ‘‘(B) any amount which, but for section

4 1293, would have been included in gross income

5 under section 1291(a) with respect to such

6 stock for such taxable year in the same manner

7 as if such amount were gain on the disposition

8 of such stock.

9 ‘‘(3) ELECTION TO RECOGNIZE GAIN WHERE

10 COMPANY BECOMES SUBJECT TO CURRENT INCLU11 SIONS.—

12 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If—

13 ‘‘(i) a passive foreign corporation first

14 meets the requirements of clause (i) of

15 paragraph (1)(B) with respect to the tax16 payer for a taxable year of such taxpayer

17 which begins after December 31, 1993,

18 ‘‘(ii) the taxpayer holds stock in such

19 company on the first day of such taxable

20 year, and

21 ‘‘(iii) the taxpayer establishes to the

22 satisfaction of the Secretary the fair mar23 ket value of such stock on such first day,
198

•HR 3419 IH

1 the taxpayer may elect to recognize gain as if

2 he sold such stock on such first day for such

3 fair market value.

4 ‘‘(B) ADDITIONAL ELECTION FOR SHARE5 HOLDER OF CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORA6 TIONS.—

7 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—If—

8 ‘‘(I) a passive foreign corporation

9 first meets the requirements of

10 subclause (I) of paragraph (1)(B)(i)

11 with respect to the taxpayer for a tax12 able year of such taxpayer which be13 gins after December 31, 1993,

14 ‘‘(II) the taxpayer holds stock in

15 such corporation on the first day of

16 such taxable year, and

17 ‘‘(III) such corporation is a con18 trolled foreign corporation without re19 gard to this part,

20 the taxpayer may elect to be treated as receiv21 ing a dividend on such first day in an amount

22 equal to the portion of the post-1986 earnings

23 and profits of such corporation attributable

24 (under regulations prescribed by the Secretary)

25 to the stock in such corporation held by the tax-
199

•HR 3419 IH

1 payer on such first day. The amount treated as

2 a dividend under the preceding sentence shall

3 be treated as an excess distribution and shall be

4 allocated under section 1293(a)(1)(A) only to

5 days during periods taken into account in deter6 mining the post-1986 earnings and profits so

7 attributable.

8 ‘‘(ii) POST-1986 EARNINGS AND PROF9 ITS.—For purposes of clause (i), the term

10 ‘post-1986 earnings and profits’ means

11 earnings and profits which were accumu12 lated in taxable years of the corporation

13 beginning after December 31, 1986, and

14 during the period or periods the stock was

15 held by the taxpayer while the corporation

16 was a passive foreign corporation.

17 ‘‘(iii) COORDINATION WITH SECTION

18 959(e).—For purposes of section 959(e),

19 any amount treated as a dividend under

20 this subparagraph shall be treated as in21 cluded in gross income under section

22 1248(a).

23 ‘‘(C) ADJUSTMENTS.—In the case of any

24 stock to which subparagraph (A) or (B) ap25 plies—
200

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) the adjusted basis of such stock

2 shall be increased by the gain recognized

3 under subparagraph (A) or the amount

4 treated as a dividend under subparagraph

5 (B), as the case may be, and

6 ‘‘(ii) the taxpayer’s holding period in

7 such stock shall be treated as beginning on

8 the first day referred to in such subpara9 graph.

10 ‘‘(b) RULES RELATING TO STOCK ACQUIRED FROM

11 A DECEDENT.—

12 ‘‘(1) BASIS.—In the case of stock of a passive

13 foreign corporation acquired by bequest, devise, or

14 inheritance (or by the decedent’s estate), notwith15 standing section 1014, the basis of such stock in the

16 hands of the person so acquiring it shall be the ad17 justed basis of such stock in the hands of the dece18 dent immediately before his death (or, if lesser, the

19 basis which would have been determined under sec20 tion 1014 without regard to this paragraph).

21 ‘‘(2) DEDUCTION FOR ESTATE TAX.—If stock

22 in a passive foreign corporation is acquired from a

23 decedent, the taxpayer shall, under regulations pre24 scribed by the Secretary, be allowed (for the taxable

25 year of the sale or exchange) a deduction from gross
201

•HR 3419 IH

1 income equal to that portion of the decedent’s estate

2 tax deemed paid which is attributable to the excess

3 of (A) the value at which such stock was taken into

4 account for purposes of determining the value of the

5 decedent’s gross estate, over (B) the basis deter6 mined under paragraph (1).

7 ‘‘(3) EXCEPTIONS.—This subsection shall not

8 apply to any stock in a passive foreign corporation

9 if—

10 ‘‘(A) section 1293 would not have applied

11 to a disposition of such stock by the decedent

12 immediately before his death, or

13 ‘‘(B) the decedent was a nonresident alien

14 at all times during his holding period in such

15 stock.

16 ‘‘(c) RECOGNITION OF GAIN.—Except as otherwise

17 provided in regulations, in the case of any transfer of stock

18 in a passive foreign company to which section 1293 ap19 plies, where (but for this subsection) there is not full rec20 ognition of gain, the excess (if any) of—

21 ‘‘(1) the fair market value of such stock, over

22 ‘‘(2) its adjusted basis,

23 shall be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such

24 stock and shall be recognized notwithstanding any provi25 sion of law. Proper adjustment shall be made to the basis
202

•HR 3419 IH

1 of property for gain recognized under the preceding sen2 tence.

3 ‘‘(d) COORDINATION WITH FOREIGN TAX CREDIT

4 RULES.—

5 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If there are creditable for6 eign taxes with respect to any distribution in respect

7 of stock in a passive foreign corporation—

8 ‘‘(A) the amount of such distribution shall

9 be determined for purposes of section 1293 with

10 regard to section 78,

11 ‘‘(B) the excess distribution taxes shall be

12 allocated ratably to each day in the taxpayer’s

13 holding period for the stock, and

14 ‘‘(C) to the extent—

15 ‘‘(i) that such excess distribution

16 taxes are allocated to a taxable year re17 ferred to in section 1293(a)(1)(B), such

18 taxes shall be taken into account under

19 section 901 for the current year, and

20 ‘‘(ii) that such excess distribution

21 taxes are allocated to any other taxable

22 year, such taxes shall reduce (subject to

23 the principles of section 904 and not below

24 zero) the increase in tax determined under

25 section 1293(c)(2) for such taxable year by
203

•HR 3419 IH

1 reason of such distribution (but such taxes

2 shall not be taken into account under sec3 tion 901).

4 ‘‘(2) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this sub5 section—

6 ‘‘(A) CREDITABLE FOREIGN TAXES.—The

7 term ‘creditable foreign taxes’ means, with re8 spect to any distribution—

9 ‘‘(i) any foreign taxes deemed paid

10 under section 902 with respect to such dis11 tribution, and

12 ‘‘(ii) any withholding tax imposed with

13 respect to such distribution,

14 but only if the taxpayer chooses the benefits of

15 section 901 and such taxes are creditable under

16 section 901 (determined without regard to

17 paragraph (1)(C)(ii)).

18 ‘‘(B) EXCESS DISTRIBUTION TAXES.—The

19 term ‘excess distribution taxes’ means, with re20 spect to any distribution, the portion of the

21 creditable foreign taxes with respect to such

22 distribution which is attributable (on a pro rata

23 basis) to the portion of such distribution which

24 is an excess distribution.
204

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) SECTION 1248 GAIN.—The rules of

2 this subsection also shall apply in the case of

3 any gain which but for this section would be in4 cludible in gross income as a dividend under

5 section 1248.

6 ‘‘(e) ATTRIBUTION OF OWNERSHIP.—For purposes

7 of this subpart—

8 ‘‘(1) ATTRIBUTION TO UNITED STATES PER9 SONS.—This subsection—

10 ‘‘(A) shall apply to the extent that the ef11 fect is to treat stock of a passive foreign cor12 poration as owned by a United States person,

13 and

14 ‘‘(B) except as provided in paragraph (3)

15 or in regulations, shall not apply to treat stock

16 owned (or treated as owned under this sub17 section) by a United States person as owned by

18 any other person.

19 ‘‘(2) CORPORATIONS.—

20 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If 50 percent or more

21 in value of the stock of a corporation (other

22 than an S corporation) is owned, directly or in23 directly, by or for any person, such person shall

24 be considered as owning the stock owned di25 rectly or indirectly by or for such corporation in
205

•HR 3419 IH

1 that proportion which the value of the stock

2 which such person so owns bears to the value

3 of all stock in the corporation.

4 ‘‘(B) 50-PERCENT LIMITATION NOT TO

5 APPLY IN CERTAIN CASES.—For purposes of de6 termining whether a shareholder of a passive

7 foreign corporation (or whether a United States

8 shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation

9 which is not a passive foreign corporation) is

10 treated as owning stock owned directly or indi11 rectly by or for such corporation, subparagraph

12 (A) shall be applied without regard to the 50-

13 percent limitation contained therein.

14 ‘‘(C) FAMILY AND PARTNER ATTRIBUTION

15 FOR 50-PERCENT LIMITATION.—For purposes of

16 determining whether the 50-percent limitation

17 of subparagraph (A) is met, the constructive

18 ownership rules of section 544(a)(2) shall apply

19 in addition to the other rules of this subsection.

20 ‘‘(3) PARTNERSHIPS, ETC.—Except as provided

21 in regulations, stock owned, directly or indirectly, by

22 or for a partnership, S corporation, estate, or trust

23 shall be considered as being owned proportionately

24 by its partners, shareholders, or beneficiaries (as the

25 case may be).
206

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) OPTIONS.—To the extent provided in regu2 lations, if any person has an option to acquire stock,

3 such stock shall be considered as owned by such per4 son. For purposes of this paragraph, an option to

5 acquire such an option, and each one of a series of

6 such options, shall be considered as an option to ac7 quire such stock.

8 ‘‘(5) SUCCESSIVE APPLICATION.—Stock consid9 ered to be owned by a person by reason of the appli10 cation of paragraph (2), (3), or (4) shall, for pur11 poses of applying such paragraphs, be considered as

12 actually owned by such person.

13 ‘‘(f) OTHER SPECIAL RULES.—For purposes of this

14 subpart—

15 ‘‘(1) TIME FOR DETERMINATION.—Stock held

16 by a taxpayer shall be treated as stock in a passive

17 foreign corporation if, at any time during the hold18 ing period of the taxpayer with respect to such

19 stock, such corporation (or any predecessor) was a

20 passive foreign corporation. The preceding sentence

21 shall not apply if the taxpayer elects to recognize

22 gain (as of the last day of the last taxable year for

23 which the company was a passive foreign corpora24 tion) under rules similar to the rules of subsection

25 (a)(3)(A).
207

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) APPLICATION OF SUBPART WHERE STOCK

2 HELD BY OTHER ENTITY.—Under regulations—

3 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In any case in which

4 a United States person is treated as owning

5 stock in a passive foreign corporation by reason

6 of subsection (e)—

7 ‘‘(i) any transaction which results in

8 the United States person being treated as

9 no longer owning such stock,

10 ‘‘(ii) any disposition of such stock by

11 the person owning such stock, and

12 ‘‘(iii) any distribution of property in

13 respect of such stock to the person holding

14 such stock,

15 shall be treated as a disposition by, or distribu16 tion to, the United States person with respect

17 to the stock in the passive foreign corporation.

18 ‘‘(B) AMOUNT TREATED IN SAME MANNER

19 AS PREVIOUSLY TAXED INCOME.—Rules similar

20 to the rules of section 959(b) shall apply to any

21 amount described in subparagraph (A) in re22 spect of stock which the taxpayer is treated as

23 owning under subsection (e).

24 ‘‘(C) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 951.—

25 If, but for this subparagraph, an amount would
208

•HR 3419 IH

1 be taken into account under section 1293 by

2 reason of subparagraph (A) and such amount

3 would also be included in the gross income of

4 the taxpayer under section 951, such amount

5 shall only be taken into account under section

6 1293.

7 ‘‘(3) DISPOSITIONS.—Except as provided in

8 regulations, if a taxpayer uses any stock in a passive

9 foreign corporation as security for a loan, the tax10 payer shall be treated as having disposed of such

11 stock.

12 ‘‘Subpart C—General Provisions

‘‘Sec. 1296. Passive foreign corporation.

‘‘Sec. 1297. Special rules.

13 ‘‘SEC. 1296. PASSIVE FOREIGN CORPORATION.

14 ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this part, except

15 as otherwise provided in this subpart, the term ‘passive

16 foreign corporation’ means any foreign corporation if—

17 ‘‘(1) 60 percent or more of the gross income of

18 such corporation for the taxable year is passive in19 come,

20 ‘‘(2) the average percentage of assets (by value)

21 held by such corporation during the taxable year

22 which produce passive income or which are held for

23 the production of passive income is at least 50 per24 cent, or
209

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(3) such corporation is registered under the

2 Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (15

3 U.S.C. 80a–1 to 80b–2), either as a management

4 company or as a unit investment trust.

5 In the case of a controlled foreign corporation (or any

6 other foreign corporation if such corporation so elects), the

7 determination under paragraph (2) shall be based on the

8 adjusted bases (as determined for purposes of computing

9 earnings and profits) of its assets in lieu of their value.

10 Such an election, once made, may be revoked only with

11 the consent of the Secretary.

12 ‘‘(b) PASSIVE INCOME.—For purposes of this sec13 tion—

14 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise pro15 vided in this subsection, the term ‘passive income’

16 means any income which is of a kind which would

17 be foreign personal holding company income as de18 fined in section 954(c) without regard to paragraph

19 (3) thereof.

20 ‘‘(2) EXCEPTIONS.—Except as provided in reg21 ulations, the term ‘passive income’ does not include

22 any income—

23 ‘‘(A) derived in the active conduct of a

24 banking business by an institution licensed to

25 do business as a bank in the United States (or,
210

•HR 3419 IH

1 to the extent provided in regulations, by any

2 other corporation),

3 ‘‘(B) derived in the active conduct of an in4 surance business by a corporation which is pre5 dominantly engaged in an insurance business

6 and which would be subject to tax under sub7 chapter L if it were a domestic corporation,

8 ‘‘(C) which is interest, a dividend, or a

9 rent or royalty, which is received or accrued

10 from a related person (within the meaning of

11 section 954(d)(3)) to the extent such amount is

12 properly allocable (under regulations prescribed

13 by the Secretary) to income of such related per14 son which is not passive income, or

15 ‘‘(D) any foreign trade income of a FSC.

16 For purposes of subparagraph (C), the term ‘related

17 person’ has the meaning given such term by section

18 954(d)(3) determined by substituting ‘foreign cor19 poration’ for ‘controlled foreign corporation’ each

20 place it appears in section 954(d)(3).

21 ‘‘(3) TREATMENT OF INCOME FROM CERTAIN

22 ASSETS.—To the extent that any asset is properly

23 treated as not held for the production of passive in24 come for purposes of subsection (a)(2), all income
211

•HR 3419 IH

1 from such asset shall be treated as income which is

2 not passive income.

3 ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DEALERS IN SE4 CURITIES.—

5 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any for6 eign corporation which is a controlled foreign

7 corporation (as defined in section 957(a)), the

8 term ‘passive income’ does not include any in9 come derived in the active conduct of a securi10 ties business by such corporation if such cor11 poration is registered as a securities broker or

12 dealer under section 15(a) of the Securities Ex13 change Act of 1934 or is registered as a Gov14 ernment securities broker or dealer under sec15 tion 15C(a) of such Act. To the extent provided

16 in regulations, such term shall not include any

17 income derived in the active conduct of a securi18 ties business by a controlled foreign corporation

19 which is not so registered.

20 ‘‘(B) APPLICATION OF LOOK-THROUGH

21 RULES.—For purposes of paragraph (2)(C),

22 rules similar to the rules of subparagraph (A)

23 of this paragraph shall apply in determining

24 whether any income of a related person (wheth25 er or not a corporation) is passive income.
212

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) LIMITATION.—The preceding provi2 sions of this paragraph shall only apply in the

3 case of persons who are United States share4 holders (as defined in section 951(b)) in the

5 controlled foreign corporation.

6 ‘‘(c) LOOK-THROUGH IN CASE OF 25-PERCENT

7 OWNED CORPORATION.—If a foreign corporation owns

8 (directly or indirectly) at least 25 percent (by value) of

9 the stock of another corporation, for purposes of determin10 ing whether such foreign corporation is a passive foreign

11 corporation, such foreign corporation shall be treated as

12 if it—

13 ‘‘(1) held its proportionate share of the assets

14 of such other corporation, and

15 ‘‘(2) received directly its proportionate share of

16 the income of such other corporation.

17 ‘‘SEC. 1297. SPECIAL RULES.

18 ‘‘(a) UNITED STATES PERSON.—For purposes of this

19 part, the term ‘United States person’ has the meaning

20 given to such term by section 7701(a)(30).

21 ‘‘(b) CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION.—For

22 purposes of this part, the term ‘controlled foreign corpora23 tion’ has the meaning given such term by section 957(a).

24 ‘‘(c) MARKETABLE STOCK.—For purposes of this

25 part—
213

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘marketable

2 stock’ means—

3 ‘‘(A) any stock which is regularly traded

4 on—

5 ‘‘(i) a national securities exchange

6 which is registered with the Securities and

7 Exchange Commission or the national mar8 ket system established pursuant to section

9 11A of the Securities and Exchange Act of

10 1934, or

11 ‘‘(ii) any exchange or other market

12 which the Secretary determines has rules

13 adequate to carry out the purposes of this

14 part, and

15 ‘‘(B) to the extent provided in regulations,

16 stock in any foreign corporation which is com17 parable to a regulated investment company and

18 which offers for sale or has outstanding any

19 stock of which it is the issuer and which is re20 deemable at its net asset value.

21 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR REGULATED INVEST22 MENT COMPANIES.—In the case of any regulated in23 vestment company which is offering for sale or has

24 outstanding any stock of which it is the issuer and

25 which is redeemable at its net asset value, all stock
214

•HR 3419 IH

1 in a passive foreign corporation which it owns (or is

2 treated under section 1291(g) as owning) shall be

3 treated as marketable stock for purposes of this

4 part. Except as provided in regulations, a similar

5 rule shall apply in the case of any other regulated

6 investment company.

7 ‘‘(d) OTHER SPECIAL RULES.—For purposes of this

8 part—

9 ‘‘(1) CERTAIN CORPORATIONS NOT TREATED AS

10 PASSIVE.—A corporation shall not be treated as a

11 passive foreign corporation for the 1st taxable year

12 such corporation has gross income (hereinafter in

13 this paragraph referred to as the ‘start-up year’)

14 if—

15 ‘‘(A) no predecessor of such corporation

16 was a passive foreign corporation,

17 ‘‘(B) it is established to the satisfaction of

18 the Secretary that such corporation will not be

19 a passive foreign corporation for either of the

20 1st 2 taxable years following the start-up year,

21 and

22 ‘‘(C) such corporation is not a passive for23 eign corporation for either of the 1st 2 taxable

24 years following the start-up year.
215

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) CERTAIN CORPORATIONS CHANGING BUSI2 NESSES.—A corporation shall not be treated as a

3 passive foreign corporation for any taxable year if—

4 ‘‘(A) neither such corporation (nor any

5 predecessor) was a passive foreign corporation

6 for any prior taxable year,

7 ‘‘(B) it is established to the satisfaction of

8 the Secretary that—

9 ‘‘(i) substantially all of the passive in10 come of the corporation for the taxable

11 year is attributable to proceeds from the

12 disposition of 1 or more active trades or

13 businesses, and

14 ‘‘(ii) such corporation will not be a

15 passive foreign corporation for either of

16 the first 2 taxable years following the tax17 able year, and

18 ‘‘(C) such corporation is not a passive for19 eign corporation for either of such 2 taxable

20 years.

21 For purposes of section 1296(c), any passive income

22 referred to in subparagraph (B)(i) shall be treated

23 as income which is not passive income and any as24 sets which produce income so described shall be
216

•HR 3419 IH

1 treated as assets producing income other than pas2 sive income.

3 ‘‘(3) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN FOREIGN COR4 PORATIONS OWNING STOCK IN 25-PERCENT OWNED

5 DOMESTIC CORPORATION.—

6 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If a foreign corpora7 tion owns at least 25 percent (by value) of the

8 stock of a domestic corporation, for purposes of

9 determining whether such foreign corporation is

10 a passive foreign corporation, any qualified

11 stock held by such domestic corporation shall be

12 treated as an asset which does not produce pas13 sive income (and is not held for the production

14 of passive income) and any amount included in

15 gross income with respect to such stock shall

16 not be treated as passive income.

17 ‘‘(B) QUALIFIED STOCK.—For purposes of

18 subparagraph (A), the term ‘qualified stock’

19 means any stock in a C corporation which is a

20 domestic corporation and which is not a regu21 lated investment company or real estate invest22 ment trust.

23 ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF CORPORATION WHICH WAS

24 A PFIC.—A corporation shall be treated as a passive

25 foreign corporation for any taxable year beginning
217

•HR 3419 IH

1 before January 1, 1994, if and only if such corpora2 tion was a passive foreign investment company

3 under this part as in effect for such taxable year.

4 ‘‘(5) SEPARATE INTERESTS TREATED AS SEPA5 RATE CORPORATIONS.—Under regulations prescribed

6 by the Secretary, where necessary to carry out the

7 purposes of this part, separate classes of stock (or

8 other interests) in a corporation shall be treated as

9 interests in separate corporations.

10 ‘‘(6) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN SUBPART F IN11 CLUSIONS.—Any amount included in gross income

12 under subparagraph (B) or (C) of section 951(a)(1)

13 shall be treated as a distribution received with re14 spect to the stock.

15 ‘‘(e) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN LEASED PROP16 ERTY.—For purposes of this part—

17 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Any tangible personal

18 property with respect to which a foreign corporation

19 is the lessee under a lease with a term of at least

20 12 months shall be treated as an asset actually held

21 by such corporation.

22 ‘‘(2) AMOUNT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.—

23 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The amount taken

24 into account under section 1296(a)(2) with re25 spect to any asset to which paragraph (1) ap-
218

•HR 3419 IH

1 plies shall be the unamortized portion (as deter2 mined under regulations prescribed by the Sec3 retary) of the present value of the payments

4 under the lease for the use of such property.

5 ‘‘(B) PRESENT VALUE.—For purposes of

6 subparagraph (A), the present value of pay7 ments described in subparagraph (A) shall be

8 determined in the manner provided in regula9 tions prescribed by the Secretary—

10 ‘‘(i) as of the beginning of the lease

11 term, and

12 ‘‘(ii) except as provided in such regu13 lations, by using a discount rate equal to

14 the applicable Federal rate determined

15 under section 1274(d)—

16 ‘‘(I) by substituting the lease

17 term for the term of the debt instru18 ment, and

19 ‘‘(II) without regard to para20 graph (2) or (3) thereof.

21 ‘‘(3) EXCEPTIONS.—This subsection shall not

22 apply in any case where—

23 ‘‘(A) the lessor is a related person (as de24 fined in section 954(d)(3)) with respect to the

25 foreign corporation, or
219

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) a principal purpose of leasing the

2 property was to avoid the provisions of this part

3 or section 956A.

4 ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN INTANGIBLES.—

5 For purposes of this part—

6 ‘‘(1) RESEARCH EXPENDITURES.—The adjusted

7 basis of the total assets of a controlled foreign cor8 poration shall be increased by the research or experi9 mental expenditures (within the meaning of section

10 174) paid or incurred by such foreign corporation

11 during the taxable year and the preceding 2 taxable

12 years. Any expenditure otherwise taken into account

13 under the preceding sentence shall be reduced by the

14 amount of any reimbursement received by the con15 trolled foreign corporation with respect to such ex16 penditure.

17 ‘‘(2) CERTAIN LICENSED INTANGIBLES.—

18 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any in19 tangible property (as defined in section

20 936(h)(3)(B)) with respect to which a con21 trolled foreign corporation is a licensee and

22 which is used by such foreign corporation in the

23 active conduct of a trade or business, the ad24 justed basis of the total assets of such foreign

25 corporation shall be increased by an amount
220

•HR 3419 IH

1 equal to 300 percent of the payments made

2 during the taxable year by such foreign cor3 poration for the use of such intangible property.

4 ‘‘(B) EXCEPTIONS.—Subparagraph (A)

5 shall not apply to—

6 ‘‘(i) any payments to a foreign person

7 if such foreign person is a related person

8 (as defined in section 954(d)(3)) with re9 spect to the controlled foreign corporation,

10 and

11 ‘‘(ii) any payments under a license if

12 a principal purpose of entering into such

13 license was to avoid the provisions of this

14 part or section 956A.

15 ‘‘(3) CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION.—

16 For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘controlled

17 foreign corporation’ has the meaning given such

18 term by section 957(a).

19 ‘‘(g) ELECTION BY CERTAIN PASSIVE FOREIGN COR20 PORATIONS TO BE TREATED AS A DOMESTIC CORPORA21 TION.—

22 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this title,

23 if—

24 ‘‘(A) a passive foreign corporation would

25 qualify as a regulated investment company
221

•HR 3419 IH

1 under part I of subchapter M if such passive

2 foreign corporation were a domestic corpora3 tion,

4 ‘‘(B) such passive foreign corporation

5 meets such requirements as the Secretary shall

6 prescribe to ensure that the taxes imposed by

7 this title on such passive foreign corporation

8 are paid, and

9 ‘‘(C) such passive foreign corporation

10 makes an election to have this paragraph apply

11 and waives all benefits which are granted by the

12 United States under any treaty and to which

13 such corporation would otherwise be entitled by

14 reason of being a resident of another country,

15 such corporation shall be treated as a domestic cor16 poration.

17 ‘‘(2) CERTAIN RULES MADE APPLICABLE.—

18 Rules similar to the rules of paragraphs (2), (3),

19 (4)(A), and (5) of section 953(d) shall apply with re20 spect to any corporation making an election under

21 paragraph (1).

22 ‘‘(h) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN TAXPAYERS.—

23 ‘‘(1) TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.—In the

24 case of any organization exempt from tax under sec25 tion 501—
222

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) this part shall apply to any stock in

2 a passive foreign corporation owned (or treated

3 as owned under section 1294(e)) by such orga4 nization only to the extent that a dividend on

5 such stock would be taken into account in de6 termining the unrelated business taxable income

7 of such organization, and

8 ‘‘(B) to the extent that this part applies to

9 any such stock, this part shall be applied in the

10 same manner as if such organization were not

11 exempt from tax under section 501(a).

12 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF STOCK HELD BY POOLED

13 INCOME FUND.—If stock in a passive foreign cor14 poration is owned (or treated as owned under section

15 1294(e)) by a pooled income fund (as defined in sec16 tion 642(c)(5)) and no portion of any gain from a

17 disposition of such stock may be allocated to income

18 under the terms of the governing instrument of such

19 fund—

20 ‘‘(A) section 1293 shall not apply to any

21 gain on a disposition of such stock by such fund

22 if (without regard to section 1293) a deduction

23 would be allowable with respect to such gain

24 under section 642(c)(3),
223

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) subpart A shall not apply with re2 spect to such stock, and

3 ‘‘(C) in determining whether section 1293

4 applies to any distribution in respect of such

5 stock, such stock shall be treated as failing to

6 qualify for the exceptions under section

7 1294(a)(1).

8 ‘‘(i) INFORMATION FROM SHAREHOLDERS.—Every

9 United States person who owns stock in any passive for10 eign corporation shall furnish with respect to such cor11 poration such information as the Secretary may prescribe.

12 ‘‘(j) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe

13 such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to

14 carry out the purposes of this part, including regula15 tions—

16 ‘‘(1) providing that gross income shall be deter17 mined without regard to section 1293 for such pur18 poses as may be specified in such regulations, and

19 ‘‘(2) to prevent avoidance of the provisions of

20 this part through changes in citizenship or residence

21 status.’’

22 (b) INSTALLMENT SALES TREATMENT NOT AVAIL23 ABLE.—Paragraph (2) of section 453(k) is amended by

24 striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (A), by inserting
224

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (B), and by adding at

2 the end thereof the following new subparagraph:

3 ‘‘(C) stock in a passive foreign corporation

4 (as defined in section 1296) if section 1293 ap5 plies to such sale,’’.

6 (c) TREATMENT OF MARK-TO-MARKET GAIN UNDER

7 SECTION 4982.—

8 (1) Subsection (e) of section 4982 is amended

9 by adding at the end thereof the following new para10 graph:

11 ‘‘(6) TREATMENT OF GAIN RECOGNIZED UNDER

12 SECTION 1291.—For purposes of determining a regu13 lated investment company’s ordinary income—

14 ‘‘(A) notwithstanding paragraph (1)(C),

15 section 1291 shall be applied as if such compa16 ny’s taxable year ended on October 31, and

17 ‘‘(B) any ordinary gain or loss from an ac18 tual disposition of stock in a passive foreign

19 corporation during the portion of the calendar

20 year after October 31 shall be taken into ac21 count in determining such company’s ordinary

22 income for the following calendar year.

23 In the case of a company making an election under

24 paragraph (4), the preceding sentence shall be ap-
225

•HR 3419 IH

1 plied by substituting the last day of the company’s

2 taxable year for October 31.’’

3 (2) Subsection (b) of section 852 is amended by

4 adding at the end thereof the following new para5 graph:

6 ‘‘(10) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN LOSSES ON

7 STOCK IN PASSIVE FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—To

8 the extent provided in regulations, the taxable in9 come of a regulated investment company (other than

10 a company to which an election under section

11 4982(e)(4) applies) shall be computed without re12 gard to any net reduction in the value of any stock

13 of a passive foreign corporation to which section

14 1291 applies occurring after October 31 of the tax15 able year, and any such reduction shall be treated as

16 occurring on the first day of the following taxable

17 year.’’

18 (3) Subsection (c) of section 852 is amended by

19 inserting after ‘‘October 31 of such year’’ the follow20 ing: ‘‘, without regard to any net reduction in the

21 value of any stock of a passive foreign corporation

22 to which section 1291 applies occurring after Octo23 ber 31 of such year,’’.

24 (d) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PREVIOUSLY TAXED

25 AMOUNTS.—Subsection (e) of section 959 is amended—
226

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) by adding at the end thereof the following

2 new sentence: ‘‘A similar rule shall apply in the case

3 of amounts included in gross income under section

4 1293 (as in effect on January 1, 1993).’’, and

5 (2) by striking ‘‘AMOUNTS PREVIOUSLY TAXED

6 UNDER SECTION 1248’’ in the subsection heading

7 and inserting ‘‘CERTAIN PREVIOUSLY TAXED

8 AMOUNTS’’.

9 SEC. 403. TECHNICAL AND CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

10 (a) GENERAL RULE.—

11 (1) Paragraph (2) of section 171(c) is amend12 ed—

13 (A) by striking ‘‘, or by a foreign personal

14 holding company, as defined in section 552’’,

15 and

16 (B) by striking ‘‘, or a foreign personal

17 holding company’’.

18 (2) Section 312 is amended by striking sub19 section (j).

20 (3) Subsection (m) of section 312 is amended

21 by striking ‘‘, a foreign investment company (within

22 the meaning of section 1246(b)), or a foreign per23 sonal holding company (within the meaning of sec24 tion 552)’’ and inserting ‘‘or a passive foreign cor25 poration (as defined in section 1296)’’.
227

•HR 3419 IH

1 (4) Subsection (e) of section 443 is amended by

2 striking paragraph (3) and by redesignating para3 graphs (4) and (5) as paragraphs (3) and (4), re4 spectively.

5 (5) Clause (ii) of section 465(c)(7)(B) is

6 amended to read as follows:

7 ‘‘(ii) a passive foreign corporation

8 with respect to which the stock ownership

9 requirements of section 1292(a)(2)(B) are

10 met, or’’.

11 (6) Subsection (b) of section 535 is amended by

12 striking paragraph (9).

13 (7) Subsection (d) of section 535 is hereby re14 pealed.

15 (8) Paragraph (1) of section 543(b) is amended

16 by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (A),

17 by striking ‘‘, and’’ at the end of subparagraph (B)

18 and inserting a period, and by striking subparagraph

19 (C).

20 (9) Section 545 is amended by striking sub21 sections (b)(7) and (c).

22 (10) Paragraph (1) of section 562(b) is amend23 ed by striking ‘‘or a foreign personal holding com24 pany described in section 552’’.

25 (11) Section 563 is amended—
228

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) by striking subsection (c),

2 (B) by redesignating subsection (d) as sub3 section (c), and

4 (C) by striking ‘‘subsection (a), (b), or (c)’’

5 in subsection (c) (as so redesignated) and in6 serting ‘‘subsection (a) or (b)’’.

7 (12) Paragraph (2) of section 751(d) is amend8 ed by striking ‘‘subsection (a) of section 1246 (relat9 ing to gain on foreign investment company stock)’’

10 and inserting ‘‘section 1291 (relating to stock in cer11 tain passive foreign corporations marked to mar12 ket)’’.

13 (13) Subsection (b) of section 851 is amended

14 by striking the sentence following paragraph (4)(B)

15 which contains a reference to section 1293(a).

16 (14) Clause (ii) of section 864(b)(2)(A) is

17 amended by striking ‘‘(other than’’ and all that fol18 lows down through ‘‘holding company)’’ and insert19 ing ‘‘(other than a corporation which would be a

20 personal holding company but for section 542(c)(5)

21 and which is not United States controlled (as de22 fined in section 1292(a)(2))’’.

23 (15) Subsection (d) of section 904 is amended

24 by striking paragraphs (2)(A)(ii), (2)(E)(iii), and

25 (3)(I).
229

•HR 3419 IH

1 (16)(A) Subparagraph (A) of section 904(g)(1)

2 is amended to read as follows:

3 ‘‘(A) Any amount included in gross income

4 under section 951(a) (relating to amounts in5 cluded in gross income of United States share6 holders).’’

7 (B) The paragraph heading of paragraph (2) of

8 section 904(g) is amended by striking ‘‘AND FOR9 EIGN PERSONAL HOLDING OR PASSIVE FOREIGN IN10 VESTMENT COMPANY’’.

11 (17) Section 951 is amended by striking sub12 sections (c), (d), and (f), and by redesignating sub13 section (e) as subsection (c).

14 (18) Paragraph (3) of section 956A(c) is

15 amended—

16 (A) by striking ‘‘1297(d)’’ in subparagraph

17 (B) and inserting ‘‘1297(e)’’, and

18 (B) by striking ‘‘1297(e)’’ in subparagraph

19 (C) and inserting ‘‘1297(f)’’.

20 (19) Paragraph (1) of section 986(c) is amend21 ed by striking ‘‘or 1293(c)’’.

22 (20) Paragraph (3) of section 989(b) is amend23 ed by striking ‘‘, 551(a), or 1293(a)’’.

24 (21) Paragraph (5) of section 1014(b) is hereby

25 repealed.
230

•HR 3419 IH

1 (22) Subsection (a) of section 1016 is amended

2 by striking paragraph (13) and by redesignating the

3 following paragraphs accordingly.

4 (23) Paragraph (3) of section 1212(a) is

5 amended—

6 (A) by striking subparagraph (A),

7 (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (B)

8 and (C) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respec9 tively, and

10 (C) by amending subparagraph (D) to read

11 as follows:

12 ‘‘(C) for which it is a passive foreign cor13 poration.’’

14 (24) Section 1223 is amended by striking para15 graph (10) and by redesignating the following para16 graphs accordingly.

17 (25) Subsection (d) of section 1248 is amended

18 by striking paragraphs (5) and (7).

19 (26)(A) Subsection (a) of section 6035 is

20 amended by striking ‘‘foreign personal holding com21 pany (as defined in section 552)’’ and inserting

22 ‘‘passive foreign corporation with respect to which

23 the stock ownership requirements of section

24 1292(a)(2)(B) are met’’.
231

•HR 3419 IH

1 (B) The section heading for section 6035 is

2 amended by striking ‘‘FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLD3 ING COMPANIES’’ and inserting ‘‘CLOSELY HELD

4 PASSIVE FOREIGN CORPORATIONS’’.

5 (C) The table of sections for subpart A of part

6 III of subchapter A of chapter 61 is amended by

7 striking ‘‘foreign personal holding companies’’ in the

8 item relating to section 6035 and inserting ‘‘closely9 held passive foreign corporations’’.

10 (27) Subparagraph (D) of section 6103(e)(1) is

11 amended by striking clause (iv) and redesignating

12 clauses (v) and (vi) as clauses (iv) and (v), respec13 tively.

14 (28) Subparagraph (B) of section 6501(e)(1) is

15 amended to read as follows:

16 ‘‘(B) CONSTRUCTIVE DIVIDENDS.—If the

17 taxpayer omits from gross income an amount

18 properly includible therein under section

19 951(a), the tax may be assessed, or a proceed20 ing in court for the collection of such tax may

21 be done without assessing, at any time within

22 6 years after the return was filed.’’

23 (29) Section 4947 and section 4948(c)(4) are

24 each amended by striking ‘‘556(b)(2),’’ each place it

25 appears.
232

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENTS.—

2 (1) The table of parts for subchapter G of

3 chapter 1 is amended by striking the item relating

4 to part III.

5 (2) The table of sections for part IV of sub6 chapter P of chapter 1 is amended by striking the

7 items relating to sections 1246 and 1247.

8 (3) The table of parts for subchapter P of chap9 ter 1 is amended by striking the item relating to

10 part VI and inserting the following:

‘‘Part VI. Treatment of passive foreign corporations.’’

11 SEC. 404. EFFECTIVE DATE.

12 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Except as otherwise provided

13 in this section, the amendments made by this subtitle shall

14 apply to—

15 (1) taxable years of United States persons be16 ginning after December 31, 1993, and

17 (2) taxable years of foreign corporations ending

18 with or within such taxable years of United States

19 persons.

20 (b) DENIAL OF INSTALLMENT SALES TREATMENT.—

21 The amendment made by section 402(b) shall apply to dis22 positions after December 31, 1993.

23 (c) BASIS RULE.—The amendments made by this

24 subtitle shall not affect the determination of the basis of
233

•HR 3419 IH

1 any stock acquired from a decedent in a taxable year be2 ginning before January 1, 1994.

3 Subtitle B—Treatment of

4 Controlled Foreign Corporations

5 SEC. 411. GAIN ON CERTAIN STOCK SALES BY CON6 TROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS TREAT7 ED AS DIVIDENDS.

8 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 964 (relating to mis9 cellaneous provisions) is amended by adding at the end

10 thereof the following new subsection:

11 ‘‘(f) GAIN ON CERTAIN STOCK SALES BY CON12 TROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS TREATED AS DIVI13 DENDS.—

14 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a controlled foreign cor15 poration sells or exchanges stock in any other for16 eign corporation, gain recognized on such sale or ex17 change shall be included in the gross income of such

18 controlled foreign corporation as a dividend to the

19 same extent that it would have been so included

20 under section 1248(a) if such controlled foreign cor21 poration were a United States person. For purposes

22 of determining the amount which would have been so

23 includible, the determination of whether such other

24 foreign corporation was a controlled foreign corpora-
234

•HR 3419 IH

1 tion shall be made without regard to the preceding

2 sentence.

3 ‘‘(2) SAME COUNTRY EXCEPTION NOT APPLICA4 BLE.—Clause (i) of section 954(c)(3)(A) shall not

5 apply to any amount treated as a dividend by reason

6 of paragraph (1).

7 ‘‘(3) CLARIFICATION OF DEEMED SALES.—For

8 purposes of this subsection, a controlled foreign cor9 poration shall be treated as having sold or ex10 changed any stock if, under any provision of this

11 subtitle, such controlled foreign corporation is treat12 ed as having gain from the sale or exchange of such

13 stock.’’.

14 (b) AMENDMENT OF SECTION 904(d).—Clause (i) of

15 section 904(d)(2)(E) is amended by striking ‘‘and except

16 as provided in regulations, the taxpayer was a United

17 States shareholder in such corporation’’.

18 (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—

19 (1) The amendment made by subsection (a)

20 shall apply to gain recognized on transactions occur21 ring after the date of the enactment of this Act.

22 (2) The amendment made by subsection (b)

23 shall apply to distributions after the date of the en24 actment of this Act.
235

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 412. MISCELLANEOUS MODIFICATIONS TO SUBPART

2 F.

3 (a) SECTION 1248 GAIN TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN

4 DETERMINING PRO RATA SHARE.—

5 (1) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section

6 951(a) (defining pro rata share of subpart F in7 come) is amended by adding at the end thereof the

8 following new sentence: ‘‘For purposes of subpara9 graph (B), any gain included in the gross income of

10 any person as a dividend under section 1248 shall

11 be treated as a distribution received by such person

12 with respect to the stock involved.’’

13 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

14 by paragraph (1) shall apply to dispositions after the

15 date of the enactment of this Act.

16 (b) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS IN STOCK HELD BY FOR17 EIGN CORPORATION.—

18 (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 961 (relating to ad19 justments to basis of stock in controlled foreign cor20 porations and of other property) is amended by add21 ing at the end thereof the following new subsection:

22 ‘‘(c) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS IN STOCK HELD BY FOR23 EIGN CORPORATION.—Under regulations prescribed by

24 the Secretary, if a United States shareholder is treated

25 under section 958(a)(2) as owning any stock in a con26 trolled foreign corporation which is actually owned by an-
236

•HR 3419 IH

1 other controlled foreign corporation, adjustments similar

2 to the adjustments provided by subsections (a) and (b)

3 shall be made to the basis of such stock in the hands of

4 such other controlled foreign corporation, but only for the

5 purposes of determining the amount included under sec6 tion 951 in the gross income of such United States share7 holder (or any other United States shareholder who ac8 quires from any person any portion of the interest of such

9 United States shareholder by reason of which such share10 holder was treated as owning such stock, but only to the

11 extent of such portion, and subject to such proof of iden12 tity of such interest as the Secretary may prescribe by reg13 ulations).’’

14 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

15 by paragraph (1) shall apply for purposes of deter16 mining inclusions for taxable years of United States

17 shareholders beginning after December 31, 1993.

18 (c) DETERMINATION OF PREVIOUSLY TAXED IN19 COME IN SECTION 304 DISTRIBUTIONS, ETC.—

20 (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 959 (relating to ex21 clusion from gross income of previously taxed earn22 ings and profits) is amended by adding at the end

23 thereof the following new subsection:

24 ‘‘(g) ADJUSTMENTS FOR CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.—

25 If by reason of—
237

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) a transaction to which section 304 applies,

2 ‘‘(2) the structure of a United States sharehold3 er’s holdings in controlled foreign corporations, or

4 ‘‘(3) other circumstances,

5 there would be a multiple inclusion of any item in income

6 (or an inclusion or exclusion without an appropriate basis

7 adjustment) by reason of this subpart, the Secretary may

8 prescribe regulations providing such modifications in the

9 application of this subpart as may be necessary to elimi10 nate such multiple inclusion or provide such basis adjust11 ment, as the case may be.’’

12 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

13 by paragraph (1) shall take effect on the date of the

14 enactment of this Act.

15 (d) CLARIFICATION OF TREATMENT OF BRANCH TAX

16 EXEMPTIONS OR REDUCTIONS.—

17 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section

18 952 is amended by adding at the end thereof the fol19 lowing new sentence: ‘‘For purposes of this sub20 section, any exemption (or reduction) with respect to

21 the tax imposed by section 884 shall not be taken

22 into account.’’

23 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

24 by paragraph (1) shall apply to taxable years begin25 ning after December 31, 1986.
238

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 413. INDIRECT FOREIGN TAX CREDIT ALLOWED FOR

2 CERTAIN LOWER TIER COMPANIES.

3 (a) SECTION 902 CREDIT.—

4 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section

5 902 (relating to deemed taxes increased in case of

6 certain 2nd and 3rd tier foreign corporations) is

7 amended to read as follows:

8 ‘‘(b) DEEMED TAXES INCREASED IN CASE OF CER9 TAIN LOWER TIER CORPORATIONS.—

10 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If—

11 ‘‘(A) any foreign corporation is a member

12 of a qualified group, and

13 ‘‘(B) such foreign corporation owns 10 per14 cent or more of the voting stock of another

15 member of such group from which it receives

16 dividends in any taxable year,

17 such foreign corporation shall be deemed to have

18 paid the same proportion of such other member’s

19 post-1986 foreign income taxes as would be deter20 mined under subsection (a) if such foreign corpora21 tion were a domestic corporation.

22 ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED GROUP.—For purposes of

23 paragraph (1), the term ‘qualified group’ means—

24 ‘‘(A) the foreign corporation described in

25 subsection (a), and

26 ‘‘(B) any other foreign corporation if—
239

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) the domestic corporation owns at

2 least 5 percent of the voting stock of such

3 other foreign corporation indirectly

4 through a chain of foreign corporations

5 connected through stock ownership of at

6 least 10 percent of their voting stock,

7 ‘‘(ii) the foreign corporation described

8 in subsection (a) is the first tier corpora9 tion in such chain, and

10 ‘‘(iii) such other corporation is not

11 below the sixth tier in such chain,

12 The term ‘qualified group’ shall not include any for13 eign corporation below the third tier in the chain re14 ferred to in clause (i) unless such foreign corpora15 tion is a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in

16 section 957) and the domestic corporation is a Unit17 ed States shareholder (as defined in section 951(b))

18 in such foreign corporation. Paragraph (1) shall

19 apply to those taxes paid by a member of the quali20 fied group below the third tier only with respect to

21 periods during which it was a controlled foreign cor22 poration.’’

23 (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

24 (A) Subparagraph (B) of section 902(c)(3)

25 is amended by adding ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause
240

•HR 3419 IH

1 (i) and by striking clauses (ii) and (iii) and in2 serting the following new clause:

3 ‘‘(ii) the requirements of subsection

4 (b)(2) are met with respect to such foreign

5 corporation.’’

6 (B) Subparagraph (B) of section 902(c)(4)

7 is amended by striking ‘‘3rd foreign corpora8 tion’’ and inserting ‘‘sixth tier foreign corpora9 tion’’.

10 (C) The heading for paragraph (3) of sec11 tion 902(c) is amended by striking ‘‘WHERE DO12 MESTIC CORPORATION ACQUIRES 10 PERCENT

13 OF FOREIGN CORPORATION’’ and inserting

14 ‘‘WHERE FOREIGN CORPORATION FIRST QUALI15 FIES’’.

16 (D) Paragraph (3) of section 902(c) is

17 amended by striking ‘‘ownership’’ each place it

18 appears.

19 (b) SECTION 960 CREDIT.—Paragraph (1) of section

20 960(a) (relating to special rules for foreign tax credits)

21 is amended to read as follows:

22 ‘‘(1) DEEMED PAID CREDIT.—For purposes of

23 subpart A of this part, if there is included under

24 section 951(a) in the gross income of a domestic cor25 poration any amount attributable to earnings and
241

•HR 3419 IH

1 profits of a foreign corporation which is a member

2 of a qualified group (as defined in section 902(b))

3 with respect to the domestic corporation, then, ex4 cept to the extent provided in regulations, section

5 902 shall be applied as if the amount so included

6 were a dividend paid by such foreign corporation

7 (determined by applying section 902(c) in accord8 ance with section 904(d)(3)(B)).’’

9 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—

10 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by

11 this section shall apply to taxes of foreign corpora12 tions for taxable years of such corporations begin13 ning after the date of enactment of this Act.

14 (2) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of any chain

15 of foreign corporations described in clauses (i) and

16 (ii) of section 902(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue

17 Code of 1986 (as amended by this section), no liq18 uidation, reorganization, or similar transaction in a

19 taxable year beginning after the date of the enact20 ment of this Act shall have the effect of permitting

21 taxes to be taken into account under section 902 of

22 the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which could not

23 have been taken into account under such section but

24 for such transaction.
242

•HR 3419 IH

1 Subtitle C—Other Provisions

2 SEC. 421. EXCHANGE RATE USED IN TRANSLATING FOR3 EIGN TAXES.

4 (a) ACCRUED TAXES TRANSLATED BY USING AVER5 AGE RATE FOR YEAR TO WHICH TAXES RELATE.—

6 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section

7 986 (relating to translation of foreign taxes) is

8 amended to read as follows:

9 ‘‘(a) FOREIGN INCOME TAXES.—

10 ‘‘(1) TRANSLATION OF ACCRUED TAXES.—

11 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of deter12 mining the amount of the foreign tax credit, in

13 the case of a taxpayer who takes foreign income

14 taxes into account when accrued, the amount of

15 any foreign income taxes (and any adjustment

16 thereto) shall be translated into dollars by using

17 the average exchange rate for the taxable year

18 to which such taxes relate.

19 ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION FOR TAXES NOT PAID

20 WITHIN FOLLOWING 2 YEARS.—

21 ‘‘(i) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply

22 to any foreign income taxes paid after the

23 date 2 years after the close of the taxable

24 year to which such taxes relate.
243

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(ii) Subparagraph (A) shall not

2 apply to taxes paid before the beginning of

3 the taxable year to which such taxes relate.

4 ‘‘(C) EXCEPTION FOR INFLATIONARY CUR5 RENCIES.—To the extent provided in regula6 tions, subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any

7 foreign income taxes the liability for which is

8 denominated in any currency determined to be

9 an inflationary currency under such regulations.

10 ‘‘(D) CROSS REFERENCE.—

‘‘For adjustments where tax is not paid within 2

years, see section 905(c).

11 ‘‘(2) TRANSLATION OF TAXES TO WHICH PARA12 GRAPH (1) DOES NOT APPLY.—For purposes of de13 termining the amount of the foreign tax credit, in

14 the case of any foreign income taxes to which sub15 paragraph (A) of paragraph (1) does not apply—

16 ‘‘(A) such taxes shall be translated into

17 dollars using the exchange rates as of the time

18 such taxes were paid to the foreign country or

19 possession of the United States, and

20 ‘‘(B) any adjustment to the amount of

21 such taxes shall be translated into dollars

22 using—

23 ‘‘(i) except as provided in clause (ii),

24 the exchange rate as of the time when such
244

•HR 3419 IH

1 adjustment is paid to the foreign country

2 or possession, or

3 ‘‘(ii) in the case of any refund or cred4 it of foreign income taxes, using the ex5 change rate as of the time of the original

6 payment of such foreign income taxes.

7 ‘‘(3) FOREIGN INCOME TAXES.—For purposes

8 of this subsection, the term ‘foreign income taxes’

9 means any income, war profits, or excess profits

10 taxes paid or accrued to any foreign country or to

11 any possession of the United States.’’

12 (2) ADJUSTMENT WHEN NOT PAID WITHIN 2

13 YEARS AFTER YEAR TO WHICH TAXES RELATE.—

14 Subsection (c) of section 905 is amended to read as

15 follows:

16 ‘‘(c) ADJUSTMENTS TO ACCRUED TAXES.—

17 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If—

18 ‘‘(A) accrued taxes when paid differ from

19 the amounts claimed as credits by the taxpayer,

20 ‘‘(B) accrued taxes are not paid before the

21 date 2 years after the close of the taxable year

22 to which such taxes relate, or

23 ‘‘(C) any tax paid is refunded in whole or

24 in part,
245

•HR 3419 IH

1 the taxpayer shall notify the Secretary, who shall re2 determine the amount of the tax for the year or

3 years affected.

4 ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXES NOT PAID

5 WITHIN 2 YEARS.—In making the redetermination

6 under paragraph (1), no credit shall be allowed for

7 accrued taxes not paid before the date referred to in

8 subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1). Any such taxes

9 if subsequently paid shall be taken into account for

10 the taxable year in which paid and no redetermina11 tion under this section shall be made on account of

12 such payment.

13 ‘‘(3) ADJUSTMENTS.—The amount of tax due

14 on any redetermination under paragraph (1) (if any)

15 shall be paid by the taxpayer on notice and demand

16 by the Secretary, and the amount of tax overpaid (if

17 any) shall be credited or refunded to the taxpayer in

18 accordance with subchapter B of chapter 66 (section

19 6511 et seq.).

20 ‘‘(4) BOND REQUIREMENTS.—In the case of

21 any tax accrued but not paid, the Secretary, as a

22 condition precedent to the allowance of the credit

23 provided in this subpart, may require the taxpayer

24 to give a bond, with sureties satisfactory to and ap25 proved by the Secretary, in such sum as the Sec-
246

•HR 3419 IH

1 retary may require, conditioned on the payment by

2 the taxpayer of any amount of tax found due on any

3 such redetermination. Any such bond shall contain

4 such further conditions as the Secretary may re5 quire.

6 ‘‘(5) OTHER SPECIAL RULES.—In any redeter7 mination under paragraph (1) by the Secretary of

8 the amount of tax due from the taxpayer for the

9 year or years affected by a refund, the amount of

10 the taxes refunded for which credit has been allowed

11 under this section shall be reduced by the amount of

12 any tax described in section 901 imposed by the for13 eign country or possession of the United States with

14 respect to such refund; but no credit under this sub15 part, or deduction under section 164, shall be al16 lowed for any taxable year with respect to any such

17 tax imposed on the refund. No interest shall be as18 sessed or collected on any amount of tax due on any

19 redetermination by the Secretary, resulting from a

20 refund to the taxpayer, for any period before the re21 ceipt of such refund, except to the extent interest

22 was paid by the foreign country or possession of the

23 United States on such refund for such period.’’

24 (b) AUTHORITY TO USE AVERAGE RATES.—
247

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section

2 986 (relating to foreign taxes) is amended by adding

3 at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

4 ‘‘(3) AUTHORITY TO PERMIT USE OF AVERAGE

5 RATES.—To the extent prescribed in regulations, the

6 average exchange rate for the period (specified in

7 such regulations) during which the taxes or adjust8 ment is paid may be used instead of the exchange

9 rate as of the time of such payment.’’

10 (2) DETERMINATION OF AVERAGE RATES.—

11 Subsection (c) of section 989 is amended by striking

12 ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (4), by striking the

13 period at the end of paragraph (5) and inserting ‘‘,

14 and’’, and by adding at the end thereof the following

15 new paragraph:

16 ‘‘(6) setting forth procedures for determining

17 the average exchange rate for any period.’’

18 (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Subsection

19 (b) of section 989 is amended by striking ‘‘weight20 ed’’ each place it appears.

21 (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—

22 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by

23 subsections (a)(1) and (b) shall apply to taxes paid

24 or accrued in taxable years beginning after Decem25 ber 31, 1992.
248

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) SUBSECTION (a)(2).—The amendment made

2 by subsection (a)(2) shall apply to taxes which relate

3 to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1992.

4 SEC. 422. ELECTION TO USE SIMPLIFIED SECTION 904 LIM5 ITATION FOR ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX.

6 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (a) of section 59

7 (relating to alternative minimum tax foreign tax credit)

8 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

9 paragraph:

10 ‘‘(3) ELECTION TO USE SIMPLIFIED SECTION

11 904 LIMITATION.—

12 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In determining the al13 ternative minimum tax foreign tax credit for

14 any taxable year to which an election under this

15 paragraph applies—

16 ‘‘(i) subparagraph (B) of paragraph

17 (1) shall not apply, and

18 ‘‘(ii) the limitation of section 904

19 shall be based on the proportion which—

20 ‘‘(I) the taxpayer’s taxable in21 come (as determined for purposes of

22 the regular tax) from sources without

23 the United States (but not in excess

24 of the taxpayer’s entire alternative

25 minimum taxable income), bears to
249

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(II) the taxpayer’s entire alter2 native minimum taxable income for

3 the taxable year.

4 ‘‘(B) ELECTION.—

5 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—An election under

6 this paragraph may be made only for the

7 taxpayer’s first taxable year which begins

8 after December 31, 1993, and for which

9 the taxpayer claims an alternative mini10 mum tax foreign tax credit.

11 ‘‘(ii) ELECTION REVOCABLE ONLY

12 WITH CONSENT.—An election under this

13 paragraph, once made, shall apply to the

14 taxable year for which made and all subse15 quent taxable years unless revoked with

16 the consent of the Secretary.’’

17 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

18 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

19 December 31, 1993.

20 SEC. 423. MODIFICATION OF SECTION 1491.

21 (a) GENERAL RULE.—So much of chapter 5 (relating

22 to tax on transfers to avoid income tax) as precedes sec23 tion 1492 is amended to read as follows:
250

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘CHAPTER 5—TREATMENT OF TRANSFERS

2 TO AVOID INCOME TAX

‘‘Sec. 1491. Recognition of gain.

‘‘Sec. 1492. Exceptions.

3 ‘‘SEC. 1491. RECOGNITION OF GAIN.

4 ‘‘In the case of any transfer of property by a United

5 States person to a foreign corporation as paid-in surplus

6 or as a contribution to capital, to a foreign estate or trust,

7 or to a foreign partnership, for purposes of this subtitle,

8 such transfer shall be treated as a sale or exchange for

9 an amount equal to the fair market value of the property

10 transferred, and the transferor shall recognize as gain the

11 excess of—

12 ‘‘(1) the fair market value of the property so

13 transferred, over

14 ‘‘(2) the adjusted basis (for purposes of deter15 mining gain) of such property in the hands of the

16 transferor.’’

17 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

18 (1) Section 1057 is hereby repealed.

19 (2) Section 1492 is amended to read as follows:

20 ‘‘SEC. 1492. EXCEPTIONS.

21 ‘‘The provisions of section 1491 shall not apply—

22 ‘‘(1) If the transferee is an organization exempt

23 from income tax under part I of subchapter F of
251

•HR 3419 IH

1 chapter 1 (other than an organization described in

2 section 401(a)),

3 ‘‘(2) To a transfer described in section 367, or

4 ‘‘(3) To any other transfer, to the extent pro5 vided in regulations in accordance with principles

6 similar to the principles of section 367 or otherwise

7 consistent with the purpose of section 1491.’’

8 (3) Section 1494 is hereby repealed.

9 (4) The table of sections for part IV of sub10 chapter O of chapter 1 is amended by striking the

11 item relating to section 1057.

12 (5) The table of chapters for subtitle A is

13 amended by striking ‘‘Tax on’’ in the item relating

14 to chapter 5 and inserting ‘‘Treatment of’’.

15 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

16 this section shall apply to transfers after December 31,

17 1994.

18 SEC. 424. MODIFICATION OF SECTION 367(b).

19 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Paragraph (1) of section

20 367(b) is amended to read as follows:

21 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any trans22 action described in section 332, 351, 354, 355, 356,

23 or 361 in which the status of a foreign corporation

24 as a corporation is a general condition for non25 recognition by 1 or more of the parties to the trans-
252

•HR 3419 IH

1 action, income shall be required to be recognized to

2 the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the

3 Secretary which are necessary or appropriate to pre4 vent the avoidance of Federal income taxes. This

5 subsection shall not apply to a transaction in which

6 the foreign corporation is not treated as a corpora7 tion under subsection (a)(1).’’

8 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

9 subsection (a) shall apply to transfers after December 31,

10 1994.

11 TITLE V—OTHER INCOME TAX

12 PROVISIONS

13 Subtitle A—Provisions Relating to

14 Subchapter S Corporations

15 SEC. 501. AUTHORITY TO VALIDATE CERTAIN INVALID

16 ELECTIONS.

17 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (f) of section 1362

18 (relating to inadvertent terminations) is amended to read

19 as follows:

20 ‘‘(f) INADVERTENT INVALID ELECTIONS OR TERMI21 NATIONS.—If—

22 ‘‘(1) an election under subsection (a) by any

23 corporation—

24 ‘‘(A) was not effective for the taxable year

25 for which made (determined without regard to
253

•HR 3419 IH

1 subsection (b)(2)) by reason of a failure to meet

2 the requirements of section 1361(b) or to ob3 tain shareholder consents, or

4 ‘‘(B) was terminated under paragraph (2)

5 or (3) of subsection (d),

6 ‘‘(2) the Secretary determines that the cir7 cumstances resulting in such ineffectiveness or ter8 mination were inadvertent,

9 ‘‘(3) no later than a reasonable period of time

10 after discovery of the circumstances resulting in

11 such ineffectiveness or termination, steps were

12 taken—

13 ‘‘(A) so that the corporation is a small

14 business corporation, or

15 ‘‘(B) to acquire the required shareholder

16 consents, and

17 ‘‘(4) the corporation, and each person who was

18 a shareholder in the corporation at any time during

19 the period specified pursuant to this subsection,

20 agrees to make such adjustments (consistent with

21 the treatment of the corporation as an S corpora22 tion) as may be required by the Secretary with re23 spect to such period,

24 then, notwithstanding the circumstances resulting in such

25 ineffectiveness or termination, such corporation shall be
254

•HR 3419 IH

1 treated as an S corporation during the period specified

2 by the Secretary.’’

3 (b) LATE ELECTIONS.—Subsection (b) of section

4 1362 is amended by adding at the end thereof the follow5 ing new paragraph:

6 ‘‘(5) AUTHORITY TO TREAT LATE ELECTIONS

7 AS TIMELY.—If—

8 ‘‘(A) an election under subsection (a) is

9 made for any taxable year (determined without

10 regard to paragraph (3)) after the date pre11 scribed by this subsection for making such elec12 tion for such taxable year, and

13 ‘‘(B) the Secretary determines that there

14 was reasonable cause for the failure to timely

15 make such election,

16 the Secretary may treat such election as timely

17 made for such taxable year (and paragraph (3) shall

18 not apply).’’

19 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

20 this section shall apply with respect to elections for taxable

21 years beginning after December 31, 1982.

22 SEC. 502. TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS DURING LOSS

23 YEARS.

24 (a) ADJUSTMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS TAKEN INTO

25 ACCOUNT BEFORE LOSSES.—
255

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) Subparagraph (A) of section 1366(d)(1) is

2 amended by striking ‘‘paragraph (1)’’ and inserting

3 ‘‘paragraphs (1) and (2)(A)’’.

4 (2) Subsection (d) of section 1368 is amended

5 by adding at the end thereof the following new sen6 tence:

7 ‘‘In the case of any distribution made during any taxable

8 year, the adjusted basis of the stock shall be determined

9 with regard to the adjustments provided in paragraph (1)

10 of section 1367(a) for the taxable year.’’

11 (b) ACCUMULATED ADJUSTMENTS ACCOUNT.—Para12 graph (1) of section 1368(e) (relating to accumulated ad13 justments account) is amended by adding at the end there14 of the following new subparagraph:

15 ‘‘(C) NET LOSS FOR YEAR DISREGARDED.—

16 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In applying this section

17 to distributions made during any taxable year,

18 the amount in the accumulated adjustments ac19 count as of the close of such taxable year shall

20 be determined without regard to any net nega21 tive adjustment for such taxable year.

22 ‘‘(ii) NET NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT.—For

23 purposes of clause (i), the term ‘net negative

24 adjustment’ means, with respect to any taxable

25 year, the excess (if any) of—
256

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(I) the reductions in the account for

2 the taxable year (other than for distribu3 tions), over

4 ‘‘(II) the increases in such account for

5 such taxable year.’’

6 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Subparagraph (A)

7 of section 1368(e)(1) is amended—

8 (1) by striking ‘‘as provided in subparagraph

9 (B)’’ and inserting ‘‘as otherwise provided in this

10 paragraph’’, and

11 (2) by striking ‘‘section 1367(b)(2)(A)’’ and in12 serting ‘‘section 1367(a)(2)’’.

13 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

14 this section shall apply to distributions in taxable years

15 beginning after December 31, 1992.

16 SEC. 503. ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS TRUSTS.

17 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subparagraph (A) of section

18 1361(c)(2) (relating to certain trusts permitted as share19 holders) is amended by inserting after clause (iv) the fol20 lowing new clause:

21 ‘‘(v) An electing small business trust.’’

22 (b) CURRENT BENEFICIARIES TREATED AS SHARE23 HOLDERS.—Subparagraph (B) of section 1361(c)(2) is

24 amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
257

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(v) In the case of a trust described

2 in clause (v) of subparagraph (A), each po3 tential current beneficiary of such trust

4 shall be treated as a shareholder; except

5 that, if for any period there is no potential

6 current beneficiary of such trust, such

7 trust shall be treated as the shareholder

8 during such period.’’

9 (c) ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS TRUST DEFINED.—

10 Section 1361 (defining S corporation) is amended by add11 ing at the end the following new subsection:

12 ‘‘(e) ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS TRUST DE13 FINED.—

14 ‘‘(1) ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS TRUST.—For

15 purposes of this section—

16 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in

17 subparagraph (B), the term ‘electing small

18 business trust’ means any trust if—

19 ‘‘(i) such trust does not have as a

20 beneficiary any person other than (I) an

21 individual, (II) an estate, or (III) an orga22 nization described in paragraph (2), (3),

23 (4), or (5) of section 170(c) which holds a

24 contingent interest and is not a potential

25 current beneficiary,
258

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(ii) no interest in such trust was ac2 quired by purchase, and

3 ‘‘(iii) an election under this subsection

4 applies to such trust.

5 ‘‘(B) CERTAIN TRUSTS NOT ELIGIBLE.—

6 The term ‘electing small business trust’ shall

7 not include—

8 ‘‘(i) any qualified subchapter S trust

9 (as defined in subsection (d)(3)) if an elec10 tion under subsection (d)(2) applies to any

11 corporation the stock of which is held by

12 such trust, and

13 ‘‘(ii) any trust exempt from tax under

14 this subtitle.

15 ‘‘(C) PURCHASE.—For purposes of sub16 paragraph (A), the term ‘purchase’ means any

17 acquisition if the basis of the property acquired

18 is determined under section 1012.

19 ‘‘(2) POTENTIAL CURRENT BENEFICIARY.—For

20 purposes of this section, the term ‘potential current

21 beneficiary’ means, with respect to any period, any

22 person who at any time during such period is enti23 tled to, or at the discretion of any person may re24 ceive, a distribution from the principal or income of

25 the trust. If a trust disposes of all of the stock which
259

•HR 3419 IH

1 it holds in an S corporation, then, with respect to

2 such corporation, the term ‘potential current bene3 ficiary’ does not include any person who first met

4 the requirements of the preceding sentence during

5 the 60-day period ending on the date of such dis6 position.

7 ‘‘(3) ELECTION.—An election under this sub8 section shall be made by the trustee. Any such elec9 tion shall apply to the taxable year of the trust for

10 which made and all subsequent taxable years of such

11 trust unless revoked with the consent of the Sec12 retary.

13 ‘‘(4) CROSS REFERENCE.—

‘‘For special treatment of electing small business

trusts, see section 641(d).’’

14 (d) TAXATION OF ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS

15 TRUSTS.—Section 641 (relating to imposition of tax on

16 trusts) is amended by adding at the end the following new

17 subsection:

18 ‘‘(d) SPECIAL RULES FOR TAXATION OF ELECTING

19 SMALL BUSINESS TRUSTS.—

20 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this chap21 ter—

22 ‘‘(A) the portion of any electing small busi23 ness trust which consists of stock in 1 or more
260

•HR 3419 IH

1 S corporations shall be treated as a separate

2 trust, and

3 ‘‘(B) the amount of the tax imposed by

4 this chapter on such separate trust shall be de5 termined with the modifications of paragraph

6 (2).

7 ‘‘(2) MODIFICATIONS.—For purposes of para8 graph (1), the modifications of this paragraph are

9 the following:

10 ‘‘(A) Except as provided in section 1(h),

11 the amount of the tax imposed by section 1(e)

12 shall be determined by using the highest rate of

13 tax set forth in section 1(e).

14 ‘‘(B) The exemption amount under section

15 55(d) shall be zero.

16 ‘‘(C) The only items of income, loss, deduc17 tion, or credit to be taken into account are the

18 following:

19 ‘‘(i) The items required to be taken

20 into account under section 1366.

21 ‘‘(ii) Any gain or loss from the dis22 position of stock in an S corporation.

23 ‘‘(iii) To the extent provided in regu24 lations, State or local income taxes or ad25 ministrative expenses to the extent alloca-
261

•HR 3419 IH

1 ble to items described in clauses (i) and

2 (ii).

3 No deduction or credit shall be allowed for any

4 amount not described in this paragraph, and no

5 item described in this paragraph shall be appor6 tioned to any beneficiary.

7 ‘‘(D) No amount shall be allowed under

8 paragraph (1) or (2) of section 1211(b).

9 ‘‘(3) TREATMENT OF REMAINDER OF TRUST

10 AND DISTRIBUTIONS.—For purposes of determin11 ing—

12 ‘‘(A) the amount of the tax imposed by

13 this chapter on the portion of any electing small

14 business trust not treated as a separate trust

15 under paragraph (1), and

16 ‘‘(B) the distributable net income of the

17 entire trust,

18 the items referred to in paragraph (2)(C) shall be

19 excluded. Except as provided in the preceding sen20 tence, this subsection shall not affect the taxation of

21 any distribution from the trust.

22 ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF UNUSED DEDUCTIONS

23 WHERE TERMINATION OF SEPARATE TRUST.—If a

24 portion of an electing small business trust ceases to

25 be treated as a separate trust under paragraph (1),
262

•HR 3419 IH

1 any carryover or excess deduction of the separate

2 trust which is referred to in section 642(h) shall be

3 taken into account by the entire trust.

4 ‘‘(5) ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS TRUST.—For

5 purposes of this subsection, the term ‘electing small

6 business trust’ has the meaning given such term by

7 section 1361(e)(1).’’

8 (e) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (1) of sec9 tion 1366(a) is amended by inserting ‘‘, or of a trust or

10 estate which terminates,’’ after ‘‘who dies’’.

11 (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

13 the date of the enactment of this Act.

14 SEC. 504. OTHER MODIFICATIONS.

15 (a) TREATMENT OF S CORPORATIONS UNDER SUB16 CHAPTER C.—Subsection (a) of section 1371 (relating to

17 application of subchapter C rules) is amended to read as

18 follows:

19 ‘‘(a) APPLICATION OF SUBCHAPTER C RULES.—Ex20 cept as otherwise provided in this title, and except to the

21 extent inconsistent with this subchapter, subchapter C

22 shall apply to an S corporation and its shareholders.’’

23 (b) S CORPORATIONS PERMITTED TO HOLD SUB24 SIDIARIES.—
263

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section

2 1361(b) (defining ineligible corporation) is amended

3 by striking subparagraph (A) and by redesignating

4 subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), and (E) as subpara5 graphs (A), (B), (C), and (D), respectively.

6 (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

7 (A) Subsection (c) of section 1361 is

8 amended by striking paragraph (6).

9 (B) Subsection (b) of section 1504 (defin10 ing includible corporation) is amended by add11 ing at the end thereof the following new para12 graph:

13 ‘‘(8) An S corporation.’’

14 (c) ELIMINATION OF PRE-1983 EARNINGS AND

15 PROFITS.—

16 (1) IN GENERAL.—If—

17 (A) a corporation was an electing small

18 business corporation under subchapter S of

19 chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

20 for any taxable year beginning before January

21 1, 1983, and

22 (B) such corporation is an S corporation

23 under subchapter S of chapter 1 of such Code

24 for its first taxable year beginning after Decem25 ber 31, 1992,
264

•HR 3419 IH

1 the amount of such corporation’s accumulated earn2 ings and profits (as of the beginning of such first

3 taxable year) shall be reduced by an amount equal

4 to the portion (if any) of such accumulated earnings

5 and profits which were accumulated in any taxable

6 year beginning before January 1, 1983, for which

7 such corporation was an electing small business cor8 poration under such subchapter S.

9 (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

10 (A) Paragraph (3) of section 1362(d) is

11 amended—

12 (i) by striking ‘‘subchapter C’’ in the

13 paragraph heading and inserting ‘‘accumu14 lated’’,

15 (ii) by striking ‘‘subchapter C’’ in

16 subparagraph (A)(i)(I) and inserting ‘‘ac17 cumulated’’, and

18 (iii) by striking subparagraph (B) and

19 redesignating the following subparagraphs

20 accordingly.

21 (B)(i) Subsection (a) of section 1375 is

22 amended by striking ‘‘subchapter C’’ in para23 graph (1) and inserting ‘‘accumulated’’.

24 (ii) Paragraph (3) of section 1375(b) is

25 amended to read as follows:
265

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(3) PASSIVE INVESTMENT INCOME, ETC.—The

2 terms ‘passive investment income’ and ‘gross re3 ceipts’ have the same respective meanings as when

4 used in paragraph (3) of section 1362(d).’’

5 (iii) The section heading for section 1375

6 is amended by striking ‘‘SUBCHAPTER C’’ and

7 inserting ‘‘ACCUMULATED’’.

8 (iv) The table of sections for part III of

9 subchapter S of chapter 1 is amended by strik10 ing ‘‘subchapter C’’ in the item relating to sec11 tion 1375 and inserting ‘‘accumulated’’.

12 (C) Clause (i) of section 1042(c)(4)(A) is

13 amended by striking ‘‘section 1362(d)(3)(D)’’

14 and inserting ‘‘section 1362(d)(3)(C)’’.

15 (d) ADJUSTMENTS TO BASIS OF INHERITED S STOCK

16 TO REFLECT CERTAIN ITEMS OF INCOME.—Subsection

17 (b) of section 1367 (relating to adjustments to basis of

18 stock of shareholders, etc.) is amended by adding at the

19 end thereof the following new paragraph:

20 ‘‘(4) ADJUSTMENTS IN CASE OF INHERITED

21 STOCK.—

22 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If any person acquires

23 stock in an S corporation by reason of the

24 death of a decedent or by bequest, devise, or in25 heritance, section 691 shall be applied with re-
266

•HR 3419 IH

1 spect to any item of income of the S corpora2 tion in the same manner as if the decedent had

3 held directly his pro rata share of such item.

4 ‘‘(B) ADJUSTMENTS TO BASIS.—The basis

5 determined under section 1014 of any stock in

6 an S corporation shall be reduced by the por7 tion of the value of the stock which is attrib8 utable to items constituting income in respect

9 of the decedent.’’

10 (e) EFFECTIVE DATES.—

11 (1) SUBSECTIONS (a) AND (b).—The amend12 ments made by subsections (a) and (b) shall take ef13 fect on the date of the enactment of this Act.

14 (2) SUBSECTION (c).—The amendments made

15 by subsection (c) shall apply to taxable years begin16 ning after December 31, 1992.

17 (3) SUBSECTION (d).—The amendment made

18 by subsection (d) shall apply in the case of decedents

19 dying after the date of the enactment of this Act.

20 Subtitle B—Accounting Provision

21 SEC. 511. MODIFICATIONS TO LOOK-BACK METHOD FOR

22 LONG-TERM CONTRACTS.

23 (a) LOOK-BACK METHOD NOT TO APPLY IN CER24 TAIN CASES.—Subsection (b) of section 460 (relating to
267

•HR 3419 IH

1 percentage of completion method) is amended by adding

2 at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

3 ‘‘(6) ELECTION TO HAVE LOOK-BACK METHOD

4 NOT APPLY IN DE MINIMIS CASES.—

5 ‘‘(A) AMOUNTS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT

6 AFTER COMPLETION OF CONTRACT.—Para7 graph (1)(B) shall not apply with respect to

8 any taxable year (beginning after the taxable

9 year in which the contract is completed) if—

10 ‘‘(i) the cumulative taxable income (or

11 loss) under the contract as of the close of

12 such taxable year, is within

13 ‘‘(ii) 10 percent of the cumulative

14 look-back taxable income (or loss) under

15 the contract as of the close of the most re16 cent taxable year to which paragraph

17 (1)(B) applied (or would have applied but

18 for subparagraph (B)).

19 ‘‘(B) DE MINIMIS DISCREPANCIES.—Para20 graph (1)(B) shall not apply in any case to

21 which it would otherwise apply if—

22 ‘‘(i) the cumulative taxable income (or

23 loss) under the contract as of the close of

24 each prior contract year, is within
268

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(ii) 10 percent of the cumulative

2 look-back income (or loss) under the con3 tract as of the close of such prior contract

4 year.

5 ‘‘(C) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this

6 paragraph—

7 ‘‘(i) CONTRACT YEAR.—The term

8 ‘contract year’ means any taxable year for

9 which income is taken into account under

10 the contract.

11 ‘‘(ii) LOOK-BACK INCOME OR LOSS.—

12 The look-back income (or loss) is the

13 amount which would be the taxable income

14 (or loss) under the contract if the alloca15 tion method set forth in paragraph (2)(A)

16 were used in determining taxable income.

17 ‘‘(iii) DISCOUNTING NOT APPLICA18 BLE.—The amounts taken into account

19 after the completion of the contract shall

20 be determined without regard to any dis21 counting under the 2nd sentence of para22 graph (2).

23 ‘‘(D) CONTRACTS TO WHICH PARAGRAPH

24 APPLIES.—This paragraph shall only apply if

25 the taxpayer makes an election under this sub-
269

•HR 3419 IH

1 paragraph. Unless revoked with the consent of

2 the Secretary, such an election shall apply to all

3 long-term contracts completed during the tax4 able year for which election is made or during

5 any subsequent taxable year.’’

6 (b) MODIFICATION OF INTEREST RATE.—

7 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (C) of section

8 460(b)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘the overpayment

9 rate established by section 6621’’ and inserting ‘‘the

10 adjusted overpayment rate (as defined in paragraph

11 (7))’’.

12 (2) ADJUSTED OVERPAYMENT RATE.—Sub13 section (b) of section 460 is amended by adding at

14 the end thereof the following new paragraph:

15 ‘‘(7) ADJUSTED OVERPAYMENT RATE.—

16 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The adjusted overpay17 ment rate for any interest accrual period is the

18 overpayment rate in effect under section 6621

19 for the calendar quarter in which such interest

20 accrual period begins.

21 ‘‘(B) INTEREST ACCRUAL PERIOD.—For

22 purposes of subparagraph (A), the term ‘inter23 est accrual period’ means the period—
270

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(i) beginning on the day after the re2 turn due date for any taxable year of the

3 taxpayer, and

4 ‘‘(ii) ending on the return due date

5 for the following taxable year.

6 For purposes of the preceding sentence, the

7 term ‘return due date’ means the date pre8 scribed for filing the return of the tax imposed

9 by this chapter (determined without regard to

10 extensions).’’

11 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to contracts completed in taxable

13 years ending after the date of the enactment of this Act.

14 Subtitle C—Provisions Relating To

15 Regulated Investment Companies

16 SEC. 521. REPEAL OF 30-PERCENT GROSS INCOME LIMITA17 TION.

18 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (b) of section 851

19 (relating to limitations) is amended by striking paragraph

20 (3), by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (2), and

21 by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (3).

22 (b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—

23 (1) The material following paragraph (3) of sec24 tion 851 (as redesignated by subsection (a)) is

25 amended—
271

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) by striking out ‘‘paragraphs (2) and

2 (3)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph (2)’’, and

3 (B) by striking out the last sentence there4 of.

5 (2) Subsection (c) of section 851 is amended by

6 striking ‘‘subsection (b)(4)’’ each place it appears

7 (including the heading) and inserting ‘‘subsection

8 (b)(3)’’.

9 (3) Subsection (d) of section 851 is amended by

10 striking ‘‘subsections (b)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘sub11 sections (b)(3)’’.

12 (4) Paragraph (1) of section 851(e) is amended

13 by striking ‘‘subsection (b)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘sub14 section (b)(3)’’.

15 (5) Paragraph (4) of section 851(e) is amended

16 by striking ‘‘subsections (b)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘sub17 sections (b)(3)’’.

18 (6) Section 851 is amended by striking sub19 section (g) and redesignating subsection (h) as sub20 section (g).

21 (7) Subsection (g) of section 851 (as redesig22 nated by paragraph (6)) is amended by striking

23 paragraph (3).

24 (8) Section 817(h)(2) is amended—
272

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) by striking ‘‘851(b)(4)’’ in subpara2 graph (A) and inserting ‘‘851(b)(3)’’, and

3 (B) by striking ‘‘851(b)(4)(A)(i)’’ in sub4 paragraph (B) and inserting ‘‘851(b)(3)(A)(i)’’.

5 (9) Section 1092(f)(2) is amended by striking

6 ‘‘Except for purposes of section 851(b)(3), the’’ and

7 inserting ‘‘The’’.

8 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

9 this section shall apply to taxable years ending after the

10 date of the enactment of this Act.

11 SEC. 522. BASIS RULES FOR SHARES IN OPEN-END REGU12 LATED INVESTMENT COMPANIES.

13 (a) ADDITIONAL REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—Sec14 tion 6045 (relating to returns of brokers) is amended by

15 adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

16 ‘‘(f) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED WITH

17 RESPECT TO OPEN-END REGULATED INVESTMENT COM18 PANIES.—

19 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If any person is required

20 under subsection (a) to make a return regarding the

21 gross proceeds from any disposition of stock in an

22 open-end regulated investment company, such return

23 shall include—

24 ‘‘(A) the basis of the stock disposed of (de25 termined by reference to the average basis of all
273

•HR 3419 IH

1 of the stock in the account from which the dis2 position was made immediately before the dis3 position), and

4 ‘‘(B) the portion of such basis and such

5 gross proceeds attributable to stock held for

6 more than 1 year and the portion not so attrib7 utable.

8 Determinations under subparagraph (B) shall be

9 made on a first-in, first-out, basis and determina10 tions of basis and holding period shall be made in

11 such manner as the Secretary may prescribe.

12 ‘‘(2) OPEN-END REGULATED INVESTMENT COM13 PANY.—For purposes of this subsection, the term

14 ‘open-end regulated investment company’ means any

15 regulated investment company which is offering for

16 sale or has outstanding any redeemable security (as

17 defined in section 2(a)(32) of the Investment Com18 pany Act of 1940) of which it is the issuer.

19 ‘‘(3) INFORMATION TRANSFERS.—To the extent

20 provided in regulations, there shall be such ex21 changes of information between brokers as such reg22 ulations may require for purposes of enabling bro23 kers to meet the requirements of this subsection.
274

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION.—This sub2 section shall not apply with respect to stock in any

3 account—

4 ‘‘(A) which was established before January

5 1, 1995, or

6 ‘‘(B) which includes any stock not acquired

7 by purchase.’’

8 (b) BASIS FOR INCOME TAX PURPOSES.—Section

9 1012 of such Code is amended—

10 (1) by striking ‘‘The basis’’ and inserting ‘‘(a)

11 GENERAL RULE.—The basis’’, and

12 (2) by adding at the end thereof the following

13 new subsection:

14 ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULES FOR STOCK IN OPEN-END REG15 ULATED INVESTMENT COMPANIES.—

16 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any disposi17 tion of stock from a covered account—

18 ‘‘(A) the basis of such stock shall be deter19 mined by reference to the average basis of all

20 of the stock in such account immediately before

21 such disposition, and

22 ‘‘(B) the determination of which stock in

23 such account is so disposed of shall be made on

24 a first-in, first-out, basis.
275

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) COVERED ACCOUNT.—For purposes of this

2 subsection—

3 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘covered ac4 count’ means any account of stock in an open5 end regulated investment company if section

6 6045(f) applies to such account.

7 ‘‘(B) ELECTION OUT.—The term ‘covered

8 account’ shall not include any account if, on the

9 taxpayer’s return for his first taxable year in

10 which a disposition from such account occurs,

11 the taxpayer elects to have this subsection not

12 apply to such account.’’

13 (c) COORDINATION WITH WASH SALE RULES.—Sec14 tion 1091 is amended by adding at the end thereof the

15 following new subsection:

16 ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN ACCOUNTS IN

17 OPEN-END REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANIES.—

18 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In applying this section to

19 a disposition during December of any calendar year

20 of stock from a covered account, any acquisition of

21 stock after January 15 of the following calendar

22 year shall be disregarded if such acquisition is a re23 sult of a dividend reinvestment pursuant to a divi24 dend reinvestment program established at the time
276

•HR 3419 IH

1 such account was opened or, if later, at least 6

2 months before the date of such disposition.

3 ‘‘(2) DE MINIMIS EXCEPTION.—If

4 ‘‘(A) but for this paragraph, losses from

5 dispositions during December of any calendar

6 year of stock from a covered account would

7 have been disallowed under this section by rea8 son of acquisitions during January of the fol9 lowing calendar year, and

10 ‘‘(B) the amount of such losses which

11 would have been so disallowed does not exceed

12 $25,

13 nothing in this section shall disallow such losses.

14 ‘‘(3) COVERED ACCOUNT.—For purposes of this

15 subsection, the term ‘covered account’ means any ac16 count of stock in an open-end regulated investment

17 company if section 6045(f) applies to such account.’’

18 (d) MODIFICATION OF LOAD BASIS DEFERRAL RULE

19 FOR CERTAIN ACQUISITIONS OCCURRING AFTER JANU20 ARY 15.—

21 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 852(f) is amended

22 by striking ‘‘subparagraph (C)) shall not’’ and all

23 that follows and inserting ‘‘subparagraph (C)) shall

24 be recaptured as provided in paragraph (2). To the

25 extent such charge is recaptured under paragraph
277

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2), such charge shall be treated as incurred in con2 nection with the acquisition referred to in subpara3 graph (C) (including for purposes of reapplying this

4 paragraph).’’

5 (2) Subsection (f) of section 852 is amended by

6 redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3) and

7 by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new

8 paragraph:

9 ‘‘(2) RECAPTURE.—

10 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in

11 subparagraph (B), any load charge required by

12 paragraph (1) to be recaptured shall not be

13 taken into account in determining the amount

14 of gain or loss on the disposition referred to in

15 paragraph (1)(B).

16 ‘‘(B) SUBSEQUENT ACQUISITIONS OCCUR17 RING AFTER DECEMBER 31.—If—

18 ‘‘(i) the acquisition referred to in

19 paragraph (1)(A) occurs in a calendar

20 year, and

21 ‘‘(ii) the subsequent acquisition re22 ferred to in paragraph (1)(C) occurs after

23 December 31 of such calendar year,

24 subparagraph (A) shall not apply and the

25 amount of the load charge required by para-
278

•HR 3419 IH

1 graph (1) to be recaptured shall be included in

2 gross income as short-term capital gain for the

3 taxable year in which the subsequent acquisi4 tion referred to in paragraph (1)(C) occurs.’’

5 (e) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 6724 of such

6 Code is amended by adding at the end thereof the follow7 ing new subsection:

8 ‘‘(e) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN REPORTS WITH

9 RESPECT TO STOCK IN OPEN END REGULATED INVEST10 MENT COMPANIES.—For purposes of sections

11 6721(e)(2)(B) and 6722(c)(1)(B), the amount required to

12 be reported under section 6045 shall be determined with13 out regard to subsection (f) thereof.’’

14 (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—

15 (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in para16 graph (2), the amendments made by this section

17 shall apply to returns and statements required for

18 calendar year 1995 and subsequent calendar years.

19 (2) SUBSECTIONS (b).—The amendments made

20 by subsections (b), (c), and (d) shall apply to dis21 positions after December 31, 1994.
279

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 523. NONRECOGNITION TREATMENT FOR CERTAIN

2 TRANSFERS BY COMMON TRUST FUNDS TO

3 REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANIES.

4 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 584 (relating to com5 mon trust funds) is amended by redesignating subsection

6 (h) as subsection (i) and by inserting after subsection (g)

7 the following new subsection:

8 ‘‘(h) NONRECOGNITION TREATMENT FOR CERTAIN

9 TRANSFERS TO REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANIES.—

10 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If—

11 ‘‘(A) a common trust fund transfers sub12 stantially all of its assets to a regulated invest13 ment company in exchange solely for stock in

14 such company, and

15 ‘‘(B) such stock is distributed by such

16 common trust fund to participants in such com17 mon trust fund in exchange solely for their in18 terests in such common trust fund,

19 no gain or loss shall be recognized by such common

20 trust fund by reason of such transfer or distribution,

21 and no gain or loss shall be recognized by any par22 ticipant in such common trust fund by reason of

23 such exchange.

24 ‘‘(2) BASIS RULES.—

25 ‘‘(A) REGULATED INVESTMENT COM26 PANY.—The basis of any asset received by a
280

•HR 3419 IH

1 regulated investment company in a transfer re2 ferred to in paragraph (1)(A) shall be the same

3 as it would be in the hands of the common

4 trust fund.

5 ‘‘(B) PARTICIPANTS.—The basis of any

6 stock in a regulated investment company which

7 is received in an exchange referred to in para8 graph (1)(B) shall be the same as that of the

9 property exchanged.

10 ‘‘(3) TREATMENT OF ASSUMPTIONS OF LIABIL11 ITY.—

12 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In determining wheth13 er the transfer referred to in paragraph (1)(A)

14 is in exchange solely for stock in the regulated

15 investment company, the assumption by such

16 company of a liability of the common trust

17 fund, and the fact that any property trans18 ferred by the common trust fund is subject to

19 a liability, shall be disregarded.

20 ‘‘(B) SPECIAL RULE WHERE ASSUMED LI21 ABILITIES EXCEED BASIS.—

22 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—If in any transfer

23 referred to in paragraph (1)(A) the as24 sumed liabilities exceed the aggregate ad25 justed bases (in the hands of the common
281

•HR 3419 IH

1 trust fund) of the assets transferred to the

2 regulated investment company—

3 ‘‘(I) notwithstanding paragraph

4 (1), gain shall be recognized to the

5 common trust fund on such transfer

6 in an amount equal to such excess,

7 ‘‘(II) the basis of the assets re8 ceived by the regulated investment

9 company in such transfer shall be in10 creased by the amount so recognized,

11 and

12 ‘‘(III) any adjustment to the

13 basis of a participant’s interest in the

14 common trust fund as a result of the

15 gain so recognized shall be treated as

16 occurring immediately before the ex17 change referred to in paragraph

18 (1)(B).

19 ‘‘(ii) ASSUMED LIABILITIES.—For

20 purposes of clause (i), the term ‘assumed

21 liabilities’ means the aggregate of—

22 ‘‘(I) any liability of the common

23 trust fund assumed by the regulated

24 investment company in connection
282

•HR 3419 IH

1 with the transfer referred to in para2 graph (1)(A), and

3 ‘‘(II) any liability to which prop4 erty so transferred is subject.

5 ‘‘(4) COMMON TRUST FUND MUST MEET DIVER6 SIFICATION RULES.—This subsection shall not apply

7 to any common trust fund which would not meet the

8 requirements of section 368(a)(2)(F)(ii) if it were a

9 corporation. For purposes of the preceding sentence,

10 Government securities shall not be treated as securi11 ties of an issuer in applying the 25-percent and 50-

12 percent test and such securities shall not be excluded

13 for purposes of determining total assets under clause

14 (iv) of section 368(a)(2)(F).’’

15 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

16 subsection (a) shall apply to transfers after the date of

17 the enactment of this Act.

18 Subtitle D—Tax-Exempt Bond

19 Provisions

20 SEC. 531. REPEAL OF $100,000 LIMITATION ON UNSPENT

21 PROCEEDS UNDER 1-YEAR EXCEPTION FROM

22 REBATE.

23 Subclause (I) of section 148(f)(4)(B)(ii) (relating to

24 additional period for certain bonds) is amended by striking

25 ‘‘the lesser of 5 percent of the proceeds of the issue or
283

•HR 3419 IH

1 $100,000’’ and inserting ‘‘5 percent of the proceeds of the

2 issue’’.

3 SEC. 532. EXCEPTION FROM REBATE FOR EARNINGS ON

4 BONA FIDE DEBT SERVICE FUND UNDER

5 CONSTRUCTION BOND RULES.

6 Subparagraph (C) of section 148(f)(4) is amended by

7 adding at the end thereof the following new clause:

8 ‘‘(xvii) TREATMENT OF BONA FIDE

9 DEBT SERVICE FUNDS.—If the spending

10 requirements of clause (ii) are met with re11 spect to the available construction proceeds

12 of a construction issue, then paragraph (2)

13 shall not apply to earnings on a bona fide

14 debt service fund for such issue.’’

15 SEC. 533. REPEAL OF DEBT SERVICE-BASED LIMITATION

16 ON INVESTMENT IN CERTAIN NONPURPOSE

17 INVESTMENTS.

18 Subsection (d) of section 148 (relating to special

19 rules for reasonably required reserve or replacement fund)

20 is amended by striking paragraph (3).

21 SEC. 534. REPEAL OF EXPIRED PROVISIONS.

22 (a) Paragraph (2) of section 148(c) is amended by

23 striking subparagraph (B) and by redesignating subpara24 graphs (C), (D), and (E) as subparagraph (B), (C), and

25 (D), respectively.
284

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) Paragraph (4) of section 148(f) is amended by

2 striking subparagraph (E).

3 SEC. 535. CLARIFICATION OF INVESTMENT–TYPE PROP4 ERTY.

5 Subparagraph (D) of section 148(b)(2) is amended

6 to read as follows:

7 ‘‘(D) any investment-type property, or’’.

8 SEC. 536. EFFECTIVE DATES.

9 (a) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subsection

10 (b), the amendments made by this subtitle shall apply to

11 bonds issued after the date of the enactment of this Act.

12 (b) INVESTMENT-TYPE PROPERTY.—The amend13 ment made by section 535 shall take effect as if included

14 in the amendments made by section 1301 of the Tax Re15 form Act of 1986.

16 Subtitle E—Insurance Provisions

17 SEC. 541. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INSURANCE CON18 TRACTS ON RETIRED LIVES.

19 (a) GENERAL RULE.—

20 (1) Paragraph (2) of section 817(d) (defining

21 variable contract) is amended by striking ‘‘or’’ at the

22 end of subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the

23 end of subparagraph (B) and inserting ‘‘or’’, and by

24 inserting after subparagraph (B) the following new

25 subparagraph:
285

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) provides for funding of insurance on

2 retired lives as described in section 807(c)(6),

3 and’’.

4 (2) Paragraph (3) of section 817(d) is amended

5 by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (A), by

6 striking the period at the end of subparagraph (B)

7 and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and by inserting after subpara8 graph (B) the following new subparagraph:

9 ‘‘(C) in the case of funds held under a con10 tract described in paragraph (2)(C), the

11 amounts paid in, or the amounts paid out, re12 flect the investment return and the market

13 value of the segregated asset account.’’

14 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

15 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

16 December 31, 1992.

17 SEC. 542. TREATMENT OF MODIFIED GUARANTEED CON18 TRACTS.

19 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subpart E of part I of sub20 chapter L of chapter 1 (relating to definitions and special

21 rules) is amended by inserting after section 817 the follow22 ing new section:
286

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘SEC. 817A. SPECIAL RULES FOR MODIFIED GUARANTEED

2 CONTRACTS.

3 ‘‘(a) COMPUTATION OF RESERVES.—In the case of

4 a modified guaranteed contract, clause (ii) of section

5 807(e)(1)(A) shall not apply.

6 ‘‘(b) SEGREGATED ASSETS UNDER MODIFIED GUAR7 ANTEED CONTRACTS MARKED TO MARKET.—

8 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any life in9 surance company, for purposes of this subtitle—

10 ‘‘(A) Any gain or loss with respect to a

11 segregated asset shall be treated as ordinary in12 come or loss, as the case may be.

13 ‘‘(B) If any segregated asset is held by

14 such company as of the close of any taxable

15 year—

16 ‘‘(i) such company shall recognize

17 gain or loss as if such asset were sold for

18 its fair market value on the last business

19 day of such taxable year, and

20 ‘‘(ii) any such gain or loss shall be

21 taken into account for such taxable year.

22 Proper adjustment shall be made in the amount

23 of any gain or loss subsequently realized for

24 gain or loss taken into account under the pre25 ceding sentence. The Secretary may provide by

26 regulations for the application of this subpara-
287

•HR 3419 IH

1 graph at times other than the times provided in

2 this subparagraph.

3 ‘‘(2) SEGREGATED ASSET.—For purposes of

4 paragraph (1), the term ‘segregated asset’ means

5 any asset held as part of a segregated account re6 ferred to in subsection (d)(1) under a modified guar7 anteed contract.

8 ‘‘(c) SPECIAL RULE IN COMPUTING LIFE INSURANCE

9 RESERVES.—For purposes of applying section

10 816(b)(1)(A) to any modified guaranteed contract, an as11 sumed rate of interest shall include a rate of interest de12 termined, from time to time, with reference to a market

13 rate of interest.

14 ‘‘(d) MODIFIED GUARANTEED CONTRACT DE15 FINED.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘modified

16 guaranteed contract’ means a contract not described in

17 section 817—

18 ‘‘(1) all or part of the amounts received under

19 which are allocated to an account which, pursuant to

20 State law or regulation, is segregated from the gen21 eral asset accounts of the company and is valued

22 from time to time with reference to market values,

23 ‘‘(2) which—

24 ‘‘(A) provides for the payment of annuities,

25 ‘‘(B) is a life insurance contract, or
288

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(C) is a pension plan contract which is

2 not a life, accident, or health, property, cas3 ualty, or liability contract,

4 ‘‘(3) for which reserves are valued at market for

5 annual statement purposes, and

6 ‘‘(4) which provides for a net surrender value or

7 a policyholder’s fund (as defined in section

8 807(e)(1)).

9 ‘‘(e) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary may prescribe

10 regulations—

11 ‘‘(1) to provide for the treatment of market

12 value adjustments under sections 72, 7702, 7702A,

13 and 807(e)(1)(B),

14 ‘‘(2) to determine the interest rates applicable

15 under sections 807(c)(3), 807(d)(2)(B), and 812

16 with respect to a modified guaranteed contract an17 nually, in a manner appropriate for modified guar18 anteed contracts and, to the extent appropriate for

19 such a contract, to modify or waive the applicability

20 of section 811(d),

21 ‘‘(3) to provide rules to limit ordinary gain or

22 loss treatment to assets constituting reserves for

23 modified guaranteed contracts (and not other assets)

24 of the company,
289

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(4) to provide appropriate treatment of trans2 fers of assets to and from the segregated account,

3 and

4 ‘‘(5) as may be necessary or appropriate to

5 carry out the purposes of this section.’’

6 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections

7 for subpart E of part I of subchapter L of chapter 1 is

8 amended by inserting after the item relating to section

9 817 the following new item:

‘‘Sec. 817A. Special rules for modified guaranteed contracts.’’

10 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—

11 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning

13 after December 31, 1992.

14 (2) TREATMENT OF NET ADJUSTMENTS.—In

15 the case of any taxpayer required by the amend16 ments made by this section to change its calculation

17 of reserves to take into account market value adjust18 ments and to mark segregated assets to market for

19 any taxable year—

20 (A) such changes shall be treated as a

21 change in method of accounting initiated by the

22 taxpayer,

23 (B) such changes shall be treated as made

24 with the consent of the Secretary, and
290

•HR 3419 IH

1 (C) the adjustments required by reason of

2 section 481 of the Internal Revenue Code of

3 1986 shall be taken into account as ordinary in4 come or loss by the taxpayer for the taxpayer’s

5 first taxable year beginning after December 31,

6 1992.

7 Subtitle F—Other Provisions

8 SEC. 551. CLOSING OF PARTNERSHIP TAXABLE YEAR WITH

9 RESPECT TO DECEASED PARTNER, ETC.

10 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subparagraph (A) of section

11 706(c)(2) (relating to disposition of entire interest) is

12 amended to read as follows:

13 ‘‘(A) DISPOSITION OF ENTIRE INTER14 EST.—The taxable year of a partnership shall

15 close with respect to a partner whose entire in16 terest in the partnership terminates (whether

17 by reason of death, liquidation, or otherwise).’’

18 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The paragraph head19 ing for paragraph (2) of section 706(c) is amended to read

20 as follows:

21 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF DISPOSITIONS.—’’.

22 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

23 this section shall apply to partnership taxable years begin24 ning after December 31, 1993.
291

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 552. MODIFICATION OF CREDIT FOR PRODUCING

2 FUEL FROM A NONCONVENTIONAL SOURCE.

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section

4 29(c)(2) (relating to gas from geopressured brine, etc.) is

5 amended by adding at the end the following new sentence:

6 ‘‘If the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ceases to

7 make the determinations described in the preceding sen8 tence, the Secretary shall make such determinations in ac9 cordance with section 503 of such Act.’’

10 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section

11 29(c)(2)(A) is amended by inserting ‘‘(as in effect before

12 its repeal by the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol Act of

13 1989)’’ after ‘‘Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978’’.

14 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

15 this section shall take effect on January 1, 1993.

16 TITLE VI—ESTATE AND GIFT TAX

17 PROVISIONS

18 SEC. 601. CLARIFICATION OF WAIVER OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

19 OF RECOVERY.

20 (a) AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2207A.—Paragraph

21 (2) of section 2207A(a) (relating to right of recovery in

22 the case of certain marital deduction property) is amended

23 to read as follows:

24 ‘‘(2) DECEDENT MAY OTHERWISE DIRECT.—

25 Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to any

26 property to the extent that the decedent in his will
292

•HR 3419 IH

1 (or a revocable trust) specifically indicates an intent

2 to waive any right of recovery under this subchapter

3 with respect to such property.’’

4 (b) AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2207B.—Paragraph

5 (2) of section 2207B(a) (relating to right of recovery

6 where decedent retained interest) is amended to read as

7 follows:

8 ‘‘(2) DECEDENT MAY OTHERWISE DIRECT.—

9 Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to any

10 property to the extent that the decedent in his will

11 (or a revocable trust) specifically indicates an intent

12 to waive any right of recovery under this subchapter

13 with respect to such property.’’

14 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

15 this section shall apply with respect to the estates of dece16 dents dying after the date of the enactment of this Act.

17 SEC. 602. ADJUSTMENTS FOR GIFTS WITHIN 3 YEARS OF

18 DECEDENT’S DEATH.

19 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Section 2035 is amended to

20 read as follows:

21 ‘‘SEC. 2035. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CERTAIN GIFTS MADE

22 WITHIN 3 YEARS OF DECEDENT’S DEATH.

23 ‘‘(a) INCLUSION OF CERTAIN PROPERTY IN GROSS

24 ESTATE.—If—
293

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(1) the decedent made a transfer (by trust or

2 otherwise) of an interest in any property, or relin3 quished a power with respect to any property, during

4 the 3-year period ending on the date of the dece5 dent’s death, and

6 ‘‘(2) the value of such property (or an interest

7 therein) would have been included in the decedent’s

8 gross estate under section 2036, 2037, 2038, or

9 2042 if such transferred interest or relinquished

10 power had been retained by the decedent on the date

11 of his death,

12 the value of the gross estate shall include the value of any

13 property (or interest therein) which would have been so

14 included.

15 ‘‘(b) INCLUSION OF GIFT TAX ON GIFTS MADE DUR16 ING 3 YEARS BEFORE DECEDENT’S DEATH.—The

17 amount of the gross estate (determined without regard to

18 this subsection) shall be increased by the amount of any

19 tax paid under chapter 12 by the decedent or his estate

20 on any gift made by the decedent or his spouse during

21 the 3-year period ending on the date of the decedent’s

22 death.

23 ‘‘(c) OTHER RULES RELATING TO TRANSFERS

24 WITHIN 3 YEARS OF DEATH.—

25 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of—
294

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(A) section 303(b) (relating to distribu2 tions in redemption of stock to pay death

3 taxes),

4 ‘‘(B) section 2032A (relating to special

5 valuation of certain farms, etc., real property),

6 and

7 ‘‘(C) subchapter C of chapter 64 (relating

8 to lien for taxes),

9 the value of the gross estate shall include the value

10 of all property to the extent of any interest therein

11 of which the decedent has at any time made a trans12 fer, by trust or otherwise, during the 3-year period

13 ending on the date of the decedent’s death.

14 ‘‘(2) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 6166.—An

15 estate shall be treated as meeting the 35 percent of

16 adjusted gross estate requirement of section

17 6166(a)(1) only if the estate meets such requirement

18 both with and without the application of paragraph

19 (1).

20 ‘‘(3) SMALL TRANSFERS.—Paragraph (1) shall

21 not apply to any transfer (other than a transfer with

22 respect to a life insurance policy) made during a cal23 endar year to any donee if the decedent was not re24 quired by section 6019 (other than by reason of sec-
295

•HR 3419 IH

1 tion 6019(a)(2)) to file any gift tax return for such

2 year with respect to transfers to such donee.

3 ‘‘(d) EXCEPTION.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to

4 any bona fide sale for an adequate and full consideration

5 in money or money’s worth.

6 ‘‘(e) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN TRANSFERS FROM

7 REVOCABLE TRUSTS.—For purposes of this section and

8 section 2038, any transfer from any portion of a trust with

9 respect to which the decedent was the grantor during any

10 period when the decedent held the power to revest in the

11 decedent title to such portion shall be treated as a transfer

12 made directly by the decedent.’’

13 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections

14 for part III of subchapter A of chapter 11 is amended

15 by striking ‘‘gifts’’ in the item relating to section 2035

16 and inserting ‘‘certain gifts’’.

17 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

18 this section shall apply to the estates of decedents dying

19 after the date of the enactment of this Act.

20 SEC. 603. CLARIFICATION OF QUALIFIED TERMINABLE IN21 TEREST RULES.

22 (a) GENERAL RULE.—

23 (1) ESTATE TAX.—Subparagraph (B) of section

24 2056(b)(7) (defining qualified terminable interest
296

•HR 3419 IH

1 property) is amended by adding at the end thereof

2 the following new clause:

3 ‘‘(v)(i) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN IN4 COME DISTRIBUTIONS.—An income inter5 est shall not fail to qualify as a qualified

6 income interest for life solely because in7 come for the period after the last distribu8 tion date and on or before the date of the

9 surviving spouse’s death is not required to

10 be distributed to the surviving spouse or to

11 the estate of the surviving spouse.’’

12 (2) GIFT TAX.—Paragraph (3) of section

13 2523(f) is amended by striking ‘‘and (iv)’’ and in14 serting ‘‘, (iv), and (vi)’’.

15 (b) CLARIFICATION OF SUBSEQUENT INCLUSIONS.—

16 Section 2044 is amended by adding at the end thereof the

17 following new subsection:

18 ‘‘(d) CLARIFICATION OF INCLUSION OF CERTAIN IN19 COME.—The amount included in the gross estate under

20 subsection (a) shall include the amount of any income

21 from the property to which this section applies for the pe22 riod after the last distribution date and on or before the

23 date of the decedent’s death if such income is not other24 wise included in the decedent’s gross estate.’’

25 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
297

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by

2 this section shall apply with respect to the estates of

3 decedents dying, and gifts made, after the date of

4 the enactment of this Act.

5 (2) APPLICATION OF SECTION 2044 TO TRANS6 FERS BEFORE DATE OF ENACTMENT.—In the case

7 of the estate of any decedent dying after the date of

8 the enactment of this Act, if there was a transfer of

9 property on or before such date—

10 (A) such property shall not be included in

11 the gross estate of the decedent under section

12 2044 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 if

13 no prior marital deduction was allowed with re14 spect to such a transfer of such property to the

15 decedent, but

16 (B) such property shall be so included if

17 such a deduction was allowed.

18 SEC. 604. TRANSITIONAL RULE UNDER SECTION 2056A.

19 (a) GENERAL RULE.—In the case of any trust cre20 ated under an instrument executed before the date of the

21 enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990,

22 such trust shall be treated as meeting the requirements

23 of paragraph (1) of section 2056A(a) of the Internal Reve24 nue Code of 1986 if the trust instrument requires that
298

•HR 3419 IH

1 all trustees of the trust be individual citizens of the United

2 States or domestic corporations.

3 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The provisions of subsection

4 (a) shall take effect as if included in the provisions of sec5 tion 11702(g) of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990.

6 SEC. 605. OPPORTUNITY TO CORRECT CERTAIN FAILURES

7 UNDER SECTION 2032A.

8 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Paragraph (3) of section

9 2032A(d) (relating to modification of election and agree10 ment to be permitted) is amended to read as follows:

11 ‘‘(3) MODIFICATION OF ELECTION AND AGREE12 MENT TO BE PERMITTED.—The Secretary shall pre13 scribe procedures which provide that in any case in

14 which the executor makes an election under para15 graph (1) (and submits the agreement referred to in

16 paragraph (2)) within the time prescribed therefor,

17 but—

18 ‘‘(A) the notice of election, as filed, does

19 not contain all required information, or

20 ‘‘(B) signatures of 1 or more persons re21 quired to enter into the agreement described in

22 paragraph (2) are not included on the agree23 ment as filed, or the agreement does not con24 tain all required information,
299

•HR 3419 IH

1 the executor will have a reasonable period of time

2 (not exceeding 90 days) after notification of such

3 failures to provide such information or signatures.’’

4 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

5 subsection (a) shall apply to the estates of decedents dying

6 after the date of the enactment of this Act.

7 TITLE VII—EXCISE TAX

8 SIMPLIFICATION

9 Subtitle A—Provisions Related to

10 Distilled Spirits, Wines, and Beer

11 SEC. 701. CREDIT OR REFUND FOR IMPORTED BOTTLED

12 DISTILLED SPIRITS RETURNED TO DIS13 TILLED SPIRITS PLANT.

14 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 5008(c)

15 (relating to distilled spirits returned to bonded premises)

16 is amended by striking ‘‘withdrawn from bonded premises

17 on payment or determination of tax’’ and inserting ‘‘on

18 which tax has been determined or paid’’.

19 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

20 subsection (a) shall take effect at the beginning of the first

21 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

22 date of the enactment of this Act.
300

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 702. AUTHORITY TO CANCEL OR CREDIT EXPORT

2 BONDS WITHOUT SUBMISSION OF RECORDS.

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (c) of section 5175

4 (relating to export bonds) is amended by striking ‘‘on the

5 submission of’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘if there

6 is such proof of exportation as the Secretary may by regu7 lations require.’’

8 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

9 subsection (a) shall take effect at the beginning of the first

10 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

11 date of the enactment of this Act.

12 SEC. 703. REPEAL OF REQUIRED MAINTENANCE OF

13 RECORDS ON PREMISES OF DISTILLED SPIR14 ITS PLANT.

15 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (c) of section 5207

16 (relating to records and reports) is amended by striking

17 ‘‘shall be kept on the premises where the operations cov18 ered by the record are carried on and’’.

19 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

20 subsection (a) shall take effect at the beginning of the first

21 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

22 date of the enactment of this Act.
301

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 704. FERMENTED MATERIAL FROM ANY BREWERY

2 MAY BE RECEIVED AT A DISTILLED SPIRITS

3 PLANT.

4 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 5222(b)

5 (relating to production, receipt, removal, and use of distill6 ing materials) is amended to read as follows:

7 ‘‘(2) beer conveyed without payment of tax

8 from brewery premises, beer which has been lawfully

9 removed from brewery premises upon determination

10 of tax, or’’.

11 (b) CLARIFICATION OF AUTHORITY TO PERMIT RE12 MOVAL OF BEER WITHOUT PAYMENT OF TAX FOR USE

13 AS DISTILLING MATERIAL.—Section 5053 (relating to ex14 emptions) is amended by redesignating subsection (f) as

15 subsection (i) and by inserting after subsection (e) the fol16 lowing new subsection:

17 ‘‘(f) REMOVAL FOR USE AS DISTILLING MATE18 RIAL.—Subject to such regulations as the Secretary may

19 prescribe, beer may be removed from a brewery without

20 payment of tax to any distilled spirits plant for use as

21 distilling material.’’

22 (c) CLARIFICATION OF REFUND AND CREDIT OF

23 TAX.—Section 5056 (relating to refund and credit of tax,

24 or relief from liability) is amended—
302

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) by redesignating subsection (c) as sub2 section (d) and by inserting after subsection (b) the

3 following new subsection:

4 ‘‘(c) BEER RECEIVED AT A DISTILLED SPIRITS

5 PLANT.—Any tax paid by any brewer on beer produced

6 in the United States may be refunded or credited to the

7 brewer, without interest, or if the tax has not been paid,

8 the brewer may be relieved of liability therefor, under reg9 ulations as the Secretary may prescribe, if such beer is

10 received on the bonded premises of a distilled spirits plant

11 pursuant to the provisions of section 5222(b)(2), for use

12 in the production of distilled spirits.’’, and

13 (2) by striking ‘‘or rendering unmerchantable’’

14 in subsection (d) (as so redesignated) and inserting

15 ‘‘rendering unmerchantable, or receipt on the bond16 ed premises of a distilled spirits plant’’.

17 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

18 this section shall take effect at the beginning of the first

19 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

20 date of the enactment of this Act.

21 SEC. 705. REPEAL OF REQUIREMENT FOR WHOLESALE

22 DEALERS IN LIQUORS TO POST SIGN.

23 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5115 (relating to sign re24 quired on premises) is hereby repealed.

25 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
303

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) Subsection (a) of section 5681 is amended

2 by striking ‘‘, and every wholesale dealer in liquors,’’

3 and by striking ‘‘section 5115(a) or’’.

4 (2) Subsection (c) of section 5681 is amend5 ed—

6 (A) by striking ‘‘or wholesale liquor estab7 lishment, on which no sign required by section

8 5115(a) or’’ and inserting ‘‘on which no sign

9 required by’’, and

10 (B) by striking ‘‘or wholesale liquor estab11 lishment, or who’’ and inserting ‘‘or who’’.

12 (3) The table of sections for subpart D of part

13 II of subchapter A of chapter 51 is amended by

14 striking the item relating to section 5115.

15 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

16 this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment

17 of this Act.

18 SEC. 706. REFUND OF TAX TO WINE RETURNED TO BOND

19 NOT LIMITED TO UNMERCHANTABLE WINE.

20 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 5044

21 (relating to refund of tax on unmerchantable wine) is

22 amended by striking ‘‘as unmerchantable’’.

23 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

24 (1) Section 5361 is amended by striking

25 ‘‘unmerchantable’’.
304

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) The section heading for section 5044 is

2 amended by striking ‘‘UNMERCHANTABLE’’.

3 (3) The item relating to section 5044 in the

4 table of sections for subpart C of part I of sub5 chapter A of chapter 51 is amended by striking

6 ‘‘unmerchantable’’.

7 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

8 this section shall take effect at the beginning of the first

9 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

10 date of the enactment of this Act.

11 SEC. 707. USE OF ADDITIONAL AMELIORATING MATERIAL

12 IN CERTAIN WINES.

13 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (D) of section

14 5384(b)(2) (relating to ameliorated fruit and berry wines)

15 is amended by striking ‘‘loganberries, currants, or goose16 berries,’’ and inserting ‘‘any fruit or berry with a natural

17 fixed acid of 20 parts per thousand or more (before any

18 correction of such fruit or berry)’’.

19 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

20 this section shall take effect at the beginning of the first

21 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

22 date of the enactment of this Act.
305

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 708. DOMESTICALLY PRODUCED BEER MAY BE WITH2 DRAWN FREE OF TAX FOR USE OF FOREIGN

3 EMBASSIES, LEGATIONS, ETC.

4 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5053 (relating to exemp5 tions) is amended by inserting after subsection (f) the fol6 lowing new subsection:

7 ‘‘(g) REMOVALS FOR USE OF FOREIGN EMBASSIES,

8 LEGATIONS, ETC.—

9 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to such regulations

10 as the Secretary may prescribe—

11 ‘‘(A) beer may be withdrawn from the

12 brewery without payment of tax for transfer to

13 any customs bonded warehouse for entry pend14 ing withdrawal therefrom as provided in sub15 paragraph (B), and

16 ‘‘(B) beer entered into any customs bonded

17 warehouse under subparagraph (A) may be

18 withdrawn for consumption in the United

19 States by, and for the official and family use of,

20 such foreign governments, organizations, and

21 individuals as are entitled to withdraw imported

22 beer from such warehouses free of tax.

23 Beer transferred to any customs bonded warehouse

24 under subparagraph (A) shall be entered, stored,

25 and accounted for in such warehouse under such

26 regulations and bonds as the Secretary may pre-
306

•HR 3419 IH

1 scribe, and may be withdrawn therefrom by such

2 governments, organizations, and individuals free of

3 tax under the same conditions and procedures as im4 ported beer.

5 ‘‘(2) OTHER RULES TO APPLY.—Rules similar

6 to the rules of paragraphs (2) and (3) of section

7 5362(e) of such section shall apply for purposes of

8 this subsection.’’

9 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

10 subsection (a) shall take effect at the beginning of the first

11 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

12 date of the enactment of this Act.

13 SEC. 709. BEER MAY BE WITHDRAWN FREE OF TAX FOR

14 DESTRUCTION.

15 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5053 is amended by in16 serting after subsection (g) the following new subsection:

17 ‘‘(h) REMOVALS FOR DESTRUCTION.—Subject to

18 such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, beer may

19 be removed from the brewery without payment of tax for

20 destruction.’’

21 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

22 subsection (a) shall take effect at the beginning of the first

23 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

24 date of the enactment of this Act.
307

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 710. AUTHORITY TO ALLOW DRAWBACK ON EX2 PORTED BEER WITHOUT SUBMISSION OF

3 RECORDS.

4 (a) IN GENERAL.—The first sentence of section 5055

5 (relating to drawback of tax on beer) is amended by strik6 ing ‘‘found to have been paid’’ and all that follows and

7 inserting ‘‘paid on such beer if there is such proof of ex8 portation as the Secretary may by regulations require.’’

9 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

10 subsection (a) shall take effect at the beginning of the first

11 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

12 date of the enactment of this Act.

13 SEC. 711. TRANSFER TO BREWERY OF BEER IMPORTED IN

14 BULK WITHOUT PAYMENT OF TAX.

15 (a) IN GENERAL.—Part II of subchapter G of chap16 ter 51 is amended by adding at the end thereof the follow17 ing new section:

18 ‘‘SEC. 5418. BEER IMPORTED IN BULK.

19 ‘‘Beer imported or brought into the United States in

20 bulk containers may, under such regulations as the Sec21 retary may prescribe, be withdrawn from customs custody

22 and transferred in such bulk containers to the premises

23 of a brewery without payment of the internal revenue tax

24 imposed on such beer. The proprietor of a brewery to

25 which such beer is transferred shall become liable for the

26 tax on the beer withdrawn from customs custody under
308

•HR 3419 IH

1 this section upon release of the beer from customs custody,

2 and the importer, or the person bringing such beer into

3 the United States, shall thereupon be relieved of the liabil4 ity for such tax.’’

5 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections

6 for such part II is amended by adding at the end thereof

7 the following new item:

‘‘Sec. 5418. Beer imported in bulk.’’

8 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

9 this section shall take effect at the beginning of the first

10 calendar quarter beginning more than 180 days after the

11 date of the enactment of this Act.

12 Subtitle B—Other Excise Tax

13 Provisions

14 SEC. 721. AUTHORITY TO GRANT EXEMPTIONS FROM REG15 ISTRATION REQUIREMENTS.

16 (a) IN GENERAL.—The first sentence of section 4222

17 (relating to registration) is amended to read as follows:

18 ‘‘Except as provided in subsection (b), section 4221 shall

19 not apply with respect to the sale of any article by or to

20 any person who is required by the Secretary to be reg21 istered under this section and who is not so registered.’’

22 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

23 subsection (a) shall apply to sales after the 180th day

24 after the date of the enactment of this Act.
309

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 722. REPEAL OF EXPIRED PROVISIONS.

2 (a) PIGGY-BACK TRAILERS.—Section 4051 is amend3 ed by striking subsection (d) and by redesignating sub4 section (e) as subsection (d).

5 (b) DEEP SEABED MINING.—

6 (1) Subchapter F of chapter 36 (relating to tax

7 on removal of hard mineral resources from deep sea8 bed) is hereby repealed.

9 (2) The table of subchapters for chapter 36 is

10 amended by striking the item relating to subchapter

11 F.

12 TITLE VIII—ADMINISTRATIVE

13 PROVISIONS

14 Subtitle A—General Provisions

15 SEC. 801. USE OF REPRODUCTIONS OF RETURNS STORED

16 IN DIGITAL IMAGE FORMAT.

17 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 6103(p)

18 (relating to procedure and recordkeeping) is amended by

19 adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraph:

20 ‘‘(D) REPRODUCTION FROM DIGITAL IM21 AGES.—For purposes of this paragraph, the

22 term ‘reproduction’ includes a reproduction

23 from digital images.’’

24 (b) STUDY.—The Comptroller General of the United

25 States shall conduct a study of available digital image

26 technology for the purpose of determining the extent to
310

•HR 3419 IH

1 which reproductions of documents stored using that tech2 nology accurately reflect the data on the original document

3 and the appropriate period for retaining the original docu4 ment. Not later than 1 year after the date of the enact5 ment of this Act, a report on the results of such study

6 shall be submitted to the Committee on Ways and Means

7 of the House of Representatives and the Committee on

8 Finance of the Senate.

9 SEC. 802. REPEAL OF AUTHORITY TO DISCLOSE WHETHER

10 PROSPECTIVE JUROR HAS BEEN AUDITED.

11 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (h) of section 6103

12 (relating to disclosure to certain Federal officers and em13 ployees for purposes of tax administration, etc.) is amend14 ed by striking paragraph (5) and by redesignating para15 graph (6) as paragraph (5).

16 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (4) of

17 section 6103(p) is amended by striking ‘‘(h)(6)’’ each

18 place it appears and inserting ‘‘(h)(5)’’.

19 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

20 this section shall apply to judicial proceedings pending on,

21 or commenced after, the date of the enactment of this Act.
311

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 803. REPEAL OF SPECIAL AUDIT PROVISIONS FOR

2 SUBCHAPTER S ITEMS.

3 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subchapter D of chapter 63

4 (relating to tax treatment of subchapter S items) is hereby

5 repealed.

6 (b) CONSISTENT TREATMENT REQUIRED.—Section

7 6037 (relating to return of S corporation) is amended by

8 adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

9 ‘‘(c) SHAREHOLDER’S RETURN MUST BE CONSIST10 ENT WITH CORPORATE RETURN OR SECRETARY NOTI11 FIED OF INCONSISTENCY.—

12 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A shareholder of an S cor13 poration shall, on such shareholder’s return, treat a

14 subchapter S item in a manner which is consistent

15 with the treatment of such item on the corporate

16 return.

17 ‘‘(2) NOTIFICATION OF INCONSISTENT TREAT18 MENT.—

19 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any

20 subchapter S item, if—

21 ‘‘(i)(I) the corporation has filed a re22 turn but the shareholder’s treatment on

23 his return is (or may be) inconsistent with

24 the treatment of the item on the corporate

25 return, or
312

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(II) the corporation has not filed a

2 return, and

3 ‘‘(ii) the shareholder files with the

4 Secretary a statement identifying the in5 consistency,

6 paragraph (1) shall not apply to such item.

7 ‘‘(B) SHAREHOLDER RECEIVING INCOR8 RECT INFORMATION.—A shareholder shall be

9 treated as having complied with clause (ii) of

10 subparagraph (A) with respect to a subchapter

11 S item if the shareholder—

12 ‘‘(i) demonstrates to the satisfaction

13 of the Secretary that the treatment of the

14 subchapter S item on the shareholder’s re15 turn is consistent with the treatment of the

16 item on the schedule furnished to the

17 shareholder by the corporation, and

18 ‘‘(ii) elects to have this paragraph

19 apply with respect to that item.

20 ‘‘(3) EFFECT OF FAILURE TO NOTIFY.—In any

21 case—

22 ‘‘(A) described in subparagraph (A)(i)(I)

23 of paragraph (2), and
313

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) in which the shareholder does not

2 comply with subparagraph (A)(ii) of paragraph

3 (2),

4 any adjustment required to make the treatment of

5 the items by such shareholder consistent with the

6 treatment of the items on the corporate return shall

7 be treated as arising out of mathematical or clerical

8 errors and assessed according to section 6213(b)(1).

9 Paragraph (2) of section 6213(b) shall not apply to

10 any assessment referred to in the preceding sen11 tence.

12 ‘‘(4) SUBCHAPTER S ITEM.—For purposes of

13 this subsection, the term ‘subchapter S item’ means

14 any item of an S corporation to the extent that reg15 ulations prescribed by the Secretary provide that, for

16 purposes of this subtitle, such item is more appro17 priately determined at the corporation level than at

18 the shareholder level.

19 ‘‘(5) ADDITION TO TAX FOR FAILURE TO COM20 PLY WITH SECTION.—

‘‘For addition to tax in the case of a shareholder’s

negligence in connection with, or disregard of, the

requirements of this section, see part II of subchapter A of chapter 68.’’

21 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

22 (1) Section 1366 is amended by striking sub23 section (g).
314

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) Subsection (b) of section 6233 is amended

2 to read as follows:

3 ‘‘(b) SIMILAR RULES IN CERTAIN CASES.—If a part4 nership return is filed for any taxable year but it is deter5 mined that there is no entity for such taxable year, to the

6 extent provided in regulations, rules similar to the rules

7 of subsection (a) shall apply.’’

8 (3) The table of subchapters for chapter 63 is

9 amended by striking the item relating to subchapter

10 D.

11 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

12 this section shall apply to taxable years ending after the

13 date of the enactment of this Act.

14 SEC. 804. CLARIFICATION OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.

15 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 6501

16 (relating to limitations on assessment and collection) is

17 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

18 sentence: ‘‘For purposes of this chapter, the term ‘return’

19 means the return required to be filed by the taxpayer (and

20 does not include a return of any person from whom the

21 taxpayer has received an item of income, gain, loss, deduc22 tion, or credit).’’

23 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

24 this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after

25 the date of the enactment of this Act.
315

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 805. CERTAIN NOTICES DISREGARDED UNDER PROVI2 SION INCREASING INTEREST RATE ON LARGE

3 CORPORATE UNDERPAYMENTS.

4 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subparagraph (B) of section

5 6621(c)(2) (defining applicable date) is amended by add6 ing at the end thereof the following new clause:

7 ‘‘(iii) EXCEPTION FOR LETTERS OR

8 NOTICES INVOLVING SMALL AMOUNTS.—

9 For purposes of this paragraph, any letter

10 or notice shall be disregarded if the

11 amount of the deficiency or proposed defi12 ciency (or the assessment or proposed as13 sessment) set forth in such letter or notice

14 is not greater than $100,000 (determined

15 by not taking into account any interest,

16 penalties, or additions to tax).’’

17 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

18 subsection (a) shall apply for purposes of determining in19 terest for periods after December 31, 1993.

20 Subtitle B—Tax Court Procedures

21 SEC. 811. OVERPAYMENT DETERMINATIONS OF TAX

22 COURT.

23 (a) APPEAL OF ORDER.—Paragraph (2) of section

24 6512(b) (relating to jurisdiction to enforce) is amended

25 by adding at the end the following new sentence: ‘‘An

26 order of the Tax Court disposing of a motion under this
316

•HR 3419 IH

1 paragraph shall be reviewable in the same manner as a

2 decision of the Tax Court, but only with respect to the

3 matters determined in such order.’’

4 (b) DENIAL OF JURISDICTION REGARDING CERTAIN

5 CREDITS AND REDUCTIONS.—Subsection (b) of section

6 6512 (relating to overpayment determined by Tax Court)

7 is amended by adding at the end the following new

8 paragraph:

9 ‘‘(4) DENIAL OF JURISDICTION REGARDING

10 CERTAIN CREDITS AND REDUCTIONS.—The Tax

11 Court shall have no jurisdiction under this sub12 section to restrain or review any credit or reduction

13 made by the Secretary under section 6402.’’

14 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

15 this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment

16 of this Act.

17 SEC. 812. AWARDING OF ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.

18 (a) RIGHT TO APPEAL TAX COURT DECISION.—Sub19 section (f) of section 7430 (relating to right of appeal)

20 is amended by adding at the end the following new

21 paragraph:

22 ‘‘(3) APPEAL OF TAX COURT DECISION.—An

23 order of the Tax Court disposing of a petition under

24 paragraph (2) shall be reviewable in the same man-
317

•HR 3419 IH

1 ner as a decision of the Tax Court, but only with re2 spect to the matters determined in such order.’’

3 (b) PERIOD FOR APPLYING TO IRS FOR COSTS.—

4 Subsection (b) of section 7430 (relating to limitations) is

5 amended by adding at the end the following new

6 paragraph:

7 ‘‘(5) PERIOD FOR APPLYING TO IRS FOR AD8 MINISTRATIVE COSTS.—An award may be made

9 under subsection (a) by the Internal Revenue Serv10 ice for reasonable administrative costs only if the

11 prevailing party files an application with the Inter12 nal Revenue Service for such costs before the 91st

13 day after the date on which the final decision of the

14 Internal Revenue Service as to the determination of

15 the tax, interest, or penalty is mailed to such party.’’

16 (c) PERIOD FOR PETITIONING OF TAX COURT FOR

17 REVIEW OF DENIAL OF COSTS.—Paragraph (2) of section

18 7430(f) (relating to right of appeal) is amended—

19 (1) by striking ‘‘appeal to’’ and inserting ‘‘the

20 filing of a petition for review with’’, and

21 (2) by adding at the end the following new sen22 tence: ‘‘If the Secretary sends by certified or reg23 istered mail a notice of such decision to the peti24 tioner, no proceeding in the Tax Court may be initi25 ated under this paragraph unless such petition is
318

•HR 3419 IH

1 filed before the 91st day after the date of such

2 mailing.’’

3 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

4 this section shall apply to civil actions or proceedings com5 menced after the date of the enactment of this Act.

6 SEC. 813. REDETERMINATION OF INTEREST PURSUANT TO

7 MOTION.

8 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (3) of section 7481(c)

9 (relating to jurisdiction over interest determinations) is

10 amended by striking ‘‘petition’’ and inserting ‘‘motion’’.

11 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

12 this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment

13 of this Act.

14 SEC. 814. APPLICATION OF NET WORTH REQUIREMENT

15 FOR AWARDS OF LITIGATION COSTS.

16 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (4) of section 7430(c)

17 (defining prevailing party) is amended by adding at the

18 end thereof the following new subparagraph:

19 ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULES FOR APPLYING NET

20 WORTH REQUIREMENT.—In applying the re21 quirements of section 2412(d)(2)(B) of title 28,

22 United States Code, for purposes of subpara23 graph (A)(iii) of this paragraph—

24 ‘‘(i) the net worth limitation in clause

25 (i) of such section shall apply to—
319

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(I) an estate but shall be deter2 mined as of the date of the decedent’s

3 death, and

4 ‘‘(II) a trust but shall be deter5 mined as of the last day of the taxable

6 year involved in the proceeding, and

7 ‘‘(ii) individuals filing a joint return

8 shall be treated as 1 individual for pur9 poses of clause (i) of such section, except

10 in the case of a spouse relieved of liability

11 under section 6013(e).’’

12 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

13 this section shall apply to proceedings commenced after

14 the date of the enactment of this Act.

15 Subtitle C—Authority for Certain

16 Cooperative Agreements

17 SEC. 821. COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS WITH STATE TAX

18 AUTHORITIES.

19 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Chapter 77 (relating to mis20 cellaneous provisions) is amended by adding at the end

21 thereof the following new section:

22 ‘‘SEC. 7524. COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS WITH STATE TAX

23 AUTHORITIES.

24 ‘‘(a) AUTHORIZATION OF AGREEMENTS.—The Sec25 retary is hereby authorized to enter into cooperative agree-
320

•HR 3419 IH

1 ments with State tax authorities for purposes of enhancing

2 joint tax administration. Such agreements may provide

3 for—

4 ‘‘(1) joint filing of Federal and State income

5 tax returns,

6 ‘‘(2) single processing of such returns,

7 ‘‘(3) joint collection of taxes (other than Fed8 eral income taxes), and

9 ‘‘(4) such other provisions as may enhance joint

10 tax administration.

11 ‘‘(b) SERVICES ON REIMBURSABLE BASIS.—Any

12 agreement under subsection (a) may require reimburse13 ment for services provided by either party to the

14 agreement.

15 ‘‘(c) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—Any funds appro16 priated for purposes of the administration of this title

17 shall be available for purposes of carrying out the Sec18 retary’s responsibility under an agreement entered into

19 under subsection (a). Any reimbursement received pursu20 ant to such an agreement shall be credited to the amount

21 so appropriated.

22 ‘‘(d) STATE TAX AUTHORITY.—For purposes of this

23 section, the term ‘State tax authority’ means agency,

24 body, or commission referred to in section 6103(d)(1).’’
321

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections

2 for chapter 77 is amended by adding at the end thereof

3 the following new item:

‘‘Sec. 7524. Cooperative agreements with State tax authorities.’’

4 Subtitle D—Administrative Prac5 tice and Procedural Simplifica6 tion

7 SEC. 831. NOTIFICATION OF REASONS FOR TERMINATION

8 OR DENIAL OF INSTALLMENT AGREEMENTS.

9 (a) TERMINATIONS.—Subsection (b) of section 6159

10 (relating to extent to which agreements remain in effect)

11 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

12 paragraph:

13 ‘‘(5) NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.—The Secretary

14 may not take any action under paragraph (2), (3),

15 or (4) unless—

16 ‘‘(A) a notice of such action is provided to

17 the taxpayer not later than the day 30 days be18 fore the date of such action, and

19 ‘‘(B) such notice includes an explanation

20 why the Secretary intends to take such action.

21 The preceding sentence shall not apply in any case

22 in which the Secretary believes that collection of any

23 tax to which an agreement under this section relates

24 is in jeopardy.’’
322

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) DENIALS.—Section 6159 (relating to agreements

2 for payment of tax liability in installments) is amended

3 by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

4 ‘‘(c) NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR DENIALS.—The

5 Secretary may not deny any request for an installment

6 agreement under this section unless—

7 ‘‘(1) a notice of the proposed denial is provided

8 to the taxpayer not later than the day 30 days be9 fore the date of such denial, and

10 ‘‘(2) such notice includes an explanation why

11 the Secretary intends to deny such request.

12 The preceding sentence shall not apply in any case in

13 which the Secretary believes that collection of any tax to

14 which a request for an agreement under this section re15 lates is in jeopardy.’’

16 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (3) of

17 section 6159(b) is amended to read as follows:

18 ‘‘(3) SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN FINANCIAL CON19 DITIONS.—If the Secretary makes a determination

20 that the financial condition of a taxpayer with whom

21 the Secretary has entered into an agreement under

22 subsection (a) has significantly changed, the Sec23 retary may alter, modify, or terminate such agree24 ment.’’
323

•HR 3419 IH

1 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

2 this section shall take effect on the date 6 months after

3 the date of the enactment of this Act.

4 SEC. 832. JOINT RETURN MAY BE MADE AFTER SEPARATE

5 RETURNS WITHOUT FULL PAYMENT OF TAX.

6 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Paragraph (2) of section

7 6013(b) (relating to limitations on filing of joint return

8 after filing separate returns) is amended by striking sub9 paragraph (A) and redesignating the following subpara10 graphs accordingly.

11 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

12 subsection (a) shall apply to taxable years beginning after

13 the date of the enactment of this Act.

14 SEC. 833. OFFERS-IN-COMPROMISE.

15 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (a) of section 7122

16 (relating to compromises) is amended by adding at the end

17 thereof the following new sentence: ‘‘The Secretary may

18 make such a compromise in any case where the Secretary

19 determines that such compromise would be in the best in20 terests of the United States.’’.

21 (b) REVIEW REQUIREMENTS.—Subsection (b) of sec22 tion 7122 (relating to records) is amended by striking

23 ‘‘$500.’’ and inserting ‘‘$50,000. However, such com24 promise shall be subject to continuing quality review by

25 the Secretary.’’.
324

•HR 3419 IH

1 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

2 this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment

3 of this Act.

4 SEC. 834. PRELIMINARY NOTICE REQUIREMENT.

5 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 6672 (relating to failure

6 to collect and pay over tax, or attempt to evade or defeat

7 tax) is amended by redesignating subsection (b) as sub8 section (c) and by inserting after subsection (a) the follow9 ing new subsection:

10 ‘‘(b) PRELIMINARY NOTICE REQUIREMENT.—

11 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No penalty shall be im12 posed under subsection (a) unless the Secretary noti13 fies the taxpayer in writing by mail to an address as

14 determined under section 6212(b) that the taxpayer

15 shall be subject to an assessment of such penalty.

16 ‘‘(2) TIMING OF NOTICE.—The mailing of the

17 notice described in paragraph (1) shall precede any

18 notice and demand of any penalty under subsection

19 (a) by at least 60 days.

20 ‘‘(3) STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.—If a notice

21 described in paragraph (1) with respect to any pen22 alty is mailed before the expiration of the period

23 provided by section 6501 for the assessment of such

24 penalty (determined without regard to this para25 graph), the period provided by such section for the
325

•HR 3419 IH

1 assessment of such penalty shall not expire before

2 the date 90 days after the date on which such notice

3 was mailed.

4 ‘‘(4) EXCEPTION FOR JEOPARDY.—This sub5 section shall not apply if the Secretary finds that the

6 collection of the penalty is in jeopardy.’’

7 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

8 subsection (a) shall apply to assessments made after June

9 30, 1995.

10 SEC. 835. PENALTIES UNDER SECTION 6672.

11 (a) PUBLIC INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.—The

12 Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary’s delegate

13 (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘‘Secretary’’)

14 shall take such actions as may be appropriate to ensure

15 that employees are aware of their responsibilities under

16 the Federal tax depository system, the circumstances

17 under which employees may be liable for the penalty im18 posed by section 6672 of the Internal Revenue Code of

19 1986, and the responsibility to promptly report to the In20 ternal Revenue Service any failure referred to in sub21 section (a) of such section 6672. Such actions shall in22 clude—

23 (1) printing of a warning on deposit coupon

24 booklets and the appropriate tax returns that certain
326

•HR 3419 IH

1 employees may be liable for the penalty imposed by

2 such section 6672, and

3 (2) the development of a special information

4 packet.

5 (b) BOARD MEMBERS OF TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZA6 TIONS.—

7 (1) VOLUNTARY BOARD MEMBERS.—

8 (A) IN GENERAL.—The penalty under sec9 tion 6672 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

10 shall not be imposed on unpaid, volunteer mem11 bers of any board of trustees or directors of an

12 organization referred to in section 501 of such

13 Code to the extent such members are solely

14 serving in an honorary capacity, do not partici15 pate in the day-to-day or financial operations of

16 the organization, and do not have actual knowl17 edge of the failure on which such penalty is

18 imposed.

19 (B) APPLICATION OF PARAGRAPH.—This

20 paragraph shall not apply if it results in no per21 son being held liable for the penalty described

22 in section 6672(a) of the Internal Revenue

23 Code of 1986.

24 (2) DEVELOPMENT OF EXPLANATORY MATE25 RIALS.—The Secretary shall develop materials ex-
327

•HR 3419 IH

1 plaining the circumstances under which board mem2 bers of tax-exempt organizations (including vol3 untary and honorary members) may be subject to

4 penalty under section 6672 of such Code. Such ma5 terials shall be made available to tax-exempt organi6 zations.

7 (3) IRS INSTRUCTIONS.—The Secretary shall

8 clarify the instructions to Internal Revenue Service

9 employees on the application of the penalty under

10 section 6672 of such Code with regard to voluntary

11 members of boards of trustees or directors of tax-ex12 empt organizations.

13 (c) PROMPT NOTIFICATION.—To the maximum ex14 tent practicable, the Secretary shall notify all persons who

15 have failed to make timely and complete deposit of any

16 taxes described in section 6672 of the Internal Revenue

17 Code of 1986 of such failure within 30 days after the re18 turn was filed reflecting such failure or after the date on

19 which the Secretary is first aware of such failure. If the

20 person failing to make the deposit is not an individual,

21 the Secretary shall notify the entity subject to such deposit

22 requirement and that entity shall notify, within 15 days

23 of the notification by the Secretary, all officers, general

24 partners, trustees, or other managers of the failure.
328

•HR 3419 IH

1 SEC. 836. REQUIRED CONTENT OF CERTAIN NOTICES.

2 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (a) of section 7522

3 (relating to content of tax due, deficiency, and other no4 tices) is amended by striking ‘‘shall describe the basis for,

5 and identify’’ and inserting ‘‘shall set forth the adjust6 ments which are the basis for, and shall identify’’.

7 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

8 subsection (a) shall apply to notices sent after the date

9 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act.

10 SEC. 837. REQUIRED NOTICE OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS.

11 If any payment is received by the Secretary of the

12 Treasury or the Secretary’s delegate (hereafter in the sec13 tion referred to as the ‘‘Secretary’’) from any taxpayer

14 and the Secretary cannot associate such payment with any

15 outstanding tax liability of such taxpayer, the Secretary

16 shall make reasonable efforts to notify the taxpayer of

17 such inability within 60 days after the receipt of such

18 payment.

19 SEC. 838. IMPROVED PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFYING SERV20 ICE OF CHANGE OF ADDRESS OR NAME.

21 The Secretary of the Treasury shall provide improved

22 procedures for taxpayers to notify the Secretary of

23 changes in names and addresses. Not later than December

24 31, 1994, the Secretary shall institute procedures for

25 timely updating all Internal Revenue Service records with
329

•HR 3419 IH

1 change-of-address information provided to the Secretary

2 by taxpayers.

3 SEC. 839. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIVORCED

4 INDIVIDUALS.

5 The Secretary of the Treasury shall include in the

6 Internal Revenue Service publication entitled ‘‘Your

7 Rights As A Taxpayer’’ a section on the rights and respon8 sibilities of divorced individuals.

9 TITLE IX—FINANCING

10 PROVISIONS

11 SEC. 901. CERTAIN AMOUNTS DERIVED FROM FOREIGN

12 CORPORATIONS TREATED AS UNRELATED

13 BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME.

14 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subsection (b) of section 512

15 (relating to modifications) is amended by adding at the

16 end thereof the following new paragraph:

17 ‘‘(17) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AMOUNTS DE18 RIVED FROM FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—

19 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding para20 graph (1), any disqualified amount derived by

21 an organization from a foreign corporation in

22 which such organization is a 10-percent share23 holder shall be included as an item of gross in24 come derived from an unrelated trade or busi25 ness. There shall be allowed all deductions di-
330

•HR 3419 IH

1 rectly connected with amounts included in gross

2 income under the preceding sentence.

3 ‘‘(B) DISQUALIFIED AMOUNT.—For pur4 poses of subparagraph (A), the term ‘disquali5 fied amount’ means any of the following:

6 ‘‘(i) SUBPART F INCLUSION.—Any

7 amount included in gross income under

8 section 951(a)(1)(A) to the extent the

9 amount so included is attributable to in10 come which, if derived directly by the orga11 nization, would be treated as gross income

12 from an unrelated trade or business.

13 ‘‘(ii) DIVIDENDS.—Any dividend paid

14 out of the earnings and profits of any for15 eign corporation in proportion to the ratio

16 of—

17 ‘‘(I) the portion of the earnings

18 and profits attributable to income

19 which, if derived directly by the orga20 nization, would be treated as gross in21 come from an unrelated trade or busi22 ness, to

23 ‘‘(II) the total amount of earn24 ings and profits.
331

•HR 3419 IH

1 For purposes of the preceding sentence,

2 earnings and profits accumulated in tax3 able years beginning before January 1,

4 1994, shall not be taken into account.

5 ‘‘(C) 10-PERCENT SHAREHOLDER.—The

6 term ‘10-percent shareholder’ means any orga7 nization who owns (within the meaning of sec8 tion 958(a)), or is considered as owning by ap9 plying the rules of section 958(b), 10 percent or

10 more of the combined voting power of all class

11 of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corpora12 tion.

13 ‘‘(D) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AMOUNTS

14 AS DIVIDENDS.—The rules of section

15 904(d)(3)(G) shall apply for purposes of this

16 paragraph.

17 ‘‘(E) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall

18 prescribe such regulations as may be necessary

19 or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this

20 paragraph, including regulations for the appli21 cation of this paragraph in the case of income

22 paid through 1 or more entities or between 2 or

23 more chains of entities.’’

24 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

25 this section shall apply to—
332

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) dividends paid out of earnings and profits

2 of foreign corporations for taxable years beginning

3 after December 31, 1993, and

4 (2) amounts included in gross income under

5 section 951(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code

6 of 1986 in respect of any such taxable year.

7 SEC. 902. SPECIAL RULES FOR RENTAL USE OF DWELLING

8 FOR LESS THAN 15 DAYS PER YEAR.

9 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 280A is amended by

10 striking subsection (g) and inserting:

11 ‘‘(g) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN RENTAL USE.—

12 Notwithstanding any other provision of this section or sec13 tion 183, if the principal residence of the taxpayer is actu14 ally rented for less than 15 days during the taxable year

15 for the purpose of providing accommodations to visitors

16 to an event for which commercial rental accommodations

17 in the community holding the event are not sufficient to

18 reasonably provide more than one-half of the accommoda19 tions necessary (and the rental income received by the tax20 payer for any visitor is not greater than a reasonable rent21 al rate charged per individual guest by commercial rental

22 accommodations), then—

23 ‘‘(1) no deduction otherwise allowable under

24 this chapter because of the rental use of such dwell25 ing unit shall be allowed, and
333

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(2) the income derived from such use for the

2 taxable year shall not be included in the gross in3 come of such taxpayer under section 61.

4 ‘‘(h) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe

5 such regulations as may be appropriate to carry out the

6 purposes of this section, including regulations providing

7 such de minimis rules as the Secretary may deem appro8 priate.’’

9 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

10 subsection (a) shall apply to taxable years beginning after

11 December 31, 1993.

12 SEC. 903. LOSS CARRYOVERS AND CARRYBACKS NOT EX13 CLUDED IN APPLYING TAXABLE INCOME LIM14 ITATION ON CERTAIN RESERVE DEDUCTIONS.

15 (a) GENERAL RULE.—Subparagraph (D) of section

16 593(b)(2) (relating to computation of taxable income) is

17 amended by adding at the end thereof the following new

18 sentence:

19 ‘‘Except as providing in the preceding sen20 tence, for purposes of this paragraph, taxable

21 income shall be computed as provided in this

22 chapter, including the application of any carry23 over or carryback.’’
334

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

2 subsection (a) shall apply to losses incurred in taxable

3 years ending after December 31, 1993.

4 SEC. 904. EXTENSION OF WITHHOLDING TO CERTAIN GAM5 BLING WINNINGS.

6 (a) REPEAL OF EXEMPTION FOR BINGO AND

7 KENO.—Paragraph (5) of section 3402(q) is amended to

8 read as follows:

9 ‘‘(5) EXEMPTION FOR SLOT MACHINES.—The

10 tax imposed by paragraph (1) shall not apply to

11 winnings from a slot machine.’’

12 (b) THRESHOLD AMOUNT.—Paragraph (3) of section

13 3402(q) is amended—

14 (1) by striking ‘‘(B) and (C)’’ in subparagraph

15 (A) and inserting ‘‘(B), (C), and (D)’’, and

16 (2) by adding at the end thereof the following

17 new subparagraph:

18 ‘‘(D) BINGO AND KENO.—Proceeds of

19 more than $10,000 from a wager placed in a

20 bingo or keno game.’’

21 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

22 this section shall take effect on January 1, 1994.
335

•HR 3419 IH

1 TITLE X—TECHNICAL

2 CORRECTIONS

3 Subtitle A—Revenue Provisions

4 SEC. 1001. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO REVENUE REC5 ONCILIATION ACT OF 1990.

6 (a) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE A.—

7 (1) Subparagraph (B) of section 59(j)(3) is

8 amended by striking ‘‘section 1(i)(3)(B)’’ and insert9 ing ‘‘section 1(g)(3)(B)’’.

10 (2) Clause (i) of section 151(d)(3)(C) is amend11 ed by striking ‘‘joint of a return’’ and inserting

12 ‘‘joint return’’.

13 (3) Subsection (b) of section 1 (as in effect on

14 the day before the date of the enactment of the Rev15 enue Reconciliation Act of 1993) is amended by

16 striking ‘‘$26,500’’ in the table contained therein

17 and inserting ‘‘$26,050’’.

18 (b) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE B.—

19 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 11212(e) of the

20 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 is amended by

21 striking ‘‘Paragraph (1) of section 6724(d)’’ and in22 serting ‘‘Subparagraph (B) of section 6724(d)(1)’’.

23 (2)(A) Subparagraph (B) of section 4093(c)(2),

24 as in effect before the amendments made by the

25 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993, is amended be-
336

•HR 3419 IH

1 fore the period ‘‘unless such fuel is sold for exclusive

2 use by a State or any political subdivision thereof’’.

3 (B) Paragraph (4) of section 6427(l), as in ef4 fect before the amendments made by the Revenue

5 Reconciliation Act of 1993, is amended by inserting

6 before the period ‘‘unless such fuel was used by a

7 State or any political subdivision thereof’’.

8 (3) Paragraph (1) of section 6416(b) is amend9 ed by striking ‘‘chapter 32 or by section 4051’’ and

10 inserting ‘‘chapter 31 or 32’’.

11 (4) Section 7012 is amended—

12 (A) by striking ‘‘production or importation

13 of gasoline’’ in paragraph (3) and inserting

14 ‘‘taxes on gasoline and diesel fuel’’, and

15 (B) by striking paragraph (4) and redesig16 nating paragraphs (5) and (6) as paragraphs

17 (4) and (5), respectively.

18 (5) Subsection (c) of section 5041 is amended

19 by striking paragraph (6) and by inserting the fol20 lowing new paragraphs:

21 ‘‘(6) CREDIT FOR TRANSFEREE IN BOND.—If—

22 ‘‘(A) wine produced by any person would

23 be eligible for any credit under paragraph (1)

24 if removed by such person during the calendar

25 year,
337

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) wine produced by such person is re2 moved during such calendar year by any other

3 person (hereafter in this paragraph referred to

4 as the ‘transferee’) to whom such wine was

5 transferred in bond and who is liable for the tax

6 imposed by this section with respect to such

7 wine, and

8 ‘‘(C) such producer holds title to such wine

9 at the time of its removal and provides to the

10 transferee such information as is necessary to

11 properly determine the transferee’s credit under

12 this paragraph,

13 then, the transferee (and not the producer) shall be

14 allowed the credit under paragraph (1) which would

15 be allowed to the producer if the wine removed by

16 the transferee had been removed by the producer on

17 that date.

18 ‘‘(7) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary may pre19 scribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry

20 out the purposes of this subsection, including regula21 tions—

22 ‘‘(A) to prevent the credit provided in this

23 subsection from benefiting any person who pro24 duces more than 250,000 wine gallons during a

25 calendar year, and
338

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(B) to assure proper reduction of such

2 credit for persons producing more than 150,000

3 wine gallons of wine during a calendar year.’’

4 (6) Paragraph (3) of section 5061(b) is amend5 ed to read as follows:

6 ‘‘(3) section 5041(f),’’.

7 (7) Section 5354 is amended by inserting ‘‘(tak8 ing into account the appropriate amount of credit

9 with respect to such wine under section 5041(c))’’

10 after ‘‘any one time’’.

11 (8) Effective on the date of the enactment of

12 this Act, paragraph (7) of section 11202(i) of the

13 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 is amended by

14 adding at the end thereof the following: ‘‘The Sec15 retary may treat any person who bore the ultimate

16 burden of the tax imposed by this subsection as the

17 person to whom a credit or refund under such provi18 sions may be allowed or made.’’

19 (c) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE C.—

20 (1) Paragraph (4) of section 56(g) is amended

21 by redesignating subparagraphs (I) and (J) as sub22 paragraphs (H) and (I), respectively.

23 (2) Subparagraph (B) of section 6724(d)(1) is

24 amended—
339

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause

2 (xii), and

3 (B) by striking the period at the end of

4 clause (xiii) and inserting ‘‘, or’’.

5 (3) Subsection (g) of section 6302 is amended

6 by inserting ‘‘, 22,’’ after ‘‘chapters 21’’.

7 (4) The earnings and profits of any insurance

8 company to which section 11305(c)(3) of the Reve9 nue Reconciliation Act of 1990 applies shall be de10 termined without regard to any deduction allowed

11 under such section; except that, for purposes of ap12 plying sections 56 and 902, and subpart F of part

13 III of subchapter N of chapter 1 of the Internal

14 Revenue Code of 1986, such deduction shall be

15 taken into account.

16 (5) Subparagraph (D) of section 6038A(e)(4) is

17 amended—

18 (A) by striking ‘‘any transaction to which

19 the summons relates’’ and inserting ‘‘any af20 fected taxable year’’, and

21 (B) by adding at the end thereof the fol22 lowing new sentence: ‘‘For purposes of this sub23 paragraph, the term ‘affected taxable year’

24 means any taxable year if the determination of

25 the amount of tax imposed for such taxable
340

•HR 3419 IH

1 year is affected by the treatment of the trans2 action to which the summons relates.’’

3 (6) Subparagraph (A) of section 6621(c)(2) is

4 amended by adding at the end thereof the following

5 new sentence: ‘‘The preceding sentence shall be ap6 plied without regard to any such letter or notice

7 which is withdrawn by the Secretary.’’

8 (7) Clause (i) of section 6621(c)(2)(B) is

9 amended by striking ‘‘this subtitle’’ and inserting

10 ‘‘this title’’.

11 (d) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE D.—

12 (1) Notwithstanding section 11402(c) of the

13 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990, the amendment

14 made by section 11402(b)(1) of such Act shall apply

15 to taxable years ending after December 31, 1989.

16 (2) Clause (ii) of section 143(m)(4)(C) is

17 amended—

18 (A) by striking ‘‘any month of the 10-year

19 period’’ and inserting ‘‘any year of the 4-year

20 period’’,

21 (B) by striking ‘‘succeeding months’’ and

22 inserting ‘‘succeeding years’’, and

23 (C) by striking ‘‘over the remainder of

24 such period (or, if lesser, 5 years)’’ and insert25 ing ‘‘to zero over the succeeding 5 years’’.
341

•HR 3419 IH

1 (e) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE E.—

2 (1)(A) Clause (ii) of section 56(d)(1)(B) is

3 amended to read as follows:

4 ‘‘(ii) appropriate adjustments in the

5 application of section 172(b)(2) shall be

6 made to take into account the limitation of

7 subparagraph (A).’’

8 (B) For purposes of applying sections 56(g)(1)

9 and 56(g)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986

10 with respect to taxable years beginning in 1991 and

11 1992, the reference in such sections to the alter12 native tax net operating loss deduction shall be

13 treated as including a reference to the deduction

14 under section 56(h) of such Code as in effect before

15 the amendments made by section 1915 of the En16 ergy Policy Act of 1992.

17 (2) Clause (i) of section 613A(c)(3)(A) is

18 amended by striking ‘‘the table contained in’’.

19 (3) Section 6501 is amended—

20 (A) by striking subsection (m) (relating to

21 deficiency attributable to election under section

22 44B) and by redesignating subsections (n) and

23 (o) as subsections (m) and (n), respectively, and

24 (B) by striking ‘‘section 40(f) or 51(j)’’ in

25 subsection (m) (as redesignated by subpara-
342

•HR 3419 IH

1 graph (A)) and inserting ‘‘section 40(f), 43, or

2 51(j)’’.

3 (4) Subparagraph (C) of section 38(c)(2) (as in

4 effect on the day before the date of the enactment

5 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990) is

6 amended by inserting before the period at the end

7 of the first sentence the following: ‘‘and without re8 gard to the deduction under section 56(h)’’.

9 (5) The amendment made by section

10 1913(b)(2)(C)(i) of the Energy Policy Act of 1992

11 shall apply to taxable years beginning after Decem12 ber 31, 1990.

13 (f) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE F.—

14 (1)(A) Section 2701(a)(3) is amended by add15 ing at the end thereof the following new subpara16 graph:

17 ‘‘(C) VALUATION OF QUALIFIED PAYMENTS

18 WHERE NO LIQUIDATION, ETC. RIGHTS.—In the

19 case of an applicable retained interest which is

20 described in subparagraph (B)(i) but not sub21 paragraph (B)(ii), the value of the distribution

22 right shall be determined without regard to this

23 section.’’
343

•HR 3419 IH

1 (B) Section 2701(a)(3)(B) is amended by in2 serting ‘‘CERTAIN’’ before ‘‘QUALIFIED’’ in the head3 ing thereof.

4 (C) Sections 2701 (d)(1) and (d)(4) are each

5 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (a)(3)(B)’’ and in6 serting ‘‘subsection (a)(3) (B) or (C)’’.

7 (2) Clause (i) of section 2701(a)(4)(B) is

8 amended by inserting ‘‘(or, to the extent provided in

9 regulations, the rights as to either income or cap10 ital)’’ after ‘‘income and capital’’.

11 (3)(A) Section 2701(b)(2) is amended by add12 ing at the end thereof the following new subpara13 graph:

14 ‘‘(C) APPLICABLE FAMILY MEMBER.—For

15 purposes of this subsection, the term ‘applicable

16 family member’ includes any lineal descendant

17 of any parent of the transferor or the transfer18 or’s spouse.’’

19 (B) Section 2701(e)(3) is amended—

20 (i) by striking subparagraph (B), and

21 (ii) by striking so much of paragraph (3)

22 as precedes ‘‘shall be treated as holding’’ and

23 inserting:

24 ‘‘(3) ATTRIBUTION OF INDIRECT HOLDINGS

25 AND TRANSFERS.—An individual’’.
344

•HR 3419 IH

1 (C) Section 2704(c)(3) is amended by striking

2 ‘‘section 2701(e)(3)(A)’’ and inserting ‘‘section

3 2701(e)(3)’’.

4 (4) Clause (i) of section 2701(c)(1)(B) is

5 amended to read as follows:

6 ‘‘(i) a right to distributions with respect to

7 any interest which is junior to the rights of the

8 transferred interest,’’.

9 (5)(A) Clause (i) of section 2701(c)(3)(C) is

10 amended to read as follows:

11 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Payments under any

12 interest held by a transferor which (without re13 gard to this subparagraph) are qualified pay14 ments shall be treated as qualified payments

15 unless the transferor elects not to treat such

16 payments as qualified payments. Payments de17 scribed in the preceding sentence which are held

18 by an applicable family member shall be treated

19 as qualified payments only if such member

20 elects to treat such payments as qualified pay21 ments.’’.

22 (B) The first sentence of section

23 2701(c)(3)(C)(ii) is amended to read as follows: ‘‘A

24 transferor or applicable family member holding any

25 distribution right which (without regard to this sub-
345

•HR 3419 IH

1 paragraph) is not a qualified payment may elect to

2 treat such right as a qualified payment, to be paid

3 in the amounts and at the times specified in such

4 election.’’

5 (C) The time for making an election under the

6 second sentence of section 2701(c)(3)(C)(i) of the

7 Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended by sub8 paragraph (A)) shall not expire before the due date

9 (including extensions) for filing the transferor’s re10 turn of the tax imposed by section 2501 of such

11 Code for the first calendar year ending after the

12 date of enactment.

13 (6) Section 2701(d)(3)(A)(iii) is amended by

14 striking ‘‘the period ending on the date of’’.

15 (7) Subclause (I) of section 2701(d)(3)(B)(ii) is

16 amended by inserting ‘‘or the exclusion under sec17 tion 2503(b),’’ after ‘‘section 2523,’’.

18 (8) Section 2701(e)(5) is amended—

19 (A) by striking ‘‘such contribution to cap20 ital or such redemption, recapitalization, or

21 other change’’ in subparagraph (A) and insert22 ing ‘‘such transaction’’, and

23 (B) by striking ‘‘the transfer’’ in subpara24 graph (B) and inserting ‘‘such transaction’’.
346

•HR 3419 IH

1 (9) Section 2701(d)(4) is amended by adding at

2 the end thereof the following new subparagraph:

3 ‘‘(C) TRANSFER TO TRANSFERORS.—In

4 the case of a taxable event described in para5 graph (3)(A)(ii) involving a transfer of an ap6 plicable retained interest from an applicable

7 family member to a transferor, this subsection

8 shall continue to apply to the transferor during

9 any period the transferor holds such interest.’’

10 (10) Section 2701(e)(6) is amended by insert11 ing ‘‘or to reflect the application of subsection (d)’’

12 before the period at the end thereof.

13 (11)(A) Section 2702(a)(3)(A) is amended—

14 (i) by striking ‘‘to the extent’’ and insert15 ing ‘‘if’’ in clause (i),

16 (ii) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause

17 (i),

18 (iii) by striking the period at the end of

19 clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and

20 (iv) by adding at the end thereof the fol21 lowing new clause:

22 ‘‘(iii) to the extent that regulations

23 provide that such transfer is not inconsist24 ent with the purposes of this section.’’
347

•HR 3419 IH

1 (B)(i) Section 2702(a)(3) is amended by strik2 ing ‘‘incomplete transfer’’ each place it appears and

3 inserting ‘‘incomplete gift’’.

4 (ii) The heading for section 2702(a)(3)(B) is

5 amended by striking ‘‘INCOMPLETE TRANSFER’’ and

6 inserting ‘‘INCOMPLETE GIFT’’.

7 (g) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE G.—

8 (1)(A) Subsection (a) of section 1248 is amend9 ed—

10 (i) by striking ‘‘, or if a United States per11 son receives a distribution from a foreign cor12 poration which, under section 302 or 331, is

13 treated as an exchange of stock’’ in paragraph

14 (1), and

15 (ii) by adding at the end thereof the follow16 ing new sentence: ‘‘For purposes of this section,

17 a United States person shall be treated as hav18 ing sold or exchanged any stock if, under any

19 provision of this subtitle, such person is treated

20 as realizing gain from the sale or exchange of

21 such stock.’’

22 (B) Paragraph (1) of section 1248(e) is amend23 ed by striking ‘‘or receives a distribution from a do24 mestic corporation which, under section 302 or 331,

25 is treated as an exchange of stock’’.
348

•HR 3419 IH

1 (C) Subparagraph (B) of section 1248(f)(1) is

2 amended by striking ‘‘or 361(c)(1)’’ and inserting

3 ‘‘355(c)(1), or 361(c)(1)’’.

4 (D) Paragraph (1) of section 1248(i) is amend5 ed to read as follows:

6 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If any shareholder of a 10-

7 percent corporate shareholder of a foreign corpora8 tion exchanges stock of the 10-percent corporate

9 shareholder for stock of the foreign corporation,

10 such 10-percent corporate shareholder shall recog11 nize gain in the same manner as if the stock of the

12 foreign corporation received in such exchange had

13 been—

14 ‘‘(A) issued to the 10-percent corporate

15 shareholder, and

16 ‘‘(B) then distributed by the 10-percent

17 corporate shareholder to such shareholder in re18 demption or liquidation (whichever is appro19 priate).

20 The amount of gain recognized by such 10-percent

21 corporate shareholder under the preceding sentence

22 shall not exceed the amount treated as a dividend

23 under this section.’’

24 (2) Section 897 is amended by striking sub25 section (f).
349

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3) Paragraph (13) of section 4975(d) is

2 amended by striking ‘‘section 408(b)’’ and inserting

3 ‘‘section 408(b)(12)’’.

4 (4) Clause (iii) of section 56(g)(4)(D) is amend5 ed by inserting ‘‘, but only with respect to taxable

6 years beginning after December 31, 1989’’ before

7 the period at the end thereof.

8 (5)(A) Paragraph (11) of section 11701(a) of

9 the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 (and the

10 amendment made by such paragraph) are hereby re11 pealed, and section 7108(r)(2) of the Revenue Rec12 onciliation Act of 1989 shall be applied as if such

13 paragraph (and amendment) had never been en14 acted.

15 (B) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any

16 building if the owner of such building establishes to

17 the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury or

18 his delegate that such owner reasonably relied on the

19 amendment made by such paragraph (11).

20 (h) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SUBTITLE H.—

21 (1)(A) Clause (vi) of section 168(e)(3)(B) is

22 amended by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subclause

23 (I), by striking the period at the end of subclause

24 (II) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and by adding at the end

25 thereof the following new subclause:
350

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(III) is described in section

2 48(l)(3)(A)(ix) (as in effect on the day be3 fore the date of the enactment of the Reve4 nue Reconciliation Act of 1990).’’

5 (B) Subparagraph (K) of section 168(g)(4) is

6 amended by striking ‘‘section 48(a)(3)(A)(iii)’’ and

7 inserting ‘‘section 48(l)(3)(A)(ix) (as in effect on the

8 day before the date of the enactment of the Revenue

9 Reconciliation Act of 1990)’’.

10 (2) Clause (ii) of section 172(b)(1)(E) is

11 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (m)’’ and inserting

12 ‘‘subsection (h)’’.

13 (3) Sections 805(a)(4)(E), 832(b)(5)(C)(ii)(II),

14 and 832(b)(5)(D)(ii)(II) are each amended by strik15 ing ‘‘243(b)(5)’’ and inserting ‘‘243(b)(2)’’.

16 (4) Subparagraph (A) of section 243(b)(3) is

17 amended by inserting ‘‘of’’ after ‘‘In the case’’.

18 (5) The subsection heading for subsection (a) of

19 section 280F is amended by striking ‘‘INVESTMENT

20 TAX CREDIT AND’’.

21 (6) Clause (i) of section 1504(c)(2)(B) is

22 amended by inserting ‘‘section’’ before ‘‘243(b)(2)’’.

23 (7) Paragraph (3) of section 341(f) is amended

24 by striking ‘‘351, 361, 371(a), or 374(a)’’ and in25 serting ‘‘351, or 361’’.
351

•HR 3419 IH

1 (8) Paragraph (2) of section 243(b) is amended

2 to read as follows:

3 ‘‘(2) AFFILIATED GROUP.—For purposes of this

4 subsection:

5 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘affiliated

6 group’ has the meaning given such term by sec7 tion 1504(b), except that for such purposes sec8 tions 1504(b)(2), 1504(b)(4), and 1504(c) shall

9 not apply.

10 ‘‘(B) GROUP MUST BE CONSISTENT IN

11 FOREIGN TAX TREATMENT.—The requirements

12 of paragraph (1)(A) shall not be treated as

13 being met with respect to any dividend received

14 by a corporation if, for any taxable year which

15 includes the day on which such dividend is re16 ceived—

17 ‘‘(i) 1 or more members of the affili18 ated group referred to in paragraph (1)(A)

19 choose to any extent to take the benefits of

20 section 901, and

21 ‘‘(ii) 1 or more other members of such

22 group claim to any extent a deduction for

23 taxes otherwise creditable under section

24 901.’’
352

•HR 3419 IH

1 (9) The amendment made by section

2 11813(b)(17) of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of

3 1990 shall be applied as if the material stricken by

4 such amendment included the closing parenthesis

5 after ‘‘section 48(a)(5)’’.

6 (10) Paragraph (1) of section 179(d) is amend7 ed—

8 (A) by striking ‘‘in a trade or business’’

9 and inserting ‘‘a trade or business’’, and

10 (B) by adding at the end thereof the fol11 lowing new sentence: ‘‘Such term shall not in12 clude any property described in section 50(b)

13 and shall not include air conditioning or heating

14 units and horses’’.

15 (11) Subparagraph (E) of section 50(a)(2) is

16 amended by striking ‘‘section 48(a)(5)(A)’’ and in17 serting ‘‘section 48(a)(5)’’.

18 (12) The amendment made by section

19 11801(c)(9)(G)(ii) of the Revenue Reconciliation Act

20 of 1990 shall be applied as if it struck ‘‘Section

21 422A(c)(2)’’ and inserted ‘‘Section 422(c)(2)’’.

22 (13) Subparagraph (B) of section 424(c)(3) is

23 amended by striking ‘‘a qualified stock option, an in24 centive stock option, an option granted under an em25 ployee stock purchase plan, or a restricted stock op-
353

•HR 3419 IH

1 tion’’ and inserting ‘‘an incentive stock option or an

2 option granted under an employee stock purchase

3 plan’’.

4 (14) Subparagraph (E) of section 1367(a)(2) is

5 amended by striking ‘‘section 613A(c)(13)(B)’’ and

6 inserting ‘‘section 613A(c)(11)(B)’’.

7 (15) Subparagraph (B) of section 460(e)(6) is

8 amended by striking ‘‘section 167(k)’’ and inserting

9 ‘‘section 168(e)(2)(A)(ii)’’.

10 (16) Subparagraph (C) of section 172(h)(4) is

11 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (b)(1)(M)’’ and in12 serting ‘‘subsection (b)(1)(E)’’.

13 (17) Section 6503 is amended—

14 (A) by redesignating the subsection relat15 ing to extension in case of certain summonses

16 as subsection (j), and

17 (B) by redesignating the subsection relat18 ing to cross references as subsection (k).

19 (18) Paragraph (4) of section 1250(e) is hereby

20 repealed.

21 (19) Subsection (c) of section 2104 is amended

22 by striking ‘‘subparagraph (A), (C), or (D)’’ and in23 serting ‘‘subparagraph (A)’’.

24 (i) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Except as otherwise expressly

25 provided—
354

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) the amendments made by this section shall

2 be treated as amendments to the Internal Revenue

3 Code of 1986 as amended by the Revenue Reconcili4 ation Act of 1993; and

5 (2) any amendment made by this section shall

6 apply to periods before the date of the enactment of

7 this section in the same manner as if it had been in8 cluded in the provision of the Revenue Reconciliation

9 Act of 1990 to which such amendment relates.

10 SEC. 1002. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO REVENUE REC11 ONCILIATION ACT OF 1993.

12 (a) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13114.—

13 Paragraph (2) of section 1044(c) is amended to read as

14 follows:

15 ‘‘(2) PURCHASE.—The taxpayer shall be consid16 ered to have purchased any property if, but for sub17 section (d), the unadjusted basis of such property

18 would be its cost within the meaning of section

19 1012.’’

20 (b) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 13142.—

21 (1) Subparagraph (B) of section 13142(b)(6) of

22 the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 is amended

23 to read as follows:

24 ‘‘(B) FULL-TIME STUDENTS, WAIVER AU25 THORITY, AND PROHIBITED DISCRIMINATION.—
355

•HR 3419 IH

1 The amendments made by paragraphs (2), (3),

2 and (4) shall take effect on the date of the en3 actment of this Act.’’

4 (2) Subparagraph (C) of section 13142(b)(6) of

5 such Act is amended by striking ‘‘paragraph (2)’’

6 and inserting ‘‘paragraph (5)’’.

7 (c) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13161.—

8 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (e) of section

9 4001 (relating to inflation adjustment) is amended

10 to read as follows:

11 ‘‘(e) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—

12 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any calendar

13 year after 1993, the $30,000 amount in subsection

14 (a) and section 4003(a) shall be increased by an

15 amount equal to—

16 ‘‘(A) $30,000, multiplied by

17 ‘‘(B) the cost-of-living adjustment under

18 section 1(f)(3) for such calendar year, deter19 mined by substituting ‘calendar year 1990’ for

20 ‘calendar year 1992’ in subparagraph (B)

21 thereof.

22 ‘‘(2) ROUNDING.—If any amount as adjusted

23 under paragraph (1) is not a multiple of $2,000,

24 such amount shall be rounded to the next lowest

25 multiple of $2,000.’’
356

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

2 by paragraph (1) shall take effect on January 1,

3 1994.

4 (d) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13201.—

5 Clause (ii) of section 135(b)(2)(B) is amended by insert6 ing before the period at the end thereof the following: ‘‘,

7 determined by substituting ‘calendar year 1989’ for ‘cal8 endar year 1992’ in subparagraph (B) thereof’’.

9 (e) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 13203.—

10 Subsection (a) of section 59 is amended—

11 (1) by striking ‘‘the amount determined under

12 section 55(b)(1)(A)’’ in paragraph (1)(A) and

13 2(A)(i) and inserting ‘‘the pre-credit tentative mini14 mum tax’’,

15 (2) by striking ‘‘specified in section

16 55(b)(1)(A)’’ in paragraph (1)(C) and inserting

17 ‘‘specified in subparagraph (A)(i) or (B)(i) of section

18 55(b)(1) (whichever applies)’’,

19 (3) by striking ‘‘which would be determined

20 under section 55(b)(1)(A)’’ in paragraph (2)(A)(ii)

21 and inserting ‘‘which would be the pre-credit ten22 tative minimum tax’’, and

23 (4) by adding at the end thereof the following

24 new paragraph:
357

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(3) PRE-CREDIT TENTATIVE MINIMUM TAX.—

2 For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘pre-credit

3 tentative minimum tax’ means—

4 ‘‘(A) in the case of a taxpayer other than

5 a corporation, the amount determined under the

6 first sentence of section 55(b)(1)(A)(i), or

7 ‘‘(B) in the case of a corporation, the

8 amount determined under section

9 55(b)(1)(B)(i).’’

10 (f) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13212.—

11 Subparagraph (B) of section 401(a)(17) is amended to

12 read as follows:

13 ‘‘(B) COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT.—The

14 Secretary shall adjust annually the $150,000

15 amount in subparagraph (A) for increases in

16 the cost-of-living at the same time and in the

17 same manner as under section 415(d), except

18 that the base period for purposes of section

19 415(d)(1)(A) shall be the calendar quarter be20 ginning October 1, 1993.’’

21 (g) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13221.—

22 Subparagraph (A) of section 7518(g)(6) is amended by

23 striking ‘‘34 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘35 percent’’.

24 (h) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 13222.—
358

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) Subparagraph (B) of section 6033(e)(1) is

2 amended by adding at the end thereof the following

3 new clause:

4 ‘‘(iii) COORDINATION WITH SECTION

5 527(f).—This subsection shall not apply to

6 any amount on which tax is imposed by

7 reason of section 527(f).’’.

8 (2) Clause (i) of section 6033(e)(1)(B) is

9 amended by striking ‘‘this subtitle’’ and inserting

10 ‘‘section 501’’.

11 (i) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13225.—

12 Paragraph (3) of section 6655(g) is amended by striking

13 all that follows ‘‘ ‘3rd month’ ’’ in the sentence following

14 subparagraph (C) and inserting ‘‘, subsection (e)(2)(A)

15 shall be applied by substituting ‘2 months’ for ‘3 months’

16 in clause (i)(I), the election under clause (i) of subsection

17 (e)(2)(C) may be made separately for each installment,

18 and clause (ii) of subsection (e)(2)(C) shall not apply.’’.

19 (j) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 13231.—

20 (1) Paragraph (1) of section 956A(b) is amend21 ed to read as follows:

22 ‘‘(1) the amount (not including a deficit) re23 ferred to in section 316(a)(1) to the extent such

24 amount was accumulated in prior taxable years be25 ginning after September 30, 1993, and’’.
359

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) Subsection (f) of section 956A is amended

2 by inserting before the period at the end thereof:

3 ‘‘and regulations coordinating the provisions of sub4 sections (c)(3)(A) and (d)’’.

5 (3)(A) Subparagraph (A) of section 1297(d)(2)

6 is amended by striking ‘‘The adjusted basis of any

7 asset’’ and inserting ‘‘The amount taken into ac8 count under section 1296(a)(2) with respect to any

9 asset’’.

10 (B) The paragraph heading of paragraph (2) of

11 section 1297(d) is amended to read as follows:

12 ‘‘(2) AMOUNT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.—’’.

13 (4) Subsection (e) of section 1297 is amended

14 by inserting ‘‘For purposes of this part—’’ after the

15 subsection heading.

16 (k) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13241.—

17 Subparagraph (B) of section 40(e)(1) is amended to read

18 as follows:

19 ‘‘(B) for any period before January 1,

20 2001, during which the rates of tax under sec21 tion 4081(a)(2)(A) are 4.3 cents per gallon.’’

22 (l) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13261.—

23 Clause (iii) of section 13261(g)(2)(A) of the Revenue Rec24 onciliation Act of 1993 is amended by striking ‘‘by the
360

•HR 3419 IH

1 taxpayer’’ and inserting ‘‘by the taxpayer or a related per2 son’’.

3 (m) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 13301.—

4 Subparagraph (B) of section 1397B(d)(5) is amended by

5 striking ‘‘preceding’’.

6 (n) CLERICAL AMENDMENTS.—

7 (1) Subsection (d) of section 39 is amended—

8 (A) by striking ‘‘45’’ in the heading of

9 paragraph (5) and inserting ‘‘45A’’, and

10 (B) by striking ‘‘45’’ in the heading of

11 paragraph (6) and inserting ‘‘45B’’.

12 (2) Subparagraph (A) of section 108(d)(9) is

13 amended by striking ‘‘paragraph (3)(B)’’ and insert14 ing ‘‘paragraph (3)(C)’’.

15 (3) Subparagraph (C) of section 143(d)(2) is

16 amended by striking the period at the end thereof

17 and inserting a comma.

18 (4) Clause (ii) of section 163(j)(6)(E) is amend19 ed by striking ‘‘which is a’’ and inserting ‘‘which is’’.

20 (5) Subparagraph (A) of section 1017(b)(4) is

21 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (b)(2)(D)’’ and in22 serting ‘‘subsection (b)(2)(E)’’.

23 (6) So much of section 1245(a)(3) as precedes

24 subparagraph (A) thereof is amended to read as fol25 lows:
361

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘(3) SECTION 1245 PROPERTY.—For purposes

2 of this section, the term ‘section 1245 property’

3 means any property which is or has been property

4 of a character subject to the allowance for deprecia5 tion provided in section 167 and is either—’’.

6 (7) Paragraph (2) of section 1394(e) is amend7 ed—

8 (A) by striking ‘‘(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘(A)’’,

9 and

10 (B) by striking ‘‘(ii)’’ and inserting ‘‘(B)’’.

11 (8) Subsection (m) of section 6501 (as redesig12 nated by section 1001) is amended by striking ‘‘or

13 51(j)’’ and inserting ‘‘45B, or 51(j)’’.

14 (9)(A) The section 6714 added by section

15 13242(b)(1) of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of

16 1993 is hereby redesignated as section 6715.

17 (B) The table of sections for part I of sub18 chapter B of chapter 68 is amended by striking

19 ‘‘6714’’ in the item added by such section

20 13242(b)(2) of such Act and inserting ‘‘6715’’.

21 (10) Paragraph (2) of section 9502(b) is

22 amended by inserting ‘‘and before’’ after ‘‘1982,’’.

23 (11) Subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3) of section

24 13206 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993
362

•HR 3419 IH

1 are each amended by striking ‘‘this section’’ and in2 serting ‘‘this subsection’’.

3 (12) Paragraph (1) of section 13215(c) of the

4 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 is amended by

5 striking ‘‘Public Law 92–21’’ and inserting ‘‘Public

6 Law 98–21’’.

7 (13) Paragraph (2) of section 13311(e) of the

8 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 is amended by

9 striking ‘‘section 1393(a)(3)’’ and inserting ‘‘section

10 1393(a)(2)’’.

11 (14) Subparagraph (B) of section 117(d)(2) is

12 amended by striking ‘‘section 132(f)’’ and inserting

13 ‘‘section 132(h)’’.

14 (o) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Any amendment made by

15 this section shall take effect as if included in the provision

16 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 to which such

17 amendment relates.

18 SEC. 1003. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

19 (a) APPLICATION OF AMENDMENTS MADE BY TITLE

20 XII OF OMNIBUS BUDGET RECONCILIATION ACT OF

21 1990.—Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever

22 in title XII of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of

23 1990 an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of

24 an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provi25 sion, the reference shall be considered to be made to a
363

•HR 3419 IH

1 section or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code

2 of 1986.

3 (b) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AMOUNTS UNDER

4 HEDGE BOND RULES.—

5 (1) Clause (iii) of section 149(g)(3)(B) is

6 amended to read as follows:

7 ‘‘(iii) AMOUNTS HELD PENDING REIN8 VESTMENT OR REDEMPTION.—Amounts

9 held for not more than 30 days pending re10 investment or bond redemption shall be

11 treated as invested in bonds described in

12 clause (i).’’

13 (2) The amendment made by paragraph (1)

14 shall take effect as if included in the amendments

15 made by section 7651 of the Omnibus Budget Rec16 onciliation Act of 1989.

17 (c) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

18 UNDER SECTION 1445.—

19 (1) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (3) of section

20 1445(e) is amended by adding at the end thereof

21 the following new sentence: ‘‘Rules similar to the

22 rules of the preceding provisions of this paragraph

23 shall apply in the case of any distribution to which

24 section 301 applies and which is not made out of the
364

•HR 3419 IH

1 earnings and profits of such a domestic corpora2 tion.’’

3 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

4 by paragraph (1) shall apply to distributions after

5 the date of the enactment of this Act.

6 (d) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CREDITS UNDER SEC7 TION 469.—

8 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (B) of section

9 469(c)(3) is amended by adding at the end thereof

10 the following new sentence: ‘‘If the preceding sen11 tence applies to the net income from any property

12 for any taxable year, any credits allowable under

13 subpart B (other than section 27(a)) or D of part

14 IV of subchapter A for such taxable year which are

15 attributable to such property shall be treated as

16 credits not from a passive activity to the extent the

17 amount of such credits does not exceed the regular

18 tax liability of the taxpayer for the taxable year

19 which is allocable to such net income.’’

20 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

21 by paragraph (1) shall apply to taxable years begin22 ning after December 31, 1986.

23 (e) TREATMENT OF DISPOSITIONS UNDER PASSIVE

24 LOSS RULES.—
365

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section

2 469(g)(1) is amended to read as follows:

3 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If all gain or loss real4 ized on such disposition is recognized, the ex5 cess of—

6 ‘‘(i) any loss from such activity for

7 such taxable year (determined after the ap8 plication of subsection (b)), over

9 ‘‘(ii) any net income or gain for such

10 taxable year from all other passive activi11 ties (determined after the application of

12 subsection (b)),

13 shall be treated as a loss which is not from a

14 passive activity.’’

15 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

16 by paragraph (1) shall apply to taxable years begin17 ning after December 31, 1986.

18 (f) MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS TO FOREIGN

19 PROVISIONS.—

20 (1) COORDINATION OF UNIFIED ESTATE TAX

21 CREDIT WITH TREATIES.—Subparagraph (A) of sec22 tion 2102(c)(3) is amended by adding at the end

23 thereof the following new sentence: ‘‘For purposes

24 of the preceding sentence, property shall not be

25 treated as situated in the United States if such
366

•HR 3419 IH

1 property is exempt from the tax imposed by this

2 subchapter under any treaty obligation of the United

3 States.’’

4 (2) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INTEREST PAID

5 TO RELATED PERSON.—

6 (A) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (B) of

7 section 163(j)(1) is amended by inserting before

8 the period at the end thereof the following:

9 ‘‘(and clause (ii) of paragraph (2)(A) shall not

10 apply for purposes of applying this subsection

11 to the amount so treated)’’.

12 (B) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment

13 made by subparagraph (A) shall apply as if in14 cluded in the amendments made by section

15 7210(a) of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of

16 1989.

17 (3) TREATMENT OF INTEREST ALLOCABLE TO

18 EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED INCOME.—

19 (A) IN GENERAL.—

20 (i) Subparagraph (B) of section

21 884(f)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘to the

22 extent’’ and all that follows down through

23 ‘‘subparagraph (A)’’ and inserting ‘‘to the

24 extent that the allocable interest exceeds
367

•HR 3419 IH

1 the interest described in subparagraph

2 (A)’’.

3 (ii) The second sentence of section

4 884(f)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘reason5 ably expected’’ and all that follows down

6 through the period at the end thereof and

7 inserting ‘‘reasonably expected to be alloca8 ble interest.’’

9 (iii) Paragraph (2) of section 884(f) is

10 amended to read as follows:

11 ‘‘(2) ALLOCABLE INTEREST.—For purposes of

12 this subsection, the term ‘allocable interest’ means

13 any interest which is allocable to income which is ef14 fectively connected (or treated as effectively con15 nected) with the conduct of a trade or business in

16 the United States.’’

17 (B) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments

18 made by subparagraph (A) shall take effect as

19 if included in the amendments made by section

20 1241(a) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

21 (4) CLARIFICATION OF SOURCE RULE.—

22 (A) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of sec23 tion 865(b) is amended by striking ‘‘863(b)’’

24 and inserting ‘‘863’’.
368

•HR 3419 IH

1 (B) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment

2 made by subparagraph (A) shall take effect as

3 if included in the amendments made by section

4 1211 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

5 (5) REPEAL OF OBSOLETE PROVISIONS.—

6 (A) Paragraph (1) of section 6038(a) is

7 amended by striking ‘‘, and’’ at the end of sub8 paragraph (E) and inserting a period, and by

9 striking subparagraph (F).

10 (B) Subsection (b) of section 6038A is

11 amended by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end of para12 graph (2), by striking ‘‘, and’’ at the end of

13 paragraph (3) and inserting a period, and by

14 striking paragraph (4).

15 (g) TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST IN

16 CERTAIN BOND-FINANCED FACILITIES.—

17 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section

18 1317(3) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 is amended

19 by adding at the end thereof the following new sen20 tence: ‘‘A facility shall not fail to be treated as de21 scribed in this subparagraph by reason of an assign22 ment (or an agreement to an assignment) by the

23 governmental unit on whose behalf the bonds are is24 sued of any part of its interest in the property fi-
369

•HR 3419 IH

1 nanced by such bonds to another governmental

2 unit.’’

3 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

4 by paragraph (1) shall take effect as if included in

5 such section 1317 on the date of the enactment of

6 the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

7 (h) CLARIFICATION OF TREATMENT OF MEDICARE

8 ENTITLEMENT UNDER COBRA PROVISIONS.—

9 (1) IN GENERAL.—

10 (A) Subclause (V) of section

11 4980B(f)(2)(B)(i) is amended to read as fol12 lows:

13 ‘‘(V) MEDICARE ENTITLEMENT

14 FOLLOWED BY QUALIFYING EVENT.—

15 In the case of a qualifying event de16 scribed in paragraph (3)(B) that oc17 curs less than 18 months after the

18 date the covered employee became en19 titled to benefits under title XVIII of

20 the Social Security Act, the period of

21 coverage for qualified beneficiaries

22 other than the covered employee shall

23 not terminate under this clause before

24 the close of the 36-month period be-
370

•HR 3419 IH

1 ginning on the date the covered em2 ployee became so entitled.’’

3 (B) Clause (v) of section 602(2)(A) of the

4 Employee Retirement Income Security Act of

5 1974 is amended to read as follows:

6 ‘‘(v) MEDICARE ENTITLEMENT FOL7 LOWED BY QUALIFYING EVENT.—In the

8 case of a qualifying event described in sec9 tion 603(2) that occurs less than 18

10 months after the date the covered em11 ployee became entitled to benefits under

12 title XVIII of the Social Security Act, the

13 period of coverage for qualified bene14 ficiaries other than the covered employee

15 shall not terminate under this subpara16 graph before the close of the 36-month pe17 riod beginning on the date the covered em18 ployee became so entitled.’’

19 (C) Clause (iv) of section 2202(2)(A) of

20 the Public Health Service Act is amended to

21 read as follows:

22 ‘‘(iv) MEDICARE ENTITLEMENT FOL23 LOWED BY QUALIFYING EVENT.—In the

24 case of a qualifying event described in sec25 tion 2203(2) that occurs less than 18
371

•HR 3419 IH

1 months after the date the covered em2 ployee became entitled to benefits under

3 title XVIII of the Social Security Act, the

4 period of coverage for qualified bene5 ficiaries other than the covered employee

6 shall not terminate under this subpara7 graph before the close of the 36-month pe8 riod beginning on the date the covered em9 ployee became so entitled.’’

10 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made

11 by this subsection shall apply to plan years begin12 ning after December 31, 1989.

13 (i) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN REMIC INCLUSIONS.—

14 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section

15 860E is amended by adding at the end thereof the

16 following new paragraph:

17 ‘‘(6) COORDINATION WITH MINIMUM TAX.—For

18 purposes of part VI of subchapter A of this chap19 ter—

20 ‘‘(A) the reference in section 55(b)(2) to

21 taxable income shall be treated as a reference

22 to taxable income determined without regard to

23 this subsection,

24 ‘‘(B) the alternative minimum taxable in25 come of any holder of a residual interest in a
372

•HR 3419 IH

1 REMIC for any taxable year shall in no event

2 be less than the excess inclusion for such tax3 able year, and

4 ‘‘(C) any excess inclusion shall be dis5 regarded for purposes of computing the alter6 native tax net operating loss deduction.

7 The preceding sentence shall not apply to any orga8 nization to which section 593 applies, except to the

9 extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Sec10 retary under paragraph (2).’’

11 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

12 by paragraph (1) shall take effect as if included in

13 the amendments made by section 671 of the Tax Re14 form Act of 1986 unless the taxpayer elects to apply

15 such amendment only to taxable years beginning

16 after the date of the enactment of this Act.

17 (j) EXEMPTION FROM HARBOR MAINTENANCE TAX

18 FOR CERTAIN PASSENGERS.—

19 (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (D) of section

20 4462(b)(1) (relating to special rule for Alaska, Ha21 waii, and possessions) is amended by inserting be22 fore the period the following: ‘‘, or passengers trans23 ported on United States flag vessels operating solely

24 within the State waters of Alaska or Hawaii and ad25 jacent international waters’’.
373

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made

2 by paragraph (1) shall take effect as if included in

3 the amendments made by section 1402(a) of the

4 Harbor Maintenance Revenue Act of 1986.

5 (k) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO REVENUE PROVI6 SIONS OF ENERGY POLICY ACT OF 1992.—

7 (1) Effective with respect to taxable years be8 ginning after December 31, 1990, subclause (II) of

9 section 53(d)(1)(B)(iv) is amended to read as fol10 lows:

11 ‘‘(II) the adjusted net minimum

12 tax for any taxable year is the amount

13 of the net minimum tax for such year

14 increased in the manner provided in

15 clause (iii).’’

16 (2) Subsection (g) of section 179A is redesig17 nated as subsection (f).

18 (l) MISCELLANEOUS CLERICAL AMENDMENTS.—

19 (1) Subclause (II) of section 56(g)(4)(C)(ii) is

20 amended by striking ‘‘of the subclause’’ and insert21 ing ‘‘of subclause’’.

22 (2) Paragraph (2) of section 72(m) is amended

23 by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (A),

24 by striking subparagraph (B), and by redesignating

25 subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (B).
374

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3) Paragraph (2) of section 86(b) is amended

2 by striking ‘‘adusted’’ and inserting ‘‘adjusted’’.

3 (4)(A) The heading for section 112 is amended

4 by striking ‘‘COMBAT PAY’’ and inserting ‘‘COM5 BAT ZONE COMPENSATION’’.

6 (B) The item relating to section 112 in the

7 table of sections for part III of subchapter B of

8 chapter 1 is amended by striking ‘‘combat pay’’ and

9 inserting ‘‘combat zone compensation’’.

10 (C) Paragraph (1) of section 3401(a) is amend11 ed by striking ‘‘combat pay’’ and inserting ‘‘combat

12 zone compensation’’.

13 (5) Clause (i) of section 172(h)(3)(B) is amend14 ed by striking the comma at the end thereof and in15 serting a period.

16 (6) Clause (ii) of section 543(a)(2)(B) is

17 amended by striking ‘‘section 563(c)’’ and inserting

18 ‘‘section 563(d)’’.

19 (7) Paragraph (1) of section 958(a) is amended

20 by striking ‘‘sections 955(b)(1)(A) and (B),

21 955(c)(2)(A)(ii), and 960(a)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘sec22 tion 960(a)(1)’’.

23 (8) Subparagraph (B) of section 4092(b)(1) is

24 amended by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause (i).
375

•HR 3419 IH

1 (9) Subsection (g) of section 642 is amended by

2 striking ‘‘under 2621(a)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘under

3 section 2621(a)(2)’’.

4 (10) Section 1463 is amended by striking ‘‘this

5 subsection’’ and inserting ‘‘this section’’.

6 (11) Subsection (k) of section 3306 is amended

7 by inserting a period at the end thereof.

8 (12) The item relating to section 4472 in the

9 table of sections for subchapter B of chapter 36 is

10 amended by striking ‘‘and special rules’’.

11 (13) Paragraph (2) of section 4978(b) is

12 amended by striking the period at the end of sub13 paragraph (A) and inserting a comma, and by strik14 ing the period and quotation marks at the end of

15 subparagraph (B) and inserting a comma.

16 (14) Paragraph (3) of section 5134(c) is

17 amended by striking ‘‘section 6662(a)’’ and inserting

18 ‘‘section 6665(a)’’.

19 (15) Paragraph (2) of section 5206(f) is

20 amended by striking ‘‘section 5(e)’’ and inserting

21 ‘‘section 105(e)’’.

22 (16) Paragraph (1) of section 6050B(c) is

23 amended by striking ‘‘section 85(c)’’ and inserting

24 ‘‘section 85(b)’’.
376

•HR 3419 IH

1 (17) Subsection (k) of section 6166 is amended

2 by striking paragraph (6).

3 (18) Subsection (e) of section 6214 is amended

4 to read as follows:

5 ‘‘(e) CROSS REFERENCE.— ‘‘For provision giving Tax Court jurisdiction to

order a refund of an overpayment and to award

sanctions, see section 6512(b)(2).’’

6 (19) The section heading for section 6043 is

7 amended by striking the semicolon and inserting a

8 comma.

9 (20) The item relating to section 6043 in the

10 table of sections for subpart B of part III of sub11 chapter A of chapter 61 is amended by striking the

12 semicolon and inserting a comma.

13 (21) The table of sections for part I of sub14 chapter A of chapter 68 is amended by striking the

15 item relating to section 6662.

16 (22)(A) Section 7232 is amended—

17 (i) by striking ‘‘LUBRICATING OIL,’’ in

18 the heading, and

19 (ii) by striking ‘‘lubricating oil,’’ in the

20 text.

21 (B) The table of sections for part II of sub22 chapter A of chapter 75 is amended by striking ‘‘lu23 bricating oil,’’ in the item relating to section 7232.
377

•HR 3419 IH

1 (23) Paragraph (1) of section 6701(a) of the

2 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 is

3 amended by striking ‘‘subclause (IV)’’ and inserting

4 ‘‘subclause (V)’’.

5 (24) Clause (ii) of section 7304(a)(2)(D) of

6 such Act is amended by striking ‘‘subsection (c)(2)’’

7 and inserting ‘‘subsection (c)’’.

8 (25) Paragraph (1) of section 7646(b) of such

9 Act is amended by striking ‘‘section 6050H(b)(1)’’

10 and inserting ‘‘section 6050H(b)(2)’’.

11 (26) Paragraph (10) of section 7721(c) of

12 such Act is amended by striking ‘‘section

13 6662(b)(2)(C)(ii)’’ and inserting ‘‘section

14 6661(b)(2)(C)(ii)’’.

15 (27) Subparagraph (A) of section 7811(i)(3) of

16 such Act is amended by inserting ‘‘the first place it

17 appears’’ before ‘‘in clause (i)’’.

18 (28) Paragraph (10) of section 7841(d) of

19 such Act is amended by striking ‘‘section 381(a)’’

20 and inserting ‘‘section 381(c)’’.

21 (29) Paragraph (2) of section 7861(c) of such

22 Act is amended by inserting ‘‘the second place it ap23 pears’’ before ‘‘and inserting’’.

24 (30) Paragraph (1) of section 460(b) is amend25 ed by striking ‘‘the look-back method of paragraph
378

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3)’’ and inserting ‘‘the look-back method of para2 graph (2)’’.

3 (31) Subparagraph (C) of section 50(a)(2) is

4 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (c)(4)’’ and insert5 ing ‘‘subsection (d)(5)’’.

6 (32) Subparagraph (B) of section 172(h)(4) is

7 amended by striking the material following the head8 ing and preceding clause (i) and inserting ‘‘For pur9 poses ofsubsection (b)(2)—’’.

10 (33) Subparagraph (A) of section 355(d)(7) is

11 amended by inserting ‘‘section’’ before ‘‘267(b)’’.

12 (34) Subparagraph (C) of section 420(e)(1) is

13 amended by striking ‘‘mean’’ and inserting ‘‘means’’.

14 (35) Paragraph (4) of section 537(b) is amend15 ed by striking ‘‘section 172(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘sec16 tion 172(f)’’.

17 (36) Subparagraph (B) of section 613(e)(1) is

18 amended by striking the comma at the end thereof

19 and inserting a period.

20 (37) Paragraph (4) of section 856(a) is amend21 ed by striking ‘‘section 582(c)(5)’’ and inserting

22 ‘‘section 582(c)(2)’’.

23 (38) Sections 904(f)(2)(B)(i) and

24 907(c)(4)(B)(iii) are each amended by inserting ‘‘(as

25 in effect on the day before the date of the enactment
379

•HR 3419 IH

1 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990)’’ after

2 ‘‘section 172(h)’’.

3 (39) Subsection (b) of section 936 is amended

4 by striking ‘‘subparagraphs (D)(ii)(I)’’ and inserting

5 ‘‘subparagraphs (D)(ii)’’.

6 (40) Subsection (c) of section 2104 is amended

7 by striking ‘‘subparagraph (A), (C), or (D) of sec8 tion 861(a)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘section

9 861(a)(1)(A)’’.

10 (41) Paragraph (1) of section 5002(b) is

11 amended by striking ‘‘section 5041(c)’’ and inserting

12 ‘‘section 5041(d)’’.

13 (42) Section 6038 is amended by redesignating

14 the subsection relating to cross references as sub15 section (f).

16 (43) Clause (iv) of section 6103(e)(1)(A) is

17 amended by striking all that follows ‘‘provisions of’’

18 and inserting ‘‘section 1(g) or 59(j);’’.

19 (44) The subsection (f) of section 6109 of the

20 Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which was added by

21 section 2201(d) of Public Law 101–624 is redesig22 nated as subsection (g).

23 (45) Subsection (b) of section 7454 is amended

24 by striking ‘‘section 4955(e)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘sec25 tion 4955(f)(2)’’.
380

•HR 3419 IH

1 (46) Subsection (d) of section 11231 of the

2 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be applied

3 as if ‘‘comma’’ appeared instead of ‘‘period’’ and as

4 if the paragraph (9) proposed to be added ended

5 with a comma.

6 (47) Paragraph (1) of section 11303(b) of the

7 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be applied

8 as if ‘‘paragraph’’ appeared instead of ‘‘subpara9 graph’’ in the material proposed to be stricken.

10 (48) Subsection (f) of section 11701 of the Rev11 enue Reconciliation Act of 1990 is amended by in12 serting ‘‘(relating to definitions)’’ after ‘‘section

13 6038(e)’’.

14 (49) Subsection (i) of section 11701 of the Rev15 enue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be applied as

16 if ‘‘subsection’’ appeared instead of ‘‘section’’ in the

17 material proposed to be stricken.

18 (50) Subparagraph (B) of section 11801(c)(2)

19 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be

20 applied as if ‘‘section 56(g)’’ appeared instead of

21 ‘‘section 59(g)’’.

22 (51) Subparagraph (C) of section 11801(c)(8)

23 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be

24 applied as if ‘‘reorganizations’’ appeared instead of
381

•HR 3419 IH

1 ‘‘reorganization’’ in the material proposed to be

2 stricken.

3 (52) Subparagraph (H) of section 11801(c)(9)

4 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be

5 applied as if ‘‘section 1042(c)(1)(B)’’ appeared in6 stead of ‘‘section 1042(c)(2)(B)’’.

7 (53) Subparagraph (F) of section 11801(c)(12)

8 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be

9 applied as if ‘‘and (3)’’ appeared instead of ‘‘and

10 (E)’’.

11 (54) Subparagraph (A) of section 11801(c)(22)

12 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be

13 applied as if ‘‘chapters 21’’ appeared instead of

14 ‘‘chapter 21’’ in the material proposed to be strick15 en.

16 (55) Paragraph (3) of section 11812(b) of the

17 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be applied

18 by not executing the amendment therein to the

19 heading of section 42(d)(5)(B).

20 (56) Clause (i) of section 11813(b)(9)(A) of the

21 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be applied

22 as if a comma appeared after ‘‘(3)(A)(ix)’’ in the

23 material proposed to be stricken.

24 (57) Subparagraph (F) of section 11813(b)(13)

25 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be
382

•HR 3419 IH

1 applied as if ‘‘tax’’ appeared after ‘‘investment’’ in

2 the material proposed to be stricken.

3 (58) Paragraph (19) of section 11813(b) of the

4 Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall be applied

5 as if ‘‘Paragraph (20) of section 1016(a), as redesig6 nated by section 11801,’’ appeared instead of ‘‘Para7 graph (21) of section 1016(a)’’.

8 (59) Paragraph (5) section 8002(a) of the Sur9 face Transportation Revenue Act of 1991 shall be

10 applied as if ‘‘4481(e)’’ appeared instead of

11 ‘‘4481(c)’’.

12 (60) Section 7872 is amended—

13 (A) by striking ‘‘foregone’’ each place it

14 appears in subsections (a) and (e)(2) and in15 serting ‘‘forgone’’, and

16 (B) by striking ‘‘FOREGONE’’ in the head17 ing for subsection (e) and the heading for para18 graph (2) of subsection (e) and inserting ‘‘FOR19 GONE’’.

20 (61) Paragraph (7) of section 7611(h) is

21 amended by striking ‘‘appropriate’’ and inserting

22 ‘‘appropriate’’.

23 (62) The heading of paragraph (3) of section

24 419A(c) is amended by striking ‘‘severance’’ and in25 serting ‘‘severance’’.
383

•HR 3419 IH

1 (63) Clause (ii) of section 807(d)(3)(B) is

2 amended by striking ‘‘Commissioners’ ’’ and insert3 ing ‘‘Commissioners’ ’’.

4 (64) Subparagraph (B) of section 1274A(c)(1)

5 is amended by striking ‘‘instrument’’ and inserting

6 ‘‘instrument’’.

7 (65) Subparagraph (B) of section 724(d)(3) by

8 striking ‘‘Subparagraph’’ and inserting ‘‘Subpara9 graph’’.

10 (66) The last sentence of paragraph (2) of sec11 tion 42(c) is amended by striking ‘‘of 1988’’.

12 (67) Paragraph (1) of section 9707(d) is

13 amended by striking ‘‘diligence,’’ and inserting ‘‘dili14 gence’’.

15 (68) Subsection (c) of section 4977 is amended

16 by striking ‘‘section 132(g)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘sec17 tion 132(h)’’.

18 (69) The last sentence of section 401(a)(20) is

19 amended by striking ‘‘section 211’’ and inserting

20 ‘‘section 521’’.

21 (70) Subparagraph (A) of section 402(g)(3) is

22 amended by striking ‘‘subsection (a)(8)’’ and insert23 ing ‘‘subsection (e)(3)’’.
384

•HR 3419 IH

1 (71) The last sentence of section 403(b)(10) is

2 amended by striking ‘‘an direct’’ and inserting ‘‘a di3 rect’’.

4 (72) Subparagraph (A) of section 4973(b)(1) is

5 amended by striking ‘‘sections 402(c)’’ and inserting

6 ‘‘section 402(c)’’.

7 (73) Paragraph (12) of section 3405(e) is

8 amended by striking ‘‘(b)(3)’’ and inserting

9 ‘‘(b)(2)’’.

10 (74) Paragraph (41) of section 521(b) of the

11 Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1992

12 shall be applied as if ‘‘section’’ appeared instead of

13 ‘‘sections’’ in the material proposed to be stricken.

14 (75) Paragraph (27) of section 521(b) of the

15 Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1992

16 shall be applied as if ‘‘Section 691(c)(5)’’ appeared

17 instead of ‘‘Section 691(c)’’.

18 (76) Paragraph (5) of section 860F(a)(5) is

19 amended by striking ‘‘paragraph (1)’’ and inserting

20 ‘‘paragraph (2)’’.
385

•HR 3419 IH

1 Subtitle B—Income Security and

2 Human Resource Amendments

3 PART I—AMENDMENTS RELATING TO OLD-AGE,

4 SURVIVORS, AND DISABILITY INSURANCE

5 PROGRAM

6 SEC. 1011. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS RELATED TO OASDI

7 IN THE OMNIBUS BUDGET RECONCILIATION

8 ACT OF 1990.

9 (a) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO PROVISIONS IN SEC10 TION 5103(b) RELATING TO DISABLED WIDOWS.—Sec11 tion 223(f)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.

12 423(f)(2)) is amended—

13 (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘(in a case

14 to which clause (ii)(II) does not apply)’’; and

15 (2) by striking subparagraph (B)(ii) and insert16 ing the following:

17 ‘‘(ii) the individual is now able to en18 gage in substantial gainful activity; or’’.

19 (b) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO PROVISIONS IN SEC20 TION 5105(d) RELATING TO REPRESENTATIVE PAY21 EES.—Section 5105(d)(1)(A) of the Omnibus Budget

22 Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–508) is

23 amended—

24 (1) by striking ‘‘Section 205(j)(5)’’ and insert25 ing ‘‘Section 205(j)(6)’’; and
386

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) by redesignating the paragraph (5) as

2 amended thereby as paragraph (6).

3 (c) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO PROVISIONS IN SEC4 TION 5106 RELATING TO COORDINATION OF RULES

5 UNDER TITLES II AND XVI GOVERNING FEES FOR REP6 RESENTATIVES OF CLAIMANTS WITH ENTITLEMENTS

7 UNDER BOTH TITLES.—

8 (1) CALCULATION OF FEE OF CLAIMANT’S REP9 RESENTATIVE BASED ON AMOUNT OF PAST-DUE

10 SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME BENEFITS AFTER

11 APPLICATION OF WINDFALL OFFSET PROVISION.—

12 Section 1631(d)(2)(A)(i) of the Social Security Act

13 (as amended by section 5106(a)(2) of the Omnibus

14 Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990) (42 U.S.C.

15 1383(d)(2)(A)(i)) is amended to read as follows:

16 ‘‘(i) by substituting, in subparagraphs (A)(ii)(I)

17 and (C)(i), the phrase ‘(as determined before any

18 applicable reduction under section 1631(g), and re19 duced by the amount of any reduction in benefits

20 under this title or title II made pursuant to section

21 1127(a))’ for the parenthetical phrase contained

22 therein; and’’.

23 (2) CALCULATION OF PAST-DUE BENEFITS FOR

24 PURPOSES OF DETERMINING ATTORNEY FEES IN JU25 DICIAL PROCEEDINGS.—
387

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) IN GENERAL.—Section 206(b)(1) of

2 such Act (42 U.S.C. 406(b)(1)) is amended—

3 (i) by inserting ‘‘(A)’’ after ‘‘(b)(1)’’;

4 and

5 (ii) by adding at the end the following

6 new subparagraph:

7 ‘‘(B) For purposes of this paragraph—

8 ‘‘(i) the term ‘past-due benefits’ excludes any

9 benefits with respect to which payment has been

10 continued pursuant to subsection (g) or (h) of sec11 tion 223, and

12 ‘‘(ii) amounts of past-due benefits shall be

13 taken into account to the extent provided under the

14 rules applicable in cases before the Secretary.’’.

15 (B) PROTECTION FROM OFFSETTING SSI

16 BENEFITS.—The last sentence of section

17 1127(a) of such Act (as added by section

18 5106(b) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation

19 Act of 1990) (42 U.S.C. 1320a–6(a)) is amend20 ed by striking ‘‘section 206(a)(4)’’ and inserting

21 ‘‘subsection (a)(4) or (b) of section 206’’.

22 (3) APPLICATION OF SINGLE DOLLAR AMOUNT

23 CEILING TO CONCURRENT CLAIMS UNDER TITLES II

24 AND XVI.—
388

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) IN GENERAL.—Section 206(a)(2) of

2 such Act (as amended by section 5106(a)(1) of

3 the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of

4 1990) (42 U.S.C. 406(a)(2)) is amended—

5 (i) by redesignating subparagraph (C)

6 as subparagraph (D); and

7 (ii) by inserting after subparagraph

8 (B) the following new subparagraph:

9 ‘‘(C) In any case involving—

10 ‘‘(i) an agreement described in subparagraph

11 (A) with any person relating to both a claim of enti12 tlement to past-due benefits under this title and a

13 claim of entitlement to past-due benefits under title

14 XVI, and

15 ‘‘(ii) a favorable determination made by the

16 Secretary with respect to both such claims,

17 the Secretary may approve such agreement only if the

18 total fee or fees specified in such agreement does not ex19 ceed, in the aggregate, the dollar amount in effect under

20 subparagraph (A)(ii)(II).’’.

21 (B) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section

22 206(a)(3)(A) of such Act (as amended by sec23 tion 5106(a)(1) of the Omnibus Budget Rec24 onciliation Act of 1990) (42 U.S.C.

25 406(a)(3)(A)) is amended by striking ‘‘para-
389

•HR 3419 IH

1 graph (2)(C)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph

2 (2)(D)’’.

3 (d) AMENDMENT RELATED TO PROVISIONS IN SEC4 TION 5115 RELATING TO ADVANCE TAX TRANSFERS.—

5 Section 201(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.

6 401(a)) is amended in the last sentence by striking ‘‘and’’

7 the second place it appears.

8 (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Each amendment made by

9 this section shall take effect as if included in the provisions

10 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 to

11 which such amendment relates.

12 SEC. 1012. ELIMINATION OF ROUNDING DISTORTION IN

13 THE CALCULATION OF THE OLD-AGE, SURVI14 VORS, AND DISABILITY INSURANCE CON15 TRIBUTION AND BENEFIT BASE AND THE

16 EARNINGS TEST EXEMPT AMOUNTS.

17 (a) ADJUSTMENT OF OASDI CONTRIBUTION AND

18 BENEFIT BASE.—

19 (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 230(b) of the Social

20 Security Act (42 U.S.C. 430(b)) is amended by

21 striking paragraphs (1) and (2) and inserting the

22 following:

23 ‘‘(1) $60,600, and

24 ‘‘(2) the ratio of (A) the deemed average total

25 wages (as defined in section 209(k)(1)) for the cal-
390

•HR 3419 IH

1 endar year before the calendar year in which the de2 termination under subsection (a) is made to (B) the

3 deemed average total wages (as so defined) for

4 1992,’’.

5 (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT RELATING TO

6 APPLICABLE PRIOR LAW.—Section 230(d) of such

7 Act (42 U.S.C. 430(d)) is amended by striking ‘‘(ex8 cept that’’ and all that follows through the end and

9 inserting ‘‘(except that, for purposes of subsection

10 (b) of such section 230 as so in effect, the reference

11 to the contribution and benefit base in paragraph

12 (1) of such subsection (b) shall be deemed a ref13 erence to an amount equal to $45,000, each ref14 erence in paragraph (2) of such subsection (b) to the

15 average of the wages of all employees as reported to

16 the Secretary of the Treasury shall be deemed a ref17 erence to the deemed average total wages (as defined

18 in section 209(k)(1)), the reference to a preceding

19 calendar year in paragraph (2)(A) of such sub20 section (b) shall be deemed a reference to the cal21 endar year before the calendar year in which the de22 termination under subsection (a) of such section 230

23 is made, and the reference to a calendar year in

24 paragraph (2)(B) of such subsection (b) shall be

25 deemed a reference to 1992).’’.
391

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3) ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRIBUTION AND BEN2 EFIT BASE APPLICABLE IN DETERMINING YEARS OF

3 COVERAGE FOR PURPOSES OF SPECIAL MINIMUM

4 PRIMARY INSURANCE AMOUNT.—Section

5 215(a)(1)(C)(ii) of such Act is amended by striking

6 ‘‘(except that’’ and all that follows through the end

7 and inserting ‘‘(except that, for purposes of sub8 section (b) of such section 230 as so in effect, the

9 reference to the contribution and benefit base in

10 paragraph (1) of such subsection (b) shall be

11 deemed a reference to an amount equal to $45,000,

12 each reference in paragraph (2) of such subsection

13 (b) to the average of the wages of all employees as

14 reported to the Secretary of the Treasury shall be

15 deemed a reference to the deemed average total

16 wages (as defined in section 209(k)(1)), the ref17 erence to a preceding calendar year in paragraph

18 (2)(A) of such subsection (b) shall be deemed a ref19 erence to the calendar year before the calendar year

20 in which the determination under subsection (a) of

21 such section 230 is made, and the reference to a cal22 endar year in paragraph (2)(B) of such subsection

23 (b) shall be deemed a reference to 1992).’’.

24 (b) ADJUSTMENT OF EARNINGS TEST EXEMPT

25 AMOUNT.—Section 203(f)(8)(B)(ii) of the Social Security
392

•HR 3419 IH

1 Act (42 U.S.C. 403(f)(8)(B)(ii)) is amended to read as

2 follows:

3 ‘‘(ii) the product of the corresponding ex4 empt amount which is in effect with respect to

5 months in the taxable year ending after 1993

6 and before 1995, and the ratio of—

7 ‘‘(I) the deemed average total wages

8 (as defined in section 209(k)(1)) for the

9 calendar year before the calendar year in

10 which the determination under subpara11 graph (A) is made, to

12 ‘‘(II) the deemed average total wages

13 (as so defined) for 1992,

14 with such product, if not a multiple of $10,

15 being rounded to the next higher multiple of

16 $10 where such product is a multiple of $5 but

17 not of $10 and to the nearest multiple of $10

18 in any other case.’’.

19 (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—

20 (1) The amendments made by subsection (a)

21 shall be effective with respect to the determination

22 of the contribution and benefit base for years after

23 1994.

24 (2) The amendment made by subsection (b)

25 shall be effective with respect to the determination
393

•HR 3419 IH

1 of the exempt amounts applicable to any taxable

2 year ending after 1994.

3 PART II—HUMAN RESOURCES PROVISIONS

4 SEC. 1016. CORRECTIONS RELATED TO THE INCOME SECU5 RITY AND HUMAN RESOURCES PROVISIONS

6 OF THE OMNIBUS BUDGET RECONCILIATION

7 ACT OF 1990.

8 (a) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION

9 5035(a)(2).—Section 5035(a)(2) of the Omnibus Budget

10 Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–508) is

11 amended by striking ‘‘a semicolon’’ and inserting

12 ‘‘ ‘; and’ ’’.

13 (b) REPEAL OF PROVISION INADVERTENTLY IN14 CLUDED.—Section 5057 of the Omnibus Budget Rec15 onciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–508), and the

16 amendment made by such section, are hereby repealed,

17 and section 1139(d) of the Social Security Act shall be

18 applied and administered as if such section 5057 had

19 never been enacted.

20 (c) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION

21 5105(d)(1)(B).—Section 5105(d)(1)(B) of the Omnibus

22 Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–508;

23 104 Stat. 1388–266) is amended to read as follows:

24 ‘‘(B) TITLE XVI.—Section 1631(a)(2)(F)

25 (42 U.S.C. 1383(a)(2)(F)), as so redesignated
394

•HR 3419 IH

1 by subsection (c)(2) of this section, is amended

2 to read as follows:

3 ‘‘ ‘(F) The Secretary shall include as a part of the

4 annual report required under section 704 information with

5 respect to the implementation of the preceding provisions

6 of this paragraph, including—

7 ‘‘ ‘(i) the number of cases in which the rep8 resentative payee was changed;

9 ‘‘ ‘(ii) the number of cases discovered where

10 there has been a misuse of funds;

11 ‘‘ ‘(iii) how any such cases were dealt with by

12 the Secretary;

13 ‘‘ ‘(iv) the final disposition of such cases (in14 cluding any criminal penalties imposed); and

15 ‘‘ ‘(v) such other information as the Secretary

16 determines to be appropriate.’.’’

17 (d) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION

18 5105(a)(1)(B).—The second paragraph of section 1631(a)

19 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1383(a)) is amended

20 by striking ‘‘(A)(i) Payments’’ and inserting ‘‘(2)(A)(i)

21 Payments’’.

22 (e) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 5105(b).—

23 Section 1631(a)(2)(C) of the Social Security Act (42

24 U.S.C. 1383(a)(2)(C)) is amended—

25 (1) by striking clause (ii);
395

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) by redesignating clauses (iii), (iv), and (v)

2 as clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv), respectively; and

3 (3) in clause (iv) (as so redesignated), by strik4 ing ‘‘(iii), and (iv)’’ and inserting ‘‘and (iii)’’.

5 (f) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION

6 5107(a)(2)(B).—Section 1631(c)(1)(B) of the Social Se7 curity Act (42 U.S.C. 1383(c)(1)(B)) is amended by strik8 ing ‘‘paragraph (1)’’ each place such term appears and

9 inserting ‘‘subparagraph (A)’’.

10 (g) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION

11 5109(a)(2).—Section 1631 of the Social Security Act (42

12 U.S.C. 1383) is amended by redesignating the subsection

13 (n) added by section 5109(a)(2) of the Omnibus Budget

14 Reconciliation Act of 1990, as subsection (o).

15 (h) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION

16 11115(b)(2).—Section 11115(b)(2) of the Omnibus Budg17 et Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–508) is

18 amended—

19 (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘para20 graph (8)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph (9)’’;

21 (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘para22 graph (9)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph (10)’’; and

23 (3) in subparagraph (C), by redesignating the

24 new paragraph added thereby as paragraph (11).
396

•HR 3419 IH

1 (i) AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION

2 13101(d)(2).—Section 256(k)(2)(A) of the Balanced

3 Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 is

4 amended—

5 (1) by striking ‘‘—’’ the second place it appears

6 and all that follows through ‘‘(I)’’; and

7 (2) by striking ‘‘; or’’ and all that follows

8 through ‘‘(II)’’ and inserting ‘‘, except that a State

9 may not be allotted an amount under this subpara10 graph that exceeds’’.

11 (j) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Each amendment made by

12 this section shall take effect as if included in the provision

13 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 to

14 which the amendment relates at the time such provision

15 became law.

16 SEC. 1017. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS RELATED TO THE

17 HUMAN RESOURCE AND INCOME SECURITY

18 PROVISIONS OF OMNIBUS BUDGET REC19 ONCILIATION ACT OF 1989.

20 (a) AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION 8004(a).—

21 Section 408(m)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (42

22 U.S.C. 608(m)(2)(A)) is amended by striking ‘‘a fiscal’’

23 and inserting ‘‘the fiscal’’.

24 (b) AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION 8006(a).—

25 Section 473(a)(6)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C.
397

•HR 3419 IH

1 673(a)(6)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘474(a)(3)(B)’’ and

2 inserting ‘‘474(a)(3)(C)’’.

3 (c) AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION

4 8007(b)(3).—Subparagraph (D) of section 475(5) of such

5 Act (42 U.S.C. 675(5)(D)) is amended by moving such

6 subparagraph 2 ems to the right so that the left margin

7 of such subparagraph is aligned with the left margin of

8 subparagraph (C) of such section.

9 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Each amendment made by

10 this section shall take effect as if the amendment had been

11 included in the provision of the Omnibus Budget Rec12 onciliation Act of 1989 to which the amendment relates,

13 at the time the provision became law.

14 SEC. 1018. ELIMINATION OF OBSOLETE PROVISIONS RE15 LATING TO TREATMENT OF THE EARNED IN16 COME TAX CREDIT.

17 (a) TREATMENT OF EITC AS EARNED INCOME.—

18 Section 1612(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.

19 1382a(a)(1)) is amended by striking subparagraph (C)

20 and by redesignating subparagraphs (D) and (E) as sub21 paragraphs (C) and (D), respectively.

22 (b) ADJUSTMENT OF BENEFITS DUE TO TREAT23 MENT OF EITC AS EARNED INCOME.—Section 1631(b)

24 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1383(b)) is amended by striking
398

•HR 3419 IH

1 paragraph (3) and by redesignating paragraphs (4) and

2 (5) as paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively.

3 SEC. 1019. REDESIGNATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS.

4 Section 1631(e)(6) of the Social Security Act (42

5 U.S.C. 1383(e)(6)) is amended by redesignating subpara6 graphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respec7 tively.

8 Subtitle C—Tariff and Customs

9 SEC. 1021. TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS TO THE HAR10 MONIZED TARIFF SCHEDULE OF THE UNITED

11 STATES.

12 (a) IN GENERAL.—The Harmonized Tariff Schedule

13 of the United States is amended as follows:

14 (1) TAPESTRY AND UPHOLSTERY FABRICS.—

15 The article description for subheading 5112.19.20 is

16 amended by striking ‘‘of a weight exceeding 300 g/

m2 17 ’’.

18 (2) GLOVES.—

19 (A) Chapter 61 is amended by redesignat20 ing subheading 6116.10.45 as subheading

21 6116.10.48.

22 (B) Chapter 62 is amended by striking the

23 superior text ‘‘Other:’’ that appears between

24 subheadings 6216.00.46 and 6216.00.52.
399

•HR 3419 IH

1 (3) AGGLOMERATE STONE FLOOR AND WALL

2 TILES.—The article description for subheading

3 6810.19.12 is amended to read as follows: ‘‘Of stone

4 agglomerated with binders other than cement’’.

5 (4) 2,4-DIAMINOBENZENESULFONIC ACID.—

6 The article description for heading 9902.30.43 is

7 amended by striking ‘‘2921.51.50’’ and inserting

8 ‘‘2921.59.50’’.

9 (5) MACHINES USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF

10 BICYCLE PARTS.—The article description for heading

11 9902.84.79 is amended by striking ‘‘8479.89.90’’

12 and inserting ‘‘8462.49.00, 8479.89.90 or

13 9031.80.00’’.

14 (6) COPYING MACHINES AND PARTS.—The arti15 cle description for heading 9902.90.90 is amended

16 by inserting ‘‘or 8473.40.40’’ after ‘‘8472.90.80’’.

17 (b) STAGED RATE REDUCTIONS FOR GLOVES.—Any

18 staged reduction of a special rate of duty set forth in sub19 heading 6116.10.45 of such Schedule that takes effect on

20 or after October 1, 1990, by reason of section 10011(a)(2)

21 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 shall

22 apply to the corresponding rate of duty in subheading

23 6116.10.48 (as redesignated by subsection (a)(2)(A)).

24 (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
400

•HR 3419 IH

1 (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in para2 graph (2), the amendments made by subsection (a)

3 shall apply with respect to goods entered, or with4 drawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after

5 the 15th day after the date of the enactment of this

6 Act.

7 (2) RETROACTIVE APPLICATION FOR CERTAIN

8 LIQUIDATIONS AND RELIQUIDATIONS.—

9 (A) Notwithstanding section 514 of the

10 Tariff Act of 1930 or any other provision of

11 law, upon proper request filed with the appro12 priate customs officer on or before the 90th day

13 after the date of the enactment of this Act, any

14 entry—

15 (i) that was made after the applicable

16 date and before the 15th day after such

17 date of enactment; and

18 (ii) with respect to which there would

19 have been a lesser or no duty if any

20 amendment made by subsection (a) applied

21 to such entry;

22 shall be liquidated or reliquidated as though

23 such amendment applied to such entry.

24 (B) For purposes of this subsection, the

25 term ‘‘applicable date’’ means—
401

•HR 3419 IH

1 (i) if such amendment is made by sub2 section (a)(3) or (a)(6), December 31,

3 1988; and

4 (ii) if such amendment is made by

5 subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4), (a)(5),

6 September 30, 1990.

7 SEC. 1022. CLARIFICATION REGARDING THE APPLICATION

8 OF CUSTOMS USER FEES.

9 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (D) of section

10 13031(b)(8) of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Rec11 onciliation Act of 1985 (19 U.S.C. 58c(b)(8)(D)) is

12 amended—

13 (1) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (iv);

14 (2) by striking the period at the end of clause

15 (v) and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and

16 (3) by inserting after clause (v) the following

17 new clause:

18 ‘‘(vi) in the case of merchandise entered from

19 a foreign trade zone (other than merchandise to

20 which clause (v) applies), be applied only to the

21 value of the privileged or nonprivileged foreign sta22 tus merchandise under section 3 of the Act of June

23 18, 1934 (commonly known as the Foreign Trade

24 Zones Act, 19 U.S.C. 81c).’’
402

•HR 3419 IH

1 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

2 subsection (a) apply to—

3 (1) any entry made from a foreign trade zone

4 on or after the 15th day after the date of the enact5 ment of this Act; and

6 (2) any entry made from a foreign trade zone

7 after November 30, 1986, and before such 15th day

8 if the entry was not liquidated before such 15th day.

9 (c) APPLICATION OF FEES TO CERTAIN AGRICUL10 TURAL PRODUCTS.—The amendment made by section

11 111(b)(2)(D)(iv) of the Customs and Trade Act of 1990

12 shall apply to—

13 (1) any entry made from a foreign trade zone

14 on or after the 15th day after the date of the enact15 ment of this Act; and

16 (2) any entry made from a foreign trade zone

17 after November 30, 1986, and before such 15th day

18 if the entry was not liquidated before such 15th day.

19 SEC. 1023. TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS TO THE OMNIBUS

20 TRADE AND COMPETITIVENESS ACT OF 1988.

21 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 1102(a)

22 of the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988

23 (19 U.S.C. 2902(a)(2)) is amended—

24 (1) in subparagraph (A)—
403

•HR 3419 IH

1 (A) by striking ‘‘the date of enactment of

2 this Act’’ and inserting ‘‘January 1, 1989’’; and

3 (B) by striking ‘‘such date of enactment’’

4 and inserting ‘‘January 1, 1989’’; and

5 (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘such date

6 of enactment’’ and inserting ‘‘January 1, 1989’’.

7 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

8 subsection (a) shall take effect January 1, 1989.

9 (c) CONSTRUCTION.—For purposes of applying the

10 amendments made by subsection (a), the column 1-general

11 rate of duty established by any amendment to the Har12 monized Tariff Schedule of the United States that was

13 enacted after January 1, 1989, shall, if—

14 (1) such amendment has, or is statutorily treat15 ed as having, an effective date of January 1, 1989;

16 or

17 (2) application for liquidation or reliquidation

18 at such rate with respect to entries made after De19 cember 31, 1988, and before the effective date of the

20 amendment, is provided for;

21 be treated as the rate in effect on January 1, 1989.

22 SEC. 1024. TECHNICAL AMENDMENT TO THE CUSTOMS

23 AND TRADE ACT OF 1990.

24 Subsection (b) of section 484H of the Customs and

25 Trade Act of 1990 (19 U.S.C. 1553 note) is amended by
404

•HR 3419 IH

1 striking ‘‘, or withdrawn from warehouse for consump2 tion,’’ and inserting ‘‘for transportation in bond’’.

3 SEC. 1025. TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS REGARDING CER4 TAIN BENEFICIARY COUNTRIES.

5 (a) CARIBBEAN BASIN ECONOMIC RECOVERY ACT.—

6 Section 213(h)(1) of the Caribbean Basin Economic Re7 covery Act (19 U.S.C. 2703(h)(1)) is amended by adding

8 at the end thereof the following flush sentence:

9 ‘‘The duty reductions provided for under this para10 graph shall not apply to textile and apparel articles

11 which are subject to textile agreements.’’.

12 (b) ANDEAN TRADE PREFERENCE ACT.—Section

13 204(c)(1) of the Andean Trade Preference Act (19 U.S.C.

14 3203(c)(1)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the

15 following flush sentence:

16 ‘‘The duty reductions provided for under this para17 graph shall not apply to textile and apparel articles

18 which are subject to textile agreements.’’

19 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by

20 this section apply with respect to—

21 (1) articles entered, or withdrawn from ware22 house for consumption, on or after the 15th day

23 after the date of the enactment of this Act, and
405

•HR 3419 IH

1 (2) articles entered after December 31, 1991,

2 and before such 15th day, which are not liquidated

3 before such 15th day.

4 SEC. 1026. CLARIFICATION OF FEES FOR CERTAIN CUS5 TOMS SERVICES.

6 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 13031(b)(9)(A) of the

7 Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985

8 (19 U.S.C. 58c(b)(9)(A)) is amended—

9 (1) by striking ‘‘centralized hub facility or’’ in

10 clause (i); and

11 (2) in clause (ii)—

12 (A) by striking ‘‘facility—’’ and inserting

13 ‘‘facility or centralized hub facility—’’,

14 (B) by striking ‘‘customs inspectional’’ in

15 subclause (I), and

16 (C) by striking ‘‘at the facility’’ in

17 subclause (I) and inserting ‘‘for the facility’’.

18 (b) DEFINITIONS.—Section 13031(b)(9)(B)(i) of the

19 Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985

20 (19 U.S.C. 58c(b)(9)(B)(i)) is amended—

21 (1) by striking ‘‘, as in effect on July 30,

22 1990’’, and

23 (2) by adding at the end thereof the following

24 new sentence: ‘‘Nothing in this paragraph shall be

25 construed as prohibiting the Secretary of the Treas-
406

•HR 3419 IH

1 ury from processing merchandise that is informally

2 entered or released at any centralized hub facility or

3 express consignment carrier facility during the nor4 mal operating hours of the Customs Service, subject

5 to reimbursement and payment under subparagraph

6 (A).’’.

7 (c) CITATION.—Section 13031(b)(9)(B)(ii) of the

8 Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985

9 (19 U.S.C. 58c(b)(9)(B)(ii)) is amended by striking ‘‘sec10 tion 236 of the Tariff and Trade Act of 1984’’ and insert11 ing ‘‘section 236 of the Trade and Tariff Act of 1984’’.

12 SEC. 1027. CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO SECTION 337 OF

13 THE TARIFF ACT OF 1930.

14 (a) IN GENERAL.—The second sentence of section

15 337(b)(3) of the Tariff Act of 1930 is amended by striking

16 ‘‘section 303, 671, or 673’’ and inserting ‘‘section 303,

17 701, or 731’’.

18 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by

19 subsection (a) shall take effect October 28, 1992.

Æ

HR 3419 IH——2

HR 3419 IH——3

HR 3419 IH——4

HR 3419 IH——5

HR 3419 IH——6
407

•HR 3419 IH

HR 3419 IH——7

HR 3419 IH——8

HR 3419 IH——9

HR 3419 IH——10

HR 3419 IH——11

HR 3419 IH——12

HR 3419 IH——13

HR 3419 IH——14

HR 3419 IH——15

HR 3419 IH——16

HR 3419 IH——17

HR 3419 IH——18

HR 3419 IH——19

HR 3419 IH——20

HR 3419 IH——21

HR 3419 IH——22

HR 3419 IH——23

HR 3419 IH——24

HR 3419 IH——25

HR 3419 IH——26

HR 3419 IH——27